Home

Nexus Communicator 2

1. __ r Data Switch Strings Level 1 Password 1 Connect PTO2I Password 2 Disconnect PEPA Cancel You must set up an address protocol device type and a unique name for each device Optional settings for each device are passwords for a Nexus type device and data switch strings for EIG s Substation Multiplexor When the Communicator retrieves a log from a device and it does not have a predefined name it will use the device name assigned here as the file name for the retrieved log E Add a Data Switch Substation Multiplexor or Multiple Devices Type in a unique Device Name Under Device Information type in a unique Address To select a protocol use the pull down menu Select Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 10 To select a Type of device use the pull down menu Click your selection Add Level 1 Password and or Level 2 Password if desired Not required Type in Data Switch Strings to Connect and to Disconnect if needed Note You can enter up to 255 characters for each data switch string Special characters are amp for line feed and for carriage return E Sample data switch strings a Connect string to Port 2 of an SM1 16 device Electro Industries Data Switch Format lt CR gt lt CR gt PT02 lt CR gt Actual string Il PTO02I b Switch a connection from Port 2 to Port 1 of an SM1 16 de
2. Y YY UV TTD e To save the data to your clipboard right click with the cursor positioned anywhere in table e To view waveform information associated with a record or a range of records click on the record s and then click the Show Waveform Settings box on the left side of the screen e To view the PQ Waveform Settings click on the record s and then click the PQ Waveform Settings box e To view a waveform double click on the waveform record See section 8 10 for details on viewing waveforms e To adjust the column widths position the cursor between columns at the top of the screen When the cursor changes to a left right arrow hold down the left mouse button and drag the column border left or right Release the button when the column is at the desired width 8 13 Viewing the Power Quality Graph E To view a graph of any PQ record click on the desired record and then click the Graph button The following screen appears Use the pull down menu on the lower right of the screen to access a 3D graph and a Histogram of the record Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 28 4 Power Quality Graph 10 29 2002 1 00 00 000 PM to 10 24 2002 10 00 00 010 AM wen Power Quality E Yen vab a vca of Full Scale Devices 00005555 ME A E E a 102 Duration Se
3. 17 5 17 5 Binary Output Object 10 2 a 17 7 17 67 Global Valles ose since ek a A a e a 17 10 177 DNP Settings ii kg ke E A ed is 17 11 Appendix A Component Files For Script amp Scheduler A 1 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 X Appendix B Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation Calculation Worksheets B 1 BAS IMOCUCHON 2 8 STA at cast y cc teal rue ld Son Gh ge Tish ahs wer bs Os ts See obs eee a Ps B 1 B 2 Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation B 3 B 2 1 Loss Compensation in Three Element Installations B 3 B 2 1 1 Three Element Loss Compensation Worksheet 2 2 B 5 B 2 1 2 MS Excel Spreadsheet with Example Numbers B 8 B 12 Appendix C Nexus Communicator Command Line Arguments Version 1 08 C 1 Appendix D TFTP Server Program Setup 2 2 2 2 044 D 1 Appendix E DNP Custom Class Map Readings for Nexus 1250 2 2 2 E 1 Glossary Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 XI Introduction to Nexus Communicator Nexus Communicator for Windows is an integral part of the Nexus System Use it to custom configure Nexus 1262 1272 meters multiple Nexus 1250 1252 meters and Futura monitors at local or remote sites and retrieve data from them for analysis Data is available as Instantaneous Polled Readings Logs Waveform Captures XY Graphs and Circular Graphs Ot
4. Peak Demand 2 86 kW 6 10 2002 14 30 Average Demand Load Factor Total KWH BM File Name ICA OutBox Neaus_Logs NexusWeb11 EBM DB Fig 14 1 Example Screen for the Energy Billing Module Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 1 The Energy Billing Module Graph Screen as shown in the example screen above displays a Demand Graph a Graph Profile by Day and a Graph of kWh Usage by Day for the Date Range selected 14 2 Basic Energy Management To understand how to manage your power usage you must understand billing determinants and the terminology of energy management Below are Basic Energy Terms followed by an Energy Management Example MW Basic Energy Terms Kilowatt hour kWh Measurement for energy equal to the amount of work done by 1 000 watts for one hour Kilovolt ampere reactive hour kVARh Measurement similar to kWh that reflects current drawn by a customer that produces no useful work but takes up space on the electrical distribution system Megawatt hour MWh 1 000 kWh Energy Active and Reactive The total consumption that is measured in Kilowatt hours kWh and Kilovolt ampere reactive hours kKVARh Interval Type An interval is composed of N subintervals 1 lt N lt 10 The data collected in the previous N subintervals is used in the demand calculation Demand Rate at which electric energy is delivered to a system usually expressed in kW or MW There are two methods for
5. Nexus Communicator c cm 0 ad 2 pr 1 cp 3 BR 3 um 1 pn 555 545 5110 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 C 1 cm ad pr ip np cp br Connect Mode 0 Serial Port 1 Network If left out of command line Serial Port assumed Address 1 247 If left out of command line Address 1 assumed Network Mode 0 One IP Address for n Devices If left out of command line 0 assumed Protocol 0 Modbus RTU 1 Modbus ASCII 2 DNP 3 0 Not Supported 3 Modbus TCP 4 EI Protocol If left out of command line Modbus RTU assumed IP Address or Host Name XXX XXX XXX XXX Or 1 16 Alphanumeric characters with no spaces If left out error assumed Network Port 502 Open Modbus Modbus TCP If left out Port 502 assumed Com Port 1 98 If left out Com Port 1 assumed Baud Rate 0 1200 1 2400 2 4800 3 9600 4 19200 5 38400 6 57600 7 115200 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 C 2 If left out Baud Rate is 9600 um Use Modem 0 No 1 Yes If left out No modem selected pn Phone Number Use No spaces To be defined ms Modem Setup String To be defined de Data Switch Connect string To be defined dd Data Switch Disconnect string To be defined ss Start screen 0 Device Status 1 Phasors Diagram Nexus Only 2 Instantaneous Polling 3 Poll All Nexus Only 4 Poll Max Min 5 Poll Power Readings 6 Poll Harmonics 7 Poll Internal Inputs
6. Meter Secondary Voltage volts 120 Meter Secondary Current amps a E Base Conversion Factors 5 Quantity Multiplier Trt IT Sec Meter Trf ia EEES For Transformer Voltage enter the Phase to Neutral value of Test Voltage previously calculated For Transformer Current enter the Full Load Current previously calculated For Multipliers enter the PT and CT multipliers previously calculated TrfIT Secondary is the Base Value of Voltage and Current at the Instrument Transformer Secondary of the Power Transformer These numbers are obtained by dividing the Transformer Voltage and Current by their respective Multipliers The Meter Trf values for Voltage and Current are obtained by dividing the Meter Base values by the TrfIT Secondary values E Load Loss at Transformer No Load Loss Watts kW 1 Phase kW No Load Loss No Load Loss VA kVA Exciting Current 1 Phase kVA Self Cooled Rating 100 E 3 100 kVA No Load Loss VAR kVAR SQRT No Load Loss kVA No Load Loss kW SAR YY SQRT 9 SQRT __ G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 6 Full Load Loss Watts kW 1 Phase Kw Load Loss Full Load Loss VA kVA Impedance 1 Phase kVA Self Cooled Rating 100 FC Y 100 kVA Full Load Loss VAR kVAR SQRT Full Load Loss kVA Full Load Loss kW SOONG ae SQRT yea D SQRT _ i E Normalize Losses to Meter Base Value at
7. ii Add to 4 Source Hour Reading Aggregator MESE Ouadrant 1 4 at Hour jg Add ta 1 i Aggregator User Assigned Label 1 2 3 4 g A E Purpose for Pulse Accumulations This feature allows users to accumulate and aggregate polls from any pulse generating device For energy other motors can be accumulated and aggregated together or separately with the Nexus internal energy registers The pulse inputs can also be used to accumulate other utilities such as water gas steam etc 2 Source This is the particular input on the Nexus which will be accumulated Units Pulse This is the scale factor which normalizes the pulses so that they can be aggregated if desired Pulses are stored in primary values Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 27 Accumulator This allows you to place the pulse register into a separate accumulation register which can aggregate or net values User assigned label This window allows a user to enter a label designation so that when reading the Aggregator the Nexus will display the source 3 To add or subtract data use pull down menu in each window of Accumulator column s 4 When all data has been entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1272 Meter 4 16 Programming Labels for the Digital Inputs E This section of the Device Pr
8. nst la nst lb nst Ic nst da nst Wa nst FO nst PEc Raw Add All nst PF Raw Rolling Avg v Remove All Rolling Avg YAR Rolling Ava 4 Rolling Avg Pred WA Restore Rolling Avg Pred AR Rolling Avg Pred Set Default Block Window Avg VA Block Window Avg VAP Block Window Avg W Cancel nst vARa lt lt Hemove Selected Data Points 12 Data Name QisVAa Ois VARa 01s Wa Inst Yan Inst bn Inst cn Inst PFa Inst PF Inst PFc Inst PF Inst PFa Raw Inst PF Raw e The Data Points available will vary with the type of log and the parameters set for it From the Available Data Points column click on the data points you want to include when viewing the log file To select multiple points hold down the Ctrl key while clicking To select a sequence of points hold down the Shift key while clicking e Click on the Add button to move the Data Points to the Selected Data Points column e Click on the Restore button to return the selection to its previous setting G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 8 3 When you have made your selection click OK to return to Log Viewer s main screen e The pull down menu above the Data Points button lists the points you have selected 4 Select what portion of the log s you wish to view by specifying a time range Log Viewer bases its time date format on your computer s Regional Settings Windows Control Panel C
9. Predictive Rolling Window Average 100 00 Squared T Threshold 0 000 wosquared T Threshold 0 000 2 Double click on any of the settings Rolling Sub Intervals etc and the Demand Integration Programming Screen appears Device Profile Demand Integration Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window Hours js Minutes Jo Seconds Block Averaging Time Interval Window lo Hours o Minutes jo Seconds Rolling Averaging Sub Interval Window Jo OE i jo Seconds Rolling Sub Interrals Rolling Average y E Interval Window 73 00 Minutes Pre e Rolling Window Average E E Block Window Syne l MM Use Sync Pulse HS Input o gt Primary Current and Yoltage Thresholds _ Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval imona minutes 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e Following is a brief description of each window and its function G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 14 e Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window Allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a precise thermal window of demand data e Block Averaging Time Interval Window Allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a precise block window of demand data e Rolling Sliding Window Allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a rolling window
10. RS 485 Sag Secondary Rated Serial Port Slave Device Swell G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 VAR flow is positive in quadrants 1 and 2 The most common load conditions are Quadrant 1 power flow positive VAR flow positive inductive load lagging or positive power factor Quadrant 2 power flow negative VAR flow positive capacitive load leading or negative power factor An entry or record that stores a small amount of data A point at which a Register reaches its maximum value and rolls over to zero Logs are cleared or new or default values are sent to counters or timers The Rolling Sliding Window Average is the average power calculated over a user set time interval that is derived from a specified number of sub intervals each of a specified time For example the average is calculated over a 15 minute interval by calculating the sum of the average of three consecutive 5 minute intervals This demand calculation methodology has been adopted by several utilities to prevent customer manipulation of kW demand by simply spreading peak demand across two intervals A type of serial network connection that connects two devices to enable communication between devices An RS 232 connection connects only two points Distance between devices is typically limited to fairly short runs Current standards recommend a maximum of 50 feet but some users have had success with runs up to 100 feet Communicat
11. Width 1 71 Depth 4 08 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 SIDE LABEL On DANGER Power Supply Max Power 12 VA Input Voltage 12 60Y DC O 90 240 AC DC O Output Voltage 12V DC Tech www electroind com TOP LABEL EJECUTAS Geoge Tech PAE Figure 11 2 Labels for the PSIO Power Source Labels are Red amp White 11 6 Assigning Addresses and Baud Rates to an I O Module G Note The utility described below requires the 1 O to be connected to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor at Port 3 or 4 Nexus 1262 1272 at Port 4 ONLY To configure an I O module by connecting it directly to your computer use the Stand Alone Programmer utility section 11 17 You must know the current address and baud rate of the I O you want to change See section 11 5 for a list of factory settings if the I O is new or use the Query I O function section 11 14 Port 4 ONLY if the address and or baud rate has been changed or is no longer known When you have determined the current address and baud rate proceed with the steps listed below Make sure the Nexus Monitor s Port 3 or 4 is configured to communicate with the I O module at the same baud rate 57600 recommended Set the Port to Master mode See Chapter 3 1250 1252 or Chapter 4 1262 1272 for details on configuring the Nexus Monitor s communication ports Connect the I O to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or 4 or Nexus 1262 1272 Port 4
12. enter a New Value greater than the Rollover value Programmed Roll over the software will not let you se Primary Energy Secondary Energy L amp V Squared T Accumulators Internal Input Accumulators y Secondary Energy Quadrants Primary Energy Secondary Energy 18 V Squared T Accumulators Primary Energy Quadrants KYZ Output Accumulators Primary Energy Quadrants KYZ Output Accumulators Internal Input Accumulators Secondary Energy Quadrants Accumulator Current Value New Value Preset Accumulator Current Value New Value Preset Relay 1 A TS Watt Hour Quadrant 5000000000000000 oocovcovsoa0000 saws A ETE WattHour Quadrant4 agooooo00000000 pngooon00000000 Relay 3 A A Watt HourfQuadrant2 ogoogoonoonooaoo fooooooooooooooog Bel a oo O WettHour Quadrant3 igooonog0n000000 ooooooooaann0000 Test Pulse P A oooooooooonon0n VA Hour Cuacrant1 faooooogooooooo0o fooooooonooooooon VAR Hour Quadrant 1 f dg00q0000000000 ooooonoonannoonn VA Hour Quadrant 4 mooooonoonoooooo A VAR Hour Quadrant 4 f 000n000000000 aooonnnND000000 WA Hour Quadrant 2 Jado 0000000000000 D000000000000000 VAR Hour Quadam 2 fagoooo000000000 Jaono0000a0000000 VA Hour Quadrant 3 a fovooooonooonon00 VAR Hour Cuadrant 3 fgooo00000000000 oono00000000000 Programmed Roll over 6446 7440 7370955161 Pere uit ea eek am 044674407370955161 1779777777777 4 19
13. 4 Quad 2 3 Watthour 2000000 9999999999999999 6 For each output enter the Watt per Pulse and the Minimum Pulse Width in milliseconds Leave the roll over at the default value of sixteen 9s This value matches the Roll Over of the Nexus Monitor It is important that the roll over of the module match the roll over of the device to which it is connected Change the roll over only if you are using the module with a device other than a Nexus Monitor or if you are using the module as a stand alone unit e To change the I O s Transmit Delay you must use the Stand Alone Programmer section 11 17 7 When you have entered the scale settings click Update Nexus Communicator will send the new scale settings to the module and then reset it 8 Be sure to send the updated Device Profile to the Nexus Monitor after you have finished configuring all I Os Click on the Update Device button Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 14 11 11 Configuring the Digital Output Module 1 Be sure each module has a unique address and is connected to the Nexus Monitor s port 3 or 4 at the same baud rate as the port 57600 recommended see section 11 6 2 Retrieve the External Devices section of the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor see Chapter 3 3 After you have entered the Digital Output module in the Type column and its address in the Assigned Address column click on the Edit button in the Assigned Channels column The f
14. Monochrome TT Grid in front of data Monochrome Symbols Font Size Lage Med Small Cancel Apply Help Original Export Maximize e This screen s special features include 1 Main Title user can edit the Main Title of the graph 2 User Annotation user can add a line of text inside the graph in the form of a Sub Title This feature applies to graph with single Y axis non overlaid Font Size Large Medium or Small Numeric Precision digits behind the decimal from 0 3 Grid Lines All Both Y X None Grid in Front of Data Nn Pw e To Apply changes click Apply Viewing Style Color Monochrome or Monochrome and Symbols e To return to the Original screen click Original This will erase any changes e To Export click Export see details below e To Maximize the screen click Maximize The graph will fill your screen e To add style and dimension to graphs use the Plot Screen and follow these steps r Axes E Van 1 Choose one or more axes A ee 2 From the 3D buttons choose Shadow Cea 3D or Off Axis 5 3 Choose to Mark Data Points or not Pees 4 Choose a Style for Plot Style o a 5 Choose a Comparison Plot Style UE G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 r Plot Style General Plot Subsets Asis Font Color Style j comparison Plot Style Line Points Points BestFitCurve Points BestFitLine Points Line Points
15. Schedule AA L Schedule AAAADADPPPH J OA 10 00 01 AM Add 7 Edit Script to Scheduler Available Scripts for Scheduler S001 New script 1 x Schedule E Use the pull down menus to make ig a a i E Type in desired time 2 Add Edit Script to Scheduler MW Click OK to add to the Scheduler icant ts Spex ec A vailable Scripts for Scheduler Or click Cancel 3001 New script 1 y Schedule AAPA AA Frequency Last day of the month ai Time 4 52 49 PM E If you click OK the new scripts will immediately be added to the Scheduler and you will return to the main Scheduler screen Repeat steps to add additional scripts to the Scheduler G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 19 15 14 Edit Scheduler Scripts G ElG Scheduler Act Scheduler st pp Run Stop ive scripts opped Schedule Script Name Frequency Next Run Time Last Run Time New script Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM New script3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 9 7 2001 3 06 25 PM New script4 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 9 5 2001 3 15 58 PM 9 4 2001 3 15 59 PM New script5 Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM New script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM New script8 Weekly Day of week Wednesday Time 9 00 00 AM 9 12 2001 9 00 00 AM 9 5 2001 10 47 20 AM New script6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9
16. The Nexus Monitor offers an Internal Network Option which enables the Nexus to communicate over a network A Nexus connection to a network is now as easy as plugging in a phone Simply connect a Nexus to a computer using Port 1 1250 1252 or Port 3 1262 1272 to configure the net work parameters and add a network connection The Nexus must be configured to speak Modbus TCP Modbus TCP is the common protocol used for Modbus communication over a network NOTE The Internal Network Option operates internally at a fixed Baud Rate of 115200 The Gateway operates as a Modbus RTU Master with a programmable Baud Rate up to 115200 NOTE For Direct Connection refer to section 2 2 of this manual E To set the configuration 1 Connect the Nexus to the computer using Port 1 See the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for details on the hardware requirements 2 At the RJ 45 Ethernet connection on the front of the Nexus plug in a network connection 3 Click on the Connection Manager icon or select Connection Connection Manager The following screen appears To copy the Connection Manager Settings to other PCs see Note on page 2 1 Nexus Lonnection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse 0005 New Location D006 New Location 4 Oldest Newest De 4 Select the New Location listing in the Locations Field Your selection will be highlighted
17. e For each current limit specify whether it is above or below and optionally select any combination of trigger relays 1 2 and 3 You can also have a phase reversal trigger a relay see section 5 3 5 7 Alarm Limits Power ZIG Futura Device Setup Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits Historical Log Profile KYZ Pulse Output Waveform Log Profile Response Delay General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Limit 1 Settings Trigger Relay Limit 2 Settings Trigger Relay C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below Above C Below 1 r r ETE A A E A E E e This screen consists of two limits each for Watt MWatt VAR MVAR VA MVA Power Factor PF and Frequency Freq e For each limit specify whether it is above or below and optionally select any combination of trigger relays 1 2 and 3 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 8 5 8 Alarm Limits THD EIG Futura Device Setup General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay THD Limit 1 Settings Trigger Relay Limit 2 Settings Trigger Relay 2 C Above C Above Below Below C Above Abov
18. send the new roll over settings to the module 5 Be sure to send the updated Device Profile to the Nexus Monitor after you have finished configuring all I Os Click on the Update Device button Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 18 11 14 Nexus I O Device Status E This utility allows you to view a list of all the modules that have been entered registered in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile see section 11 7 1 From the I O Devices menu select Nexus I O Device Status Nexus Communicator searches for all entered I O modules The following screen appears the listings shown are for example only Nexus I U Module Status Device Status KYZ Module Address 160 Registered and present Analog Out 0 1ma Module 2 Address 128 Registered and present Analog Out 4 20ma Module Address 136 Registered and present Digital Output Module Address 156 Registered and present 2 To view the current programmable settings of a particular module select it and click Query For example a query the KYZ module at address 160 yields the following KYZ External Module Programmer Module Type Address Baud Rate Js7500 f ooms Transmit Delay KYZ Output Wat Pulse Roll Over Min Pulse Width ms 1 Quad 1 4 Watthour 2 Quad 1 YARHhour 3 Quad 4 VARhour 4 Quad 2 3 Watthour 2000000 2000000 2000000 2000000 9999999999999999 9999999999999999 99
19. un o o Oseod pu gt O O osea pu D Oo oseq pu oO Oseo E as 4 Enter Channel Label Open Label Closed Label and Normal State for each input 5 Click OK when done 6 Click on the Module Settings button and the following screen will appear reflecting the settings for Address Baud Rate and Transmission Delay Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 17 Note If you are using a Digital Input module with a Nexus Monitor you only need to enter the module in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile section 11 7 and configure the screen above you do not need to configure the module further unless you want to change the roll over The module s roll over should always match the roll over of the device to which the module is connected The Digital Input s default roll over parameters are set for use with a Nexus Monitor therefore they do not need to be changed Digital Input External Module Programmer Module Type Version Address Baud Rate Transmit Delay Digital Input Roll Over 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 e To change the I O s Transmit Delay you must use the Stand Alone Programmer section 11 17 4 Assign a roll over to each relay based on the needs of your application If the module is connected to a Nexus Monitor you do not need to change the roll over from the default Click Update to
20. HOI C sec Frequency sec C Status Limit 1 Limit 2 Combination vee it 1 Limit 2 Setting Setpoint Setting Setpoint Type w ln CEN Above COIN Above EIC Above EOI Above CECI Above ECM Above CECI Above COC Above to w CIC Above w to Below Below Below Below Below Below Below Below Below Status Oa lo Dm Dm Dm Dm Dm On On On On On o Oa Oa Dm Dm Dm Dm o On On On On Oa Oa Oa Dm Dm Dm Dm o HM This screen displays the Status of the Limits set in the Programming Limits section of the Device Profile sections 3 10 and 4 10 Up to 32 Limits can be set To change any of the settings click OK which will return you to the main Nexus Communicator screen Click Edit Profile Double click on Limits and any of the settings to access the programming screen Note To adjust the column widths position the cursor on a line between columns at the top of the screen When the cursor changes to a left right arrow hold down the left mouse button and drag the column border left or right Release the button when the column is at the desired width G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 13 7 12 Poll ElectroLogic Status E To view the ElectroLogic Status of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll ElectroLogic Status from the Real Time Polling menu The Nexus El
21. Hardware A dedicated Energy Billing Module PC or Laptop A Unicom RS 232 485 Converter At least one Energy Billing Module meter Software Nexus Communicator Software meter programming and communication Energy Billing Module with MS Excel Macros Note MS Excel 97 or later must be installed in the computer Setup Requirements for Nexus 1 Nexus Communicator Software 2 EIG Log Converter Software 3 EIG_EBM EBM DB template database file 4 Nexus meter Log 2 logging interval greater than O seconds less than and equal to 900 seconds and will have an integer number of records during a 15 minute period Example If Log 2 interval is set at x and 900 modulo with interval x is at O then setting is OK 5 Nexus Meter Log 2 Log Block Window Avg Watt Modbus Register 0A35 0A36 6 Nexus Meter Block Window Avg interval set at 15 minutes 7 EIG s EBM Excel worksheet Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 5 Setup Requirements for Futura 1 Nexus Communicator Software 2 EIG Log Converter Software 3 EIG_LEBM EBM DB template database file 4 Futura Historical Logging Interval greater than or equal to 60 seconds less than and equal to 900 seconds and with an integer number of records during a 15 minute period Example If Log Interval is set at x if 900 modulo with interval x is at 0 then the setting is OK 5 Futura Historical Log Log Avg Watt 6 Futura Avg Window Interval set at 900 seconds 15 m
22. Original Export Maximize Subsets ERR OEE i Desk Background Shadow Color Graph Foreground Graph Background Table Foreground Table Background Cancel Apply Help Original Export Maximize J 8 22 e To select Color Point Type and Line Type General Plot Subsets Axis Font Color Style from a wide selection use the Style screen Point Type FEA Line Type HA X Cancel App Help Original Export Maximize J mM To combine multiple waveforms into one graph click the check boxes on the right side of the screen for each waveform you wish to include Then double click on one of the selected graphs The following example screen shows the Van and Ic channels Feeder 1 Waveform 5 11 03 2000 3 46 42 914 PM Waveform la Sag Ib Sag lc Sag laux Sag ME L W W UARA 60 s 108 85 120 96 133 07 Milliseconds E 5 9 e To move Hash Marks on the screen move the mouse Duration is calculated from mark 2 to mark 1 in milliseconds e To zoom in on a portion of the graph draw a box around the desired area by dragging the mouse and holding down the left button Release the mouse button to activate the zoom Click the Zoom Out button to decrease the resolution e To include the laux in the graph press the laux On button click laux Off to remove it e
23. Port 4 Address 1 57600 baud Master Slave for Nexus External I O Modules Note You may use a connected Nexus External Display to view the baud rate address and communication protocol of each port See the Installation and Operation Manuals for details See Chapter 3 1250 1252 or Chapter 4 1262 1272 for details of how to configure the Nexus Monitor s communication ports In the Baud Rate field enter a baud rate that matches the baud rate of the Nexus device s port to which your computer is connected The port s baud rate address and protocol must always match the baud rate address and protocol of the computer See Pre set Addresses above In the Serial Port field enter the computer s communication port into which the RS 232 cable is inserted Most computers use Com 1 or Com 2 for the serial port Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 2 e Inthe Protocol field enter the type of communication the Nexus Monitor port is using Direct Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use either Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCH Modbus RTU is recommended All Nexus Monitor port defaults are Modbus RTU and the monitors are shipped set to Modbus RTU Example in the sample screen above the computer s Com Port 2 has been set to operate at 57600 baud using Modbus RTU to communicate with a Nexus Monitor port located at address 1 The baud rate address and protocol set for the computer s Com Port 2 match those of the
24. These setpoints are defined by the ITI CBEMA specification The ITI CBEMA Curve is published by Information Technology Industry Council ITD and is available at http www itic org iss_pol techdocs curve pdf A user can set a recording with tighter voltage limits to trigger a waveform recording However CBEMA plotting will be based only on the limits internally set Note on Setting the Nexus to Record Current Faults As discussed the voltage setpoints are used to record voltage type events such as voltage surges sags and transients The current settings are used to record faults on the line or in rush currents from devices such as motors Typically to catch these events set the limit to above 200 of full scale o Waveform Clipping Threshold e Nexus 1250 1252 5 Amp Standard Hardware 61 9437A Peak before clipping e Nexus 1250 1252 1 Amp Hardware 12 09A Peak before clipping E Hardware Triggers 3 To enable a Waveform or PQ recording for any of the 8 High Speed Inputs click in the appropriate box This will trigger a recording based on a contact trigger This is useful to monitor an open device and to capture the waveform during that operation E Samples per Cycle 4 To choose the Samples per Cycle to be recorded at 60 Hz click on the Sampling Rate pull down menu Choose from 16 32 64 128 256 and 512 samples per cycle The number of samples per cycle you choose will inversely effect the number of cycles per capt
25. fal Search a Address http 64 131 108 45 z Go timks gt Volts Amps Voltage Frequency Power eEneray instantaneous Maximum Minimum SIStantane gus MBR E MIE Power Quality votes an MWSERES a eee ae 122 58 123 71 122 57 Al 119 78 119 75 0 00 0 21 0 00 Pulse Accumulation Inputs 0 00 0 19 0 00 Meter 0 00 0 00 0 00 Information 60 01 60 18 59 89 Emails fampsa 0 48 0 52 0 48 0 52 0 48 0 52 1 44 Lo Last Max Reset__ 2002 09 27 11 52 18 190 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 1 WebXML A very versatile component for configuring data to your specifications The data is polled then stored in an XML file for later access by any client on the network The data can be viewed via a host of applications including Internet Explorer Excel Power Point and Word WebReacher With this component you can access meters anywhere in the world WebReacher has a built in Modbus data concentrator that allows you to poll up to 8 devices or 512 unique polling items from any device that can speak Modbus RTU and or Modbus TCP protocols WebReacher can retrieve the data and consolidate it into web pages without separate software WebMod The 10 100BaseT design allows the unit to speak Modbus TCP Once the programmable network ca
26. s main screen click the Interharmonic Analysis button The following screen will appear IEC 1000 2 1 1 Interharmome Spectrum 50Hz Window x 7 2002 2 2 PM leter Vba 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 00 T T j T T T mote 650 50 to 000 CAT cs Frequenty Hz Group E ES ES E E ea hi E To view a graph Select a Starting Point 1f it is other than the first point of the waveform default Select System Frequency 50Hz or 60Hz before performing the analysis by clicking Options at the top of the screen and clicking 50Hz or 60Hz The last frequency set will be the default until it is changed Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 25 Three graphs will be displayed i Waveforms W_Meterl Waveform 1 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 PM Waveform Vbn Sag Ycn 5 ag 200ms 0 277 Waveform for Interharmonic Analysis 50Hz Window _Meterl Vbn 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 00 PM 17 97 36 2 54 43 72 66 90 89 109 11 127 34 145 57 163 8 182 03 Milliseconds ENS setae The 200ms Waveform 10 cycles or 12 cycles i Waveforms W_Meterl Waveform 1 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 PM Waveform Vbn Sag Ven Sag Frequency 1915 0 29 Harmonic amp Interharmonic Spectrum 50Hz Window W_Meter1 Vbn 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 00 PM 870 1045 1220 1395 1570 1745 Frequency Hz a Harmonic amp 1EC 1000 2 1 O E E E Normalized Harmonic Spectrum of the Waveform G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7
27. section 3 25 E Total bytes used and Bytes remaining screens display the memory status for that particular file Nexus assumes 256 bytes of memory for each file Total memory is determined at time of purchase Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 24 3 13 Programming the Trending Log Time Intervals E Trending Log Time Intervals determine the interval at which Historical Logs 1 and 2 will take a snapshot To set the parameters for the logs see section 3 12 E See Chapter 8 for how to view and retrieve logs 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Trending Log Time Intervals or double click on the Trending Log Time Intervals line The following submenu appears poe IN Trending Log Time Intervals ae pe Log 1 Interval Oh 15m Os e Loge Intersal Oh 15m Os e This screen displays the current Device Profile s Trending Log Time Intervals The values shown are for example only 2 Double click on either Log 1 Interval or Log 2 Interval the Interval Log Setting screen appears Device Prohle Interval Log Setting Log 1 Interval lo Hours gt ice jo Seconds Log 2 Interval lo Hours ps EIMC za Seconds 3 Enter the hours minutes and seconds for each log The logs will be time stamped based on the Nexus Monitor s time which is set using the Tools menu See section 3 25 4 When all changes are entered click OK to ret
28. 2 Double click the Group field From the pull down menus select a Group and Associated Channel value The software will complete the Map and Line values E Number of Registers The number of registers polled for this Data Point is automatically computed The number is dependent on the Data Size selected in the Data Size column MH Start Register Start Register numbers are automatically assigned The registers are assigned and adjusted automat ically to take into account previous entries and data sizes This is the Start Number for the first register to use in polling E Format From the pull down menu select a type of Format for a value such as Floating Integer etc E Data Size From the pull down menu select the Number of Bytes you want to represent the Data Point E Unit If the polled value is viewed as an integer the Unit field tells you where to place the decimal point Example If you select 01 a polling value 1234 would be interpreted as 12 34 Example If you select 100 a polling value 1234 would be interpreted as 123400 MH Pri Sec The meter normally computes values in secondary units Where applicable you may select primary or secondary If Primary is selected the value is multiplied by the appropriate CT and or PT values E Sign Abs Where appropriate you may have the option of having the data point computed as a signed or absolute value E Byte Order For most of the Data Points the user can select the polling ord
29. 2 To assign an item to the RelayLogic Tree select an Input for the tree by clicking on a bullet next to numbers 1 through 8 e Next choose Limits or Digital Inputs by clicking on the bullet in front of the word Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 20 e Next select the Limit or Input you want to assign to the RelayLogic Tree Input you selected e Press Set to confirm your selection and the software will place the selection in the appropriate window in the screen e After you have assigned all the RelayLogic Inputs select the gates that will be used to combine the logic to trigger the relay To select a gate click on the gate or choose one from the drop down menu below the gate 3 To change items on the RelayLogic Tree use the following steps e To change the selected relay and or relay modules select from the drop down menu at the upper right hand corner of the screen e To change the relay Set Delay select from the drop down menu to the right of the Set Delay Label e To change the Relay Reset Delay select from the drop down menu to the right of the Reset Delay Label e To clear an item from the Relay Tree click on that item then click the Clear Button e To clear ALL ITEMS from the Relay Tree click the Clear Assigned Items Button NOTE In order to use this screen you must have purchased at least one External Relay Out module For more details on External Modules see Chapter 11 of this manu
30. 5 Click on the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears displaying the computer s communications settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 16 Connection Manager Location Editor Location Namo Devices At Location Description Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 4 Device 4 Device 4 6 Enter a Location Name in the field at the top of the screen if desired e Click on the Network button The screen will change to the following Connection Manager Location Editor Location Name NETWORK Serial Port 9 Network Devices At Location Device Address Device Name Description i Device 1 Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 4 Device 4 Device 4 7 Inthe Host field enter the Nexus IP Address e Inthe Network Port field enter 502 assigned port for Modbus TCP e To add or remove devices from the network click on the Add or Remove buttons If you are adding a device click on Edit to change the device Name Address and or Description The following screen will appear Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 17 Connection Manager Location Device Editor Device Properties Address E P 2 Protocol Nv Device Type NEXUS z e Ethernet Gateway Port 2 1250 1252 Port 3 1262 1272 of the Internal Network Option Nexus is used to add multiple additional units Additional Nexus units must be configured to speak Modbus RTU and se
31. 60Hz quantity Time Stamp A stored representation of the time of an event Time Stamp can include year month day hour minute and second and Daylight Savings Time indication TOU Time of Use Uncompensated Power VA Watt and VAR readings not adjusted by Transformer Loss Compensation Voltage Imbalance The ratio of the voltage on a phase to the average voltage on all phases Voltage Quality Event An instance of abnormal voltage on a phase The events the meter will track include sags swells interruptions and imbalances VT Ratio The Voltage Transformer Ratio is used to scale the value of the voltage to the primary side of an instrument transformer Also referred to as PT Ratio Voltage Vab Vab Vbc Vca are all Phase to Phase voltage measurements These voltages are measured between the three phase voltage inputs to the meter Voltage Van Van Vbn Vcn are all Phase to Neutral voltages applied to the monitor These voltages are measured between the phase voltage inputs and Vn input to the meter Technologically these voltages can be measured even when the meter is in a Delta configuration and there is no connection to the Vn input However in this configuration these voltages have limited meaning and are typically not reported Voltage Vaux This is the fourth voltage input measured from between the Vaux and Vref inputs This input can be scaled to any value However the actual input voltage to the meter should be of
32. A piece of software has to be written to send receive or display the document The Rules of XML 1 The first line of the document the XML declaration defines the XML version and the characters used in the document All XML elements MUST have a closing tag It is illegal to omit the closing tag Nn WN XML tags are case sensitive All XML elements must be properly nested All XML documents must have a root tag first tag in an XML document Attribute values must always be quoted It is illegal to omit quotation marks around attribute values White space in XML documents is Preserved not truncated Comment syntax is similar to HTML lt This is a comment gt Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 14 a Example of Root Tag and Elements The first tag in an XML document is the root tag All XML documents must contain a single tag pair to define the root element All other elements must be nested within the root element All elements can have subelements children Subelements must be correctly nested within their parent elements as shown below lt root gt lt child gt lt subchild gt lt subchild gt lt child gt lt root gt Wu Example of Attributes lt data id 1 value 123 gt lt data gt a Poll_profile xml File configured to poll parameters of each device Root tags lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt and lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt System elements lt EIG_S
33. Auto em Line Synchronization Disabled e This screen displays the current Device Profile s time settings e DST Daylight Savings Time 2 Double click on any of the programmable settings Time Zone etc the Time Settings screen appears Device Profile Time Settings Zone Descriptor EM Daylight Savings Information Auto DST Line Synchronization Enable Mo 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e Zone Descriptor sets the Time Zone for the Nexus Monitor 0 Greenwich Mean Time Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 12 GMT Greenwich Mean Time Table Dublin London 1 00 Brussels Paris Warsaw 2 00 Mid Atlantic Athens Cairo Helsinki 3 00 Buenos Aires Georgetown Baghdad Kuwait Moscow Tehran e Daylight Savings Information Enable Enables an automatic adjustment for daylight savings Disable Disables an automatic adjustment for daylight savings Auto DST Sets Daylight Savings Time automatically for the United States only Time changes automatically occur at 2 00 AM your local time on the first Sunday in April and the last Sunday in October User Defined Allows you to set the Daylight Savings Time manually Start Set the Month Day and Hour when the adjustment for Daylight Savings will commence End Set the month day and hour when the adjustment for Daylight Savings will conclude e Line Synchro
34. Device Type NOTE Values for Generic Modbus D_TYPE 1 ASCII string 2 1 byte signed high byte of the Modbus Register 3 1 byte signed low byte of the Modbus Register 4 1 byte unsigned high byte of the Modbus Register Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 18 NOTE G Ele 5 1 byte unsigned low byte of the Modbus Register 6 2 bytes signed integer 7 2 bytes unsigned integer 8 4 bytes signed long integer 9 4 bytes unsigned long integer 10 8 bytes signed long long integer 11 8 bytes unsigned long long integer 12 4 bytes IEEE float 13 1 digit 8 bits representation 14 1 digit 4 bits representation aka Packed BCD Parameters for D_USE_SPECIAL 0 do not multiply any number 1 multiply by CT ratio mainly used for current values 2 multiply by CT Aux ratio 3 multiply by PT ratio mainly used for voltage values 4 multiply by PT Aux ratio 5 multiply by CT and PT ratio mainly used for power energy values Poll_data xml Root tag lt EIG_DATA gt and lt EIG_DATA gt One 1 system element lt EIG_SYSTEM gt and lt EIG_SYSTEM gt Eight 8 device elements lt DEVICE_X gt and lt DEVICE_X gt where X is from 1 to 8 In each of the 8 device elements Device info elements card copies data from poll_profile xml lt DEV_NAME gt and lt DEV_NAME gt lt DEV_TYPE gt and lt DEV_TYPE gt Up to 64 polling data attributes card copies data from poll_prof
35. E107 7 07 V1 24 6 7 Basic Items IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Advanced Items Gateway Port RS 485 Baud Rate Gateway Port Delay DNS IP will be needed for WebAlarm email and FTP Client if the Server Address is entered as a name string not an IP Address 6 5 2 Services Click the Services tab Check the boxes in front of the listed Services to Enable the features desired Unless these Services are Enabled they will not work Click OK to save settings 6 5 3 Computer Name DNS Click the Computer Name DNS tab Enter the Computer Name Enter the IP Addresses for Domain Name Servers 1 and 2 Click OK to save settings 6 5 4 Auto TFTP Download Click the Auto TFTP Download tab Enable Auto TFTP Download the port is 69 Enter the TFTP Server IP Address Client IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway and the Download Filename Click OK to Save Once that data is saved it is downloaded automatically until you change it G Electro Industries GaugeTech ia Auvarnocu euro pun o iaa a Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Services DHCP GE Protocol EGD Services T Modbus TCP Server Allows Sofware to poll Modbus Registers of this Nexus over the Network Modbus TCP Client Allows this Nexus to retrieve data from other Modbus TCP Slaves PF GE EGD Data Port Server Web Server Allows Web browsers access to Nexus Data through Web Pages Y SMTP Clie
36. Maximum Minimum Volts AN BN CN Aux IA B C Nm Nc Volts AB BC CA VA A B C Total P VAR A B C Total N VAR A B C Total P Watt A B C Total N Watt A B C Total Update Time Hour Readings Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 VAhour Quad 1 VARhour Quad 4 VAhour Quad 4 VARhour Quad 2 3 Watthour Quad 2 VAhour Quad 2 VARhour Quad 3 VAhour Quad 3 VARhour Device Time and Accumulations Date and Time Internal Temperature Accumulations I SquaredTA TB TC V Squared TA TB TC e Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen to access all the values e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 11 7 10 Poll Pulse Accumulations E To view the Pulse Accumulations readings for the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Pulse Accumulations from the Real Time Polling menu The Nexus Pulse Accumulations screen appears Nexus Pulse Accumulations Source Totals Average Maximum Time Stamp Acc To l 0000000000423125 6000 6050 7 22 2003 05 00 00 10 _ 0000000000000000 oj 07070 00 00 00 00 _ 0000000000000000 UN 07070 00 00 00 00 _ O000000000000000 07070 00 00 00 00 _ O000000000000000 07070 00 00 00 00 0000000000000000 07070 00 00 00 00 0000000000000000 07070 00 00 00 00 0000000000000000 07070 00 00 00 ooj Energy i 0000000095038692 Totals Average Maximum Time Stamp 0000000095461996 220
37. Note For meter designations you can use any character allowed by Windows Operating System for a File Name since that meter designation will be used as the File Name In English versions the following characters will not work lt gt l For meters used internationally by multilingual users it is recommended that you use ONLY alphanumeric characters allowed by your Operating System 4 20 DNP Custom Mapping E The DNP Custom Class Map is a useful tool for prioritizing the readings in your system and the frequency of the readings The DNP Custom Class Map also keeps your system free from thousands of unwanted readings 1 From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the button beside DNP Custom Class Map or double click on the DNP Custom Class Map line Nexus 1262 1272 meters support DNP V3 00 Level 2 The following set of screens appears See Chapter 17 for details Object 10 Binary Output Object 1 Binary Input Global Values Object 20 Binary Counter DMP Settings DNP Paints 0 8 Current Day of the Week Class Assignments Object 32 No Class Deadband 5 00 Description Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Volts AN Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Volts EN Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Volts CN Tenth Second Auxiliary Volts V Aux Tenth Second Cument B C 1 A Tenth Second Curent B C 8 Tenth Second Cunent B C 1 C Tent
38. Plus and minus readings in Secondary and Primary E Uncompensated Energy Plus and minus Watt and VAR and VA readings in Secondary and Primary E Energy Secondary Plus and minus Watt and VAR and VA readings Energy Secondary Uncompensated Energy Q Hours 18 Squared T lative D d Quadrant Energy Primar Secondary Continuous Delivered Watts 3869463038 3869463396 Received Watts 2424070915 j ooooooo000 Primary Continuous Received Watts 2321677822800 f PEA Delivered Watts 1454442549000 000000000 Energy Secondary Uncompensated Energy Q Hours Cumulative Demand if Quadrant Energy Primary Squared T Y Squared T AD 0000000000001300 l 0000000634805695 B 0000000000008275 l 0000000981930794 pa 0000000000001098 0000000331862947 l Y Squared T Cumulative Demand Quadrant Energy Primary Energy Secondary Uncompensated Energy if Hours Secondary Primary Qh _ 0000000000017027 000000001 0216497 h 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 l Y Squared T Cumulative Demand Quadrant Energy Primary Energy Secondary rgy Q Hours Secondary Primary Wat ELEA l 0000000018973698 Wat 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 VAR 0000000000001411 l 0000000000847171 NAR 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 VA 7068782691906528 0000000018998655 l Y Squared T Cumulative Demand Quadrant Energy Primary nergy Seconda I Uncompen
39. Programming Labels M Labels are user defined names for the Nexus Monitor the Auxiliary Voltage terminal and the I N Measured terminal Note It is important to label the Nexus Monitor under Meter Designation because the label given will become the name of the file for any logs retrieved from that Monitor see Chapter 8 for details on viewing stored logs 1 From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the button beside Labels or double click on the Labels line The following submenu appears Labels Meter Designation METER IN Measured IM Measured Power Direction Quadrant 1 4 Delivered and Quadrant 3 Received as Power Factor Display Method 1 01 Lag G2 Lag 03 Lead 0d Lead G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 31 2 Double click on any of the designation names the following screen appears Device Profile Labels Label Name Meter Designation Vi AUX N Measured N Measured MAD ad Cuadrant 4 Delivered and Quadrant 2 3 Received a EEN Method 2 01 Lag 02 Lead 03 Lag 04 Lead bd 3 Enter the labels in the appropriate fields Meter Designation must be set for Partial Log Retrieval User Defined Label INPTOO Unit 1 96 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen Click on the Update Device button to effect changes This sends the new profile to the Nexus monitor
40. This value is measured in Perceptibility Units PU and is labeled Pinst This ia a real time value and it is continuously updated e Short Term Flicker Evaluation An output of 1 00 from Block 5 corresponding to the Pst value corresponds to the conventional threshold of irritability per IEC 1000 3 3 In order to evaluate flicker severity two parameters have been defined one for the short term called Pst defined in this section and one for the long term called Plt defined in the next section The standard measurement time for Pst is 10 minutes Pst is derived from the time at level Statistics obtained from the level classifier in Block 5 of the flicker meter The following formula is used P 0 0314 P 0 0525P 0 0657 B 0 28 P 0 08 B Where the percentiles P 0 1 P 1 P 3 P 10 P 50 are the flicker levels exceeded for 0 1 1 2 20 and 50 of the time during the observation period The suffix S in the formula indicates that the smoothed value should be used The smoothed values are obtained using the following formulas P 1s P 7 P 1 P 1 5 3 P 3s P 2 2 P 3 P 4 3 P 10s P 6 P 8 P 10 P 13 P 17 5 P 50s P 30 P 50 P 80 3 The 3 second memory time constant in the flicker meter ensures that P 0 1 cannot change abruptly and no smoothing is needed for this percentile e Long Term Flicker Evaluation The 10 minute period on which the short term flicker severity
41. Update process which is detailed in section 3 30 above Download Filename NOTE Check with your Network Administrator before making any changes G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 46 Chapter 4 Configuring the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter 4 1 Overview E Nexus Communicator enables you to configure a Nexus 1262 1272 Socket Meter s programmable settings which are stored in the unit s Device Profile Scroll down to view the rest of the menu see section 4 2 To configure the Nexus 1250 1252 see Chapter 3 See Chapter 5 for Futura CT PT Ratios and System Hookup A Limit and Waveform Full Scales a Communications Ports a IL Time Settings Demand Integration Intervals Thresholds eS X Cold Load Pickup l Transformer Loss Compensation Limits ML X ElectroLogic Relay Control Trending Setup pS I Trending Log Time Intervals PQ Thresholds Wavetorm Recording X X Pulse Accumulations XL Digital Inputs E The following is an outline of the procedure for configuring a Nexus 1262 1272 Meter 1 Retrieve the Nexus Meter s Device Profile section 4 2 2 Configure the programmable settings stored in the Device Profile sections 4 3 4 25 3 Send the new Device Profile back to the Nexus Monitor section 4 2 Note If you click the Save Load or Update buttons you MUST have a unique Meter Destina
42. in the Start Date field and 2 24 2002 in End Date field Note Make sure the dates are with the range of the Available Energy Data start and end dates Otherwise the graphs will not be correct Select Parameters A list of Energy Billing Module meters will be displayed in the pull down menu in this section Select a meter from which you want to retrieve data Refresh Graph Click on Refresh graph to start retrieving graphs for the dates and parameters selected Warning DO NOT click anywhere on the spreadsheet while the system is in Calculation Mode Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 8 E Demand Graph This graph shows the Demand History Demand data is collected every 15 minutes from the Energy Billing Module meter Energy Billing Module Electro industries Gauge tec Energy data available from 5 14 2002 to 6 12 2002 j Select Date Range Select Parameters Profile by Day Start Date 05 13 2002 Lamar Load Database Encl Date 06 13 2002 Refresh Graph Demand Gra Plot Area KAH Usage by Day i A A A MEFEAIZOOZ OND OEFESZOOZMOD HEANSFEOOZ NA AKAODEALONZONN MEAZONEONO kOZ 0 00 05 Date amp Time Peak Demand 2 86 kW 610 2002 14 30 Average Demand Load Factor Total KWH EBM File Name Ch0utboxWedus LogsNexusWeb11 EBM DB E Profile by Day Graph upper right This graph shows the Daily Peak Deman
43. mso f 0 Frequency oon 0 o Current instantaneous Maximum Minimum Amps A 0 44 0 74 0 00 Amps B toss son f s m Amps toss mma f s m The Enter Network Password screen will appear and ask for a User Name and Password 3 Type User Name and Password into windows Initial User Name eignet Initial Password inp100 NOTE See section 6 9 to change User Name and Password Click OK G Electro Industries GaugeTech Enter Network Password e Please type your user name and password Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Site 10 0 0 10 Realm Administrator User Name feignet Password PF Save this password in pour password list Cancel 6 26 The Update Run Time Firmware screen appears 4 Click the Browse button to select the correct runtime firmware file Ejectro industries Gaugetech The Leader in Web Accessed Power Monitoring Update INP 100 Run time Firmware 5 Click on Update Run Time Firmware button to continue The whole process can take several minutes Make sure that during the process you do not close the Update Run Time Firmware screen or update1 htm browser window 1 Click on the Browse button to select the firmware file 2 Click on the Update Run time Firmware button to continue Please note the update process could take several minutes Update Run time Firmware amp Intemet During the update process the INP100 U
44. number of phases E Communication Protocols e Main Port Side Download Port This port only supports EI Protocol which is used by all EIG software The maximum baud rate is 38400 The interfaces to this port are clearly labeled J2 1 RS 232 or J2 2 RS 485 Both access the same port only one can be used at a time This port handles downloading uploading and programming e Polling Port Top Port The Top Port Polling Port is an option for the Futura For this port to function the monitor must also be equipped with the appropriate RS 232 or RS 485 communications interface Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 5 Select from the following protocols DNP 3 0 El Protocol Used by all EIG soft ware such as Futura Communicator and Power System Supervisor Modbus ASCII Modicon ASCII protocol Modbus RTU Modicon binary protocol Maximum baud rate is 9600 If the baud rate of the main port is set at 9600 or greater the baud rate of the top port will default to 9600 In a Futura this port handles only real time polling With either Modbus protocol some programming functions can be handled E Port Control for Main and Top Ports For either port select Printing and Communication or Communication Only e Communication Only Prevents accidental meter keypad input from interfering with communications e Printing and Communication Used for troubleshooting E Averaging Window Interval This is th
45. or Modbus ASCII protocol Modbus RTU is recommended Modem Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use Modbus ASCII only Use the pull down menu to select from Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII or DNP 3 0 See Chapter 2 for details e Mode Port 3 or Port 4 only If you are using I O modules set one of these ports in Master mode Set the port to operate at 57600 baud To change the setting use the pull down menu to select Slave or Master Make other changes for your application e Internal Network Option If your Nexus has the Internal Network Option see your Network Administrator for the correct settings Settings will vary from network to network If your meter has the INP100 Option 10 100BaseT and you click on the Advanced Settings button the following set of screens will appear The meter is shipped with initial settings or you can fully configure the settings using these screens and FTP Client The process is detailed in Chapter 6 NOTE This screen is not supported by meters with the INP10 Option i Advanced Network Lard settings E Services DHCP GE Protocol EGD Computer Name DNS Auta TFTP Download Alarm Email Email Server IP Address Name Email Server Port Email Monitor Email Address Betum Reply Address Email Subject Text PF Email Server requires authentication Username Password OK Cancel e Internal Modem Option If your Nexus has this option set the number of Rings to An
46. which will give you a precise sliding view of demand data e Rolling Sliding Window Number Allows you to set the number of rolling windows you would like to string together e Predictive Rolling Window Average Nexus gives you a precise 100 accurate prediction of your demands e Block Window Syne Synchronizes the Nexus Monitor with pulses from a High Speed Input connected to another meter Click the Use Sync Pulse box and select the Input number Block Window Demand Only e Thresholds Numbers programmed into these windows will effect the accumulation of data I Squared T data won t accumulate until current reaches programmed level V Squared T data will stop accumulating when voltage falls below programmed level e Energy Pulses amp Accumulations in the Interval Select an interval such as 60 min 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button to send the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 3 8 Programming Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand or double click on the Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand line The following screen appears Cold Load Pickup Time after control poweris py restored to start demand minutes Minimum time control power must be off befo
47. x 9 BMicrosokt D bject Library Make sure only one DAO Library is da a selected dobePOFMakerx y Microsoft Forms 2 0 Object Library Priority i VideoSoft VSFlex 6 0 Controls DAC Help e 7 1 VideoSoft Yo iews Controls Click File Save before closing the CACM WrapperServer 1 0 Type Library Cl Acrobat Macros Cl Acrobat Distiller croleHeloer 1 0 Tvoe Library a r Microsoft DAO 3 6 Object Library Save the Excel spreadsheet before closing Location C PROGRAM FILESICOMMON FILES MICROSOFT SHAREDIDE Language Standard Warning If the user tries to open the EBM file saved in Excel 2002 using Excel 97 a conflict could occur DO NOT ATTEMPT THIS Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 14 Chapter 15 EIG Script Scheduler Program Automated Data Retrieving and Processing 15 1 Overview E FIG Script amp Scheduler software program serves as a stand alone module for the Communicator software package The EIG Script amp Scheduler program is Automated Data Retrieving and Processing software which automatically retrieves data from EIG Power Monitors M With this easy to use application you can set up multiple scripts and schedules that command an EIG device to automatically execute scheduled scripts retrieve stored data files from installed devices and manage batch log conversions The data retrieved and converted by the Scheduler as well as other retrieved data is in Acces
48. 10 100BaseT Option conforms to the IEEE 802 3 specification using unshielded twisted pair UTP wiring So inexpensive RJ 45 connectors and CATS or better cabling can be used Using this LAN connection allows multiple PCs to be connected concurrently The RJ 45 line is inserted into the RJ 45 Port on the face of the Nexus 1250 1252 with 10 100BaseT Option The connection using RJ 45 into the Nexus 1250 1252 can connect the Nexus to a network using Modbus TCP protocol over the Ethernet To connect with other Nexus Monitors with Modbus RTU in either remote or local locations you MUST use Port 2 which is labeled Ethernet Gateway as a Master and an RS 485 connection The link using RS 485 is viable for up to 4000 feet 1219 meters Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 2 RS 232 Insert RS 232 cable from a PC into Port 1 and set the Selector Switch to RS 232 This connection is necessary to set the initial software configuration For details on Nexus 1250 1252 connections and wiring see Nexus 1250 1252 User s Manual Mi Nexus 1262 and 1272 RJ 45 Connection The 10 100BaseT Option conforms to the IEEE 802 3 specification using unshielded twisted pair UTP wiring This allows the use of inexpensive RJ 45 connectors and CATS or better cabling The RJ 45 connector is supplied with the meter Using this LAN connection allows multiple PCs to be connected concurrently The RJ 45 line is inserted into the RJ 45 Port or Jack on the P
49. 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for details on the hardware requirements At the remote site e EIG recommends using RS 485 communication with a Modem Manager Set both the originate and the remote modem to operate at 9600 baud enable Hardware Flow Control for both If you are using a Modem Manager you can set the baud rate for the Nexus higher up to 38400 Generally it will provide reliable communication e If you are using RS 232 communication without a Modem Manager set both modems to operate at 9600 baud disable Flow Control for both 3 Click on the Connection Manager icon or select Connection Connection Manager The following screen appears To copy the Connection Manager Settings to other PCs see Note on page 2 1 Nexus Lonnection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse 0005 New Location D006 New Location e 4 Oldest Newest Md 4 Select the New Location listing in the Locations Field Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 4 5 Click on the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears displaying the computer s communications settings Connection Manager Location Editor E Location Name viocem Card Serial Port Network Devices At Location Description 1 Device 1 Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 4 Device 4 Device 4 e Enter a Location Name in the field at the top of
50. 2 8 2 5 Connecting to Multiple Nexus Monitors on an RS 485 Bus 2 12 2 6 Internal Network Option Connection 2 2 a e e a 2 16 2 7 Changing the Primary Device 2 20 00 0202 000 2 20 2 8 Disconnecting from a Nexus Monitor s 2 2 ee 2 21 PO DEVICE Stats mA a A o Bee oe wat a ke Sn Ge pe ae ee a 2 22 Chapter 3 Configuring the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor SASOVERVICW ii hi ox otk ahd A nee oh ee aaah de ae cae heal a ee Sh 3 1 3 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles 0 2 3 2 3 3 Programming the CT and PT Ratios and System Hookup 2 3 4 3 3 a One Amp Current Input Addendum 2 2 0 0 0 0 002 3 6 3 4 Programming Limit and Waveform Full Scales 2 2 a 3 7 3 5 Programming the Communications Ports 04 3 8 3 6 Time Settings kod a Belk Be eS ee He he a a 3 12 3 7 Programming Demand Integration Intervals 3 14 3 8 Programming Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand 3 15 3 9 Programming Transformer Loss Compensation 22 3 16 3 9 1 Transformer Loss Compensation for Enhanced Units 2 2 3 18 3 10 Programming Limits 2 2 2 3 19 3 11 ElectroLogic Relay Control 2 2 eo o 3 22 3 12 Programming the Trending Setup for Historical Logs 1 and2 3 24 3 13 Programming the Trending Log Time Intervals 3 25 3 14 Programming the Power Quality and
51. 3 Enter the Full Scale for each parameter G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 6 e The Limit and Waveform settings section 4 10 and 4 14 respectively will be based on a percentage of the Full Scales entered here e Nexus Communicator automatically recalculates the Full Scales every time the CT and PT ratios change e Power Phase is the amount of power per each phase e Power Total is the power of all phases combined 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor To Reset Logs see section 4 26 4 5 Programming the Communications Ports 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the Communications Ports line The following submenu appears A Serial Part 1 115200 N 1 Modbus RTU pu a Optical Port Fixed Bevan Y Serial Pot4 1 115200 5 1 Modbus ATU 2 Double click on port you would like to change the Communications Settings screen appears e This screen displays the Device Profile s settings for the Nexus 1270 s two programmable Communications Ports Address Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Transmit Delay Communication Protocol Network Option and Internal Modem Option You may use the on board display or one of the Nexus External Displays to learn the current baud rate a
52. 33 8 18 Control Output Log Relays E The Control Output Log Relay Log displays the relay change status for a selected meter file and time range Data Type Relay Log Time Range 11 03 2000 8 22 46 850 AM to 11 03 2000 8 22 33 720 AM Sort Criteria Descending Show Snapshots Show Relay Settings i Co i cKn edge m ef E E To view the Control Output Log From the EIG Log Viewer you must select a Meter Database File and set a Time Range Then click on the Control Output Log button or View Data Control Output Relays The above screen appears M There are three stages in the relay process Stage 1 Trigger Stage 2 Command Stage 3 Acknowledgement Stage 1 the change relay state process starts Stage 2 a meter responds to the change relay request and sends out the change relay command to the relay device Stage 3 the meter gets a response back from the relay device A complete record should have all three stages date time stamp The Start State is the relay state at the time of the Trigger The End State is the relay state at Stage 3 or the Acknowledgement Stage E Reasons for Incomplete Records e At the time of the log conversion process if the Log Converter cannot find the Stage 1 record which can be caused by log roll over the Trigger date time and the Start State will not be displayed Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 34 e At the time of log conversion if the Log Convert
53. 338 4741 Product Warranty Electro Industries GaugeTech warrants all products to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of four years from the date of shipment During the warranty period we will at our option either repair or replace any product that proves to be defective To exercise this warranty fax or call our customer service department You will receive prompt assistance and return instructions Send the instrument transportation prepaid to EIG at 1800 Shames Drive Westbury NY 11590 Repairs will be made and the instrument will be returned Limitation of Warranty This warranty does not apply to defects resulting from unauthorized modification misuse or use for any reason other than electrical power monitoring OUR PRODUCTS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR PRIMARY OVER CURRENT PROTECTION ANY PROTECTION FEATURE IN OUR PRODUCTS IS TO BE USED FOR ALARM OR SECONDARY PROTECTION ONLY THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ELECTRO INDUSTRIES GAUGETECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY AUTHORIZED OR UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ANY ELECTRO INDUSTRIES GAUGETECH PRODUCT LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE ORIGINAL COST OF THE PRODUCT SOLD Statement of Calibration Our instruments are inspected and tested in accordance with specifications published by Electr
54. 5 0000000001 Internal Input 6 CA Internal Input 7 CA Internal Input 8 0000000001 Aggregation 1 000021472 Aggregation 2 0000000001 Aggregation 3 CA Aggregation 4 0000000001 3 a E a o 3 E a S El A El El G El El El El El 772 1P144_a017 En 00 18 2000 04 00 00 00 Polling IPi44_ all oK 00 18 2000 04 00 00 00 Interval 115 min Interval 115 min G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 16 Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval Hour Counters KYZ Pulse Output Pulse Accumulations Hour Counters KYZ Pulse Output Pulse Accumulations TEV Squared Y Uncompensated Eneray Q Hours Lae Squared T Uncompensated Energy Q Hours Squared T Phase A Secondary Primary Squared T Phase B Watt I Squared T Phase C Watt Y Squared T Phase A VAR 00000 0 Squared T Phase B 0193028345 VAR 00000 000000000 Y Squared T Phase C vA 00000 Polino1272_1P144_a017 oK 07 22 2003 10 00 00 00 Poling 2144 a017 00 18 2000 04 00 0000 Interval 115 min Interval 115 min Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval Hi Uncompensated Energy Re adin gs Hour Counters KYZ Pulse Qutput Pulse Ainise N 18 Squared T Uncompensated Energy Q Hours that are NOT adjusted by Transformer Loss Compensation Secondary Primary 0h Qh 00000 0000000000 E Q Hours Q is the quantity obtained by lagging the applied voltage to a wattmeter by 60
55. 7 07 V1 24 3 18 3 10 Programming Limits HM Limit settings are based on a percentage of the Full Scales of FS which are set in the Limit and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 3 4 Full Scales are based on the CT and PT ratios set in the CT PT Ratios and System Hookup section of the Device Profile section 3 3 E Before programming Limits set the CT and PT ratios first Then set the Limit and Waveform Full Scales The software automatically updates the Full Scale However you can set it separately from the CT and PT Ratios 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Limits or double click on the Limits line The following submenu appears LimitID 01 sec Volts AN LimitID 02 1sec Volts BM e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for Limits Not all limits are shown above Limit ID extend to 32 2 Double click on any of the settings Limit ID 01 etc The Limits screen appears MH Percentage of Full Scale settings The limits are set in of full scale of FS so that when a user creates a profile that limit setting will be constant That is true even though the CT and PT Ratios change when the meter or a new meter is placed in a different location Changing the CT and PT Ratios will not effect the of full scale limits previously set This is useful when using large numbers at meters VevIce Frome
56. 742 k 599 400 k 0 0 2000 04 30 00 10 AAA oj oj 0 070 00 00 00 00 _ O000000000000000 oj oj 07070 00 00 00 00 0000000000000000 of UN 07070 00 00 00 00 Polling 1272_1P144_a017 a eee M This screen displays the scaled Pulse Accumulations from the Nexus eight internal digital inputs It also displays the Fixed Window Average and Max Demand for the eight Pulse Accumulations At the bottom of the screen you will also find four Totalizers which are combinations of the eight internal inputs and the Nexus watt hour counter Ml This screen is the result of configuring the Pulse Accumulations settings in the Device Profile See Chapter 3 15 and 4 15 for details on settings and to edit settings The Nexus can be programmed to accumulate and aggregate poles from any pulse generating device e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen e Click Print to print this screen e Click Export to save a text file of the Input Readings Your computer will ask you to name the file and choose a save in location e Click Save or Cancel to return to the main Nexus screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 12 7 11 Poll Limit Status E To view the Limit Status of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Limit Status from the Real Time Polling menu The Nexus Limit Status screen appears Nexus Limit Status sec Volts CN HO volts ANASB HO volts BABC 6 THD VotsCN CA
57. 8 Poll Multiple Devices Nexus Only 9 Poll Pulse Accumulations Nexus Only 10 Poll Limit Status 11 Poll Time of Use Readings Nexus Only 12 Poll Nexus External Digital Inputs Nexus Only 13 Poll Nexus External Analog Inputs Nexus Only 14 Poll Nexus ElectroLogic Status Nexus Only 15 Poll Relay Control 16 Poll Readings with DDE Service Nexus Only Tech Mode ONLY If left out Start screen is Device Status dn Device Name Must use period as place holder for a space In Location Name Must use period as place holder for a space Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 C 3 vm am dr mp dt View Mode 0 Normal 1 Hide Main Window and Exit Program upon closing of Start Screen Nexus Communicator acts as a plug in for integrating with third party software If left out Normal is the View Mode Answer Modem 0 No 1 Open Port Wait for Modem to ring and attempt to answer Modem if ringing If left out software does not answer Modem Dial Out Receive Call 0 No 1 After Software successfully answers the call 1t looks for a reason of call code based on the code Perform Automated functions Upon completion of all functions Communicator places the Remote Modem into command mode sends an acknowledgment hangs up closes the port and exits the program Modem Password Must use period as place holder for a space User Defined DDE Topic Name for Start Screen 16 Topic Name is a string
58. ANSI C12 13 Type II magnetic optical communications coupler and an RS 232 cable from the coupler to a PC the meter can be programmed with Nexus Communicator software A short fixed length section of data that is transmitted as a unit Example a serial string of 8 bit bytes Percent Total Harmonic Distortion See THD A language that will be spoken between two or more devices connected on a network Potential Transformer Ratio used to scale the value of the voltage to the primary side of an instrument transformer Also referred to as VT Ratio The closing and opening of the circuit of a two wire pulse system or the alternate closing and opening of one side and then the other of a three wire system which is equal to two pulses Q is the quantity obtained by lagging the applied voltage to a wattmeter by 60 degrees Values are displayed on the Uncompensated Power and Q Readings screen Watt and VAR flow is typically represented usng an X Y coordinate system The four corners of the X Y plane are referred to as quadrants Most power applications label the right hand corner as the first quadrant and number the remaining quadrants in a counter clockwise rotation Following are the positions of the quadrants 1st upper right 2nd upper left 3rd lower left and 4th lower right Power flow is generally positive in quadrants and 4 Glossar y 4 Register Register Rollover Reset Rolling Window Average Power RS 232
59. Data Power Quality Log Viewer will display power quality information for the selected log file s based on the time range specified in the Select Time Range section of its main screen see section 8 5 CIO LUY viewer NWA LUY File Edit Select Data View Data Help Data Type Power Quality Log E Show Waveforms M Show PO Waveform Settings Start Date Time End Date Time Duration ms Device 6 5 2003 10 18 51 142 PM 6 10 2003 10 48 11 110 PM 433759968 00 Unit 6 2 2003 7 47 48 427 Pea 6 2 2003 8 20 04 91 0 PM 1936483 00 Unit 6 2 2003 7 47 45 880 Phd 6 2 2003 8 20 00 247 PM 1934367 00 Unit 5 24 2003 2 5 24 2003 2 28 54 244 AM 19010 00 Unit 5 24 2003 2 5 24 2003 2 28 54 227 AM 18993 00 Unit 5 24 2003 2 5 24 2003 2 28 1 0 194 AM 45824 00 Unit 5 24 2003 2 27 24 5 24 2003 2 27 24 370 AM 16 00 Unit 5 24 2003 2 21 26 854 AM 5 24 2003 2 27 05 304 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 44 397 AM 5 24 2003 2 21 09 270 AM 2364873 5 24 2003 1 41 37 662 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 44 397 AM 6735 5 24 2003 1 41 29 447 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 37 512 AM 8065 5 24 2003 1 41 22 997 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 29 447 AM 6450 5 24 2003 1 41 20 547 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 22 780 AM 2233 5 24 2003 1 41 20 112 AM 5 24 2003 1 41 20 380 AM 268 5 24 2003 1 5 24 2003 1 41 14 112 AM 458082 5 24 2003 1 E 5 24 2003 2 28 10 194 AM 3274982 5 24 2003 1 26 48 5 24 2003 1 26 49 104 AM 264 5 24 2003 1 13 39 117 AM 5 24 2003 1 26 48 922 AM 789705 4
60. Function 9 1 Overview The Nexus with Internal Modem Option offers a series of screens on which you can set the parameters for Modem Dial In Dial Out Function Modem Dial Out Programming 9 4 Dial In Programming 9 5 Disable Email Page Generation 9 6 Modem Monitor 9 7 Alarm Server 9 8 9 2 Setting the Dial In Connection Install the modem connected to the computer the originate modem See the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for details on hardware requirements 1 From the Nexus Communicator Icon Tool Bar click on the Connection Manager icon or select Connection Connection Manager The Connection Manager screen appears Nexus Connection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse j 0003 Test Location 0004 Multiplexor 0005 New Location 0006 New Location 0007 Modem Card gt 4 Oldest Newest a 2 Click the Add button to add a New Location and click the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 1 3 Configure the Location Editor screen Connection Manager Location Editor Location Name ila Type in new Location Name Select a Com Port Number 9 Serial Port S Network Set Baud Rate to 38400 ae Enable Hardware Flow Control She Data Bits 8 Parity None Click Use Modem Enter Phone Number or Setup String a From Devices at L
61. Generally users will set the monitor to 128 samples per cycle for this purpose Lower sampling rates have advantages because they allow you to record more cycles of information per event screen Low sampling rates are better for long duration events like motor starts or distribution faults The Nexus enables users to tailor the recording for both these applications For more information on Sampling Rate see the graph on page 4 26 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 double click on the PQ Thresholds Waveform Recording line the Waveform CBEMA Profile screen appears Jevice Profile Waveform CEEMA Profile Waveform Above Setpoint Miawetorm Below Setpoint Walue s Enable Walue ss Enable PQ Enable 105 00 95 0 105 00 95 0 m 105 00 95 0 O 25 00 15 0 25 00 15 0 25 00 15 0 10 00 0 0 120 00 20 0 120 00 20 0 120 00 20 0 OOOOOOBFE A Sampling Rate ize ES Cycle 60Hz Total Captures Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 24 E Software Triggers 2 To set the threshold for a PQ event and waveform capture enter the desired percentage of Full Scale in the Value column of the Above Setpoint and Below Setpoint sections Full Scales are shown in the lower
62. Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Q E A QSeach Favorites hito B B HQ Address C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Nexus Scheduler Log Main Html Go Links gt FEAE KEKKEI AEk laalaiaiaaiaaiaiaia AEk KKK lalalala 9 4 2001 4 00 27 PM Run schedule 10 script 7 New script 7 Daily Time 4 00 22 PM 9 4 2001 4 00 53 PM Nexus Communicator Script Message 07 Script Completed 9 4 2001 4 00 53 PM No files to convert 9 4 2001 4 00 59 PM Schedule finished IEEE KAKAK AKEKE KAEKA lalalala KEKEKE KKKA 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM Run schedule 7 script 6 New script 6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 38 PM Nexus Communicator Script Message 07 Script Completed 9 4 2001 4 01 38 PM No files to convert 9 4 2001 4 01 44 PM Schedule finished aaa laica KEk Ek EKEK KEEKEKE Kk KEKEKE KKK KEKEKE TE My Computer G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 22 E Scroll down to find a particular date time or action E To clear the Current Status window click the Clear Status button The screen will be cleared as follows EIG Scheduler A Schedul al Runf Run Stop ctive scripts cheduler ts runnin Schedule Script Name Frequency Next Run Time Last Run Time New script Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM New script3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 9 7 2001 3 06 25 PM New scr
63. Level 2 password 3 Type the new password in the New Password field and then retype it below Click OK 4 The following screen will appear Click Yes Change Nexus Password Are you sure you want to change the Level 2 Password Note If you forget to type in a new password before you click OK in the Change Nexus Password screen the following screen will appear The password has to have at least one character and not more than ten Nexus Communicatod The New Password is too small 5 Click OK Type in new password retype it click OK click Yes You now have a new password G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 12 6 Chapter 13 Flash Upgrading 13 1 Overview E The Flash command allows you to upgrade the following firmware components e Nexus Communication Processor Nexus Comm This processing chip performs all tasks related to communication and storing data e Nexus Digital Signal Processor Nexus DSP This processing chip performs all tasks related to data calculation e LED Display This processing chip is installed in the Nexus External LED Display e Internal Modem Card This optional card is installed in the Nexus and enables the Nexus to act as Nexus and modem in one device This card must be upgraded in addition to upgrading the Nexus Comm and DSP Refer to section 13 5 e Internal Network Option This Nexus option allows a Nexus to communicate with multiple PC s c
64. Limits Limit 1 Limit 2 Type Channel Setpoint Setpoint Setting of FS Primary of FS Primary 30 00 1296K Be 95 00 13 68K DR 105 00 Be 95 00 OR 105 00 1512K Bel 95 00 13 68 DR 25 00 Be 15 00 101 80 61 08 Bel 96 40 25 00 6 25 Be 15 00 15 00 15 00 Be 0 00 15 00 15 00 Be 0 00 15 00 15 00 Bel 0 00 15 00 15 00 Bel 0 00 15 00 15 00 Bel 0 00 15 00 15 00 Bel 0 00 110 00 Be 30 00 Be 90 00 Combination Limit 3 Setting sec Volts AUS Not Assigned sec Volts CN Not Assigned Frequency Ic Volts ANAAB Volts BNBC Volts CNCA PrP PrFErE rE PrP PP ee Not Assigned Not Assigned 1080000 00 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 19 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e To set the type of limit and the channel assigned to it double click in either the Type or Channel column From the pop up menu choose the desired settings and click OK e To designate the limit as either Above or Below a percentage of the Full Scale click once in each Settings column and select the desired setting from the pull down menu e To set the percentage of the Full Scale at which the limit will trip enter the value in the of FS column Nexus Communicator automatically calculates the Primary value e The Combination Limit 3 is the logical combination of Limit 1 s state and Limit 2 s state Example 1 Limit ID 1 Type 1 Second
65. Load Factor 51 Peak Demand After When all AC and tools are switched on in sequence Load Factor 57 Demand kW Figure 14 3 Energy Management Example After Further savings can be realized by doing the following Shift non essential loads to off peak hours Flatten the demand curve wherever possible Identify equipment and process problems Negotiate with your utility based on peak demand Source the best utility for your needs Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 4 14 3 Cost Allocation In addition to the cost savings steps listed above further steps can be taken using Cost Allocation By submetering one of your primary fixed costs electricity becomes a variable cost that can be accurately allocated E Cost Allocation Steps Determine cost centers Use submeters to monitor usage at each cost center Assign accountability and offer incentives for departments within a facility to reduce their own energy usage Determine equipment and system efficiency within cost centers Make sure Tenant Billing accurately reflects usage E Cost Allocation System One computer at primary facility A number of low cost high quality meters to monitor usage at each cost center A simple network connecting the meters to the computer Energy Billing Module 14 4 System Configuration The basic Energy Billing Module System consists of the following components
66. Nexus Monitor port E Ifthe connection failed make sure an approved Category 5 Cable is connected to the Network Jack and that the Link Light on the Nexus Device is illuminated E NETWORK CONNECTIONS 1 Insert an RJ 45 line into the RJ 45 Port on the face of a Nexus 1250 1252 with Internal Network Option A connection for Nexus 1262 1272 with the Ethernet Serial Port 9 Network Option is made by inserting an RJ 45 line into the F RJ 45 Network cable coming from the back of the socket Device Address e ae ot 2 Click the Network radio button on this screen The Network Port screen changes for Network settings Protocol Modbus TCP 3 Enter settings for Network Connection see your Network Administrator for correct settings See e Inthe Device Address field enter 1 e Inthe Host field enter an IP Address or a Registered Name see your Network Administrator e Inthe Network Port and Protocol fields the example settings are probably correct Check with your Network Administrator to be sure 4 Click Connect Nexus Communicator locates the Nexus Monitor and the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection See section 2 8 for details 5 Click OK The computer is now connected to the Nexus Monitor 6 The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters Status Bars will differ slightly for the two connections Note You may use a connected Nexus
67. Nexus meter Refer to DNP V3 00 Level 2 Protocol Assignments for Nexus 1252 1262 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 for more details 17 1 Connecting to Nexus Communicator Open Nexus Communicator software by double clicking on the icon Connect to the meter Click on Quick Connect checking the settings and clicking Connect or Click on Connection Manager select a location and click Connect See Chapter 2 of this manual for complete connection instructions When a connection is made a Status Bar will appear showing a Healthy status Click OK Click the Edit Profile icon A pop up window will tell you that data is being retrieved The Device Profile screen appears If the meter Nexus 1252 1262 or 1272 supports DNP V3 00 Level 2 DNP Level 2 will appear in the profile Click on DNP Level 2 A set of programming screens appears the DNP Custom Mapping screens Each screen has a tab at the top Click on any tab to move from screen to screen DNP Custom Mapping Object 30 Analog Input y Global Values y DMP Settings Object 10 Binary Output Object 20 Binary Counter DNP Map Description Class Assignments Points Line Point Object 2 D 7 0 Internal Inputs States Inputs 1 8 Class 1 8 15 16 0 1 Cycle High Speed Input Delta Inputs 1 8 No Class 16 23 232 0 Limit States Value 2 Compares Limits 1 8 No Class 24 31 231 0 Limit States Value 1 Compares Limits 1 8 No Class 32 39 232 0 Limit States Value
68. Nexus stop the log from being updated Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous F Enable Energy Billing Module Filename C Program Filest Electro Industries Nexus Communicator 4dd Ins EIG_E Select 2 upuons E Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous F Enable Kh Ke Test Pulse Calculation screen Ethernet Packet Delay 0 milliseconds Tech Mode Settings Enter Password to Enable Tech Mode If a Password is not entered Tech Mode will remain disabled Log Retrieval Click the box on this screen to keep a log from being updated while it is being retrieved Energy Billing Module Click the box on this screen to Enable the Energy Billing Module The Energy Billing Module can help you manage your Load Profile see Chapter 14 Miscellaneous Click the box on this screen to Enable the Kh Ke Test Pulse Calculation screen Set the Ethernet Packet Delay in milliseconds Some systems may require a longer delay if they are slow NW Make any adjustments using the browse buttons Click Apply to execute the changes click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 44 3 30 Network Option Update 1 Connect your computer to the Nexus 1250 1252 INP100 Port 1 Move the switch beneath Port 1 to select RS 232 Make sure tha
69. Not Assigned 255 Not Assigned Channel Format 255 Not Assigned Nexus 255 Not Assigned 255 NotAssigned 1262 1272 255 Not Assigned 255 Not Assigned Custom Not Assigned Modbus Map ieee ee E Not Assigned Right Side Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Primary Signed Display Dela Sia Secondary Absolute Modulo Offset Nexus 1262 1272 Custom Modbus Map Left Side EN Data entry is straightforward Each type of data is described below Note that not all selections will appear on the screen at the same time You have to scroll the screen from right to left to reach some of the functions Certain entries such as Format Data Size etc have different allowable selections depending on the data point used The pull down menu will automatically adjust to provide the appropriate selections for that data point he Custom Modbus Map allows you to up to 256 Registers or the equivalent of 2K whichever is lower to readily provide the functionality you want from your Nexus NOTE Table of Modbus Map Readings on page 4 36 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 34 E Data Point Selection There are two different ways to select a Data Point 1 Refer to the Modbus Map and find the associated Line and Point for the value you want When you enter those values into the table the software will complete the associated Group and Channel
70. Note You may connect a group of I Os to the Nexus Monitor to make address baud rate changes only if each I O already has a unique address If the I Os have the same address such as three new KYZ modules you must connect and change their addresses individually See section 11 3 for details on using multiple I O modules From the Tools menu select Change I O Module Address Baud Rate The following screen appears Change Address Baud Rate Stand Alone PC Serial Port comi zl Current Settings New Settings Module Address 78 Module Baud Rate ERAN kdi EFAA Make Change From the pull down menus enter the module s current address and baud rate Then enter the address and baud rate you would like to assign Enter an address from 1 to 247 being sure that the address is not already assigned to any other I O you will be using Click Make Change A confirmation screen appears after the module has been updated Repeat the procedure for all I Os in the group Write down the module s new address and baud rate Proceed to section 11 7 to enter the I O in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile and configure all other I O parameters Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 11 6 11 7 Entering I O Modules in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile The Nexus Monitor uses a Master Slave polling architecture when communicating with the I O modules therefore you must enter all I Os in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile This pr
71. Numbers for Relays and Resets are as follows Points Assignment 0 Relay 1 1 Relay 2 2 Relay 3 3 Relay 4 4 Relay 5 5 Relay 6 6 Relay 7 7 Relay 8 8 Relay 9 9 Relay 10 10 Relay 11 11 Relay 12 12 Relay 13 13 Relay 14 14 Relay 15 15 Relay 16 16 Log Reset 17 Maximum Reset 18 Minimum Reset 19 Energy Reset 20 Reset Time of Use Current Season and Current Month 21 Manual Waveform Capture 22 Reset Internal Input Accumulations and Aggregations 23 Reset Unit to Boot Mode Default Communication Settings S Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 9 The Clear All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view 17 6 Global Values Each Object can be polled by Variation 0 In this window you can assign a default variation to be returned for each Object Click on the Object on the left side of the screen click on a Variation on the right side of the screen DNP Custom Mapping Object 10 Binary Output Object 1 Binary Input Object 20 Binary Counter Object 30 Analog Input Global Values DNF Settings Object Object Name Number Variation Binary Input 1 A Binary Input Change 2 2 With Time Binary Counter 20 6 16 bit w o Flag Frozen Counter 21 10 16 bit w o Flag Counter Change Event 22 6 16 bit With Time Frozen
72. Peak Off Peak 06 15 00 06 29 59 Off Peak OffPeak OffPeak OfffPeak 06 30 00 06 44 59 Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 06 45 00 06 59 59 Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 07 00 00 07 14 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 3 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 07 30 00 07 44 59 On Peak OffPeak OffPeak Off Peak On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 08 00 00 08 14 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 08 15 00 08 29 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 08 30 00 08 44 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 08 45 00 08 59 59 On Peak OffPeak OffPeak OffPeak 09 00 00 09 14 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 09 15 00 09 29 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 09 30 00 09 44 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 09 45 00 09 59 59 On Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak e The first column lists each fifteen minute block of a 24 hour day e The Individual Registers defined in Step 5 will be applied to each fifteen minute block G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 5 e A schedule is the type of accumulation structure you will apply to individual days You may program up to 16 different schedules 16 Double click on one of the Schedule Headings for example Schedule_1 The following screen appears Edit schedule name Schedule 4 Pe Heme 17 Enter a Name for the schedule such as Weekday Weekend or Holiday Click OK 18 Double click on one
73. RRA rr Jer e An Historical Log is used to track any parameter over time See the Futura Installation and Operation Manual for information about storage capacity e An Historical Log is a collection of time stamped records Each record contains up to 55 data items which are recorded at a specified interval and stamped with the time of the recording The following criteria determine when a record will be made in other words when a snapshot will be taken The user specified interval A parameter s exceeding of a limit or a return to within limits The capture of a waveform An I O event the change of state of a relay or input E The Historical Profile An Historical Profile is used to specify the readings a Futura device is to record and the intervals at which they are to be recorded In this profile you can also stipulate which channels exceeded limits are to cause a recording of data regardless of specified interval e In order for data to be stored and retrieved a valid profile must be stored in the Futura device See Creating an Historical Profile e The Futura can be programmed to store average as well as instantaneous values in its historical log Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 e In addition to storing data at a user specified interval the Futura can also take snapshots when a limit is exceeded and when the value returns to within the limit So if snapshots are scheduled to be tak
74. Range type 01 02 03 to 12 31 03 Do the same for the weekend days Fill in holidays and vacations for each month G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 7 Assign a schedule to a date Date Range Available Schedules 01721203 10 01 24 03 504 Yacation Day of Week EE H Monday dl Tuesday GM Wednesday g Thursday H Saturday 26 Enter a Time Range select the type of Schedule and if desired choose a Day of the Week Click OK 27 Use the color coded key below the calendar to review which Schedules have been applied to the month Click Next Month and repeat the process for the year 28 When the calendar settings are complete click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 29 You may now e Click Save to File to send the calendar to the computer for future use See section 10 3 for how to edit a previously saved calendar e Click on Save to File to store the file in your computer Your computer screen will ask you the File Name Save In and Save as Type information Enter data Click Save or Cancel e Click Update Nexus to send the calendar to the Nexus Monitor The following screen appears ax Checking Nexus TOU Setup Current Nexus TOU Setup Status Hem Name Status Value s Daily Setup Register Names Schedule Names Schedule Setup Passed Passed Passed Passed Warning Warning Passed 2003 1711 2003 47172003 7 1 2003 10 1 2003 No billing dates sel
75. Readings 2 2 o 7 6 1 6Poll Power REadIMES v 6 re e aaa A 7 7 Tele POU Harmonics 2 3 i gt 345 34 eat fee E A AR ARICA ee Ge 7 9 ES Poll Internal Inputs ess a a es a ee ee ee tee a Se O 7 10 7 9 Poll Multiple Devices 2 a a a e 7 11 7 10 Poll Pulse Accumulations 2 2 o 7 12 ELL PONEIS TAUS ainne one oe de hash Be i Behe i By BN ee te dd Lat 7 13 7 12 Poll ElectroLogic Status s a soad gha e a E E 7 14 7 13 Poll Internal KYZ Output Accumulations ooa a 7 15 TIF POUL BUECKER mima ne ci rd a EN ae eee eo fee 7 15 7 15 Poll Energy Pulse amp Accumulations in the Interval 7 16 7 16 Poll Uncompensated Power amp Q Readings 02 7 18 7 17 Poll External Digital Inputs e 7 19 7 18 Poll External Analog Inputs 2 2 2 7 20 Chapter 8 Viewing Logs Sol OVERVIEW ei ket ito Ea AN a a a drid 8 1 8 2 Programming and Running Logs e eo 8 3 8 3 A ke er at trate th eet SS A 8 4 8 4 Manually Resetting Logs 2 2 o o 8 6 8 5 Viewing Logs with Nexus Communicator s Log Viewer 8 7 8 6 Viewing Historical Trends and Snapshots 2 2 2 2 8 10 A IN a Be Me Pe ows Goats ee ee o 8 11 8 8 Viewing Trending and Demand Graphs XY and Circular 8 12 8 9 Viewing the Limits Log 2 2 e 8 16 8 10 Vie
76. Readings Channel Volts AN Limit 1 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is below 12V Limit 2 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is above 132V Combination Limit 3 Setting AND If Limit 1 AND Limit 2 are exceeded then Limit 3 is exceeded Example 2 Limit ID 1 Type 1 Second Readings Channel Volts AN Limit 1 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is below 12V Limit 2 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is above 132V Combination Limit 3 Setting OR If Limit 1 OR Limit 2 are exceeded then Limit 3 is exceeded To combine Limits of different Limit IDs use the Relay Logic Diagrams e Full Scales settings are shown in the lower left of the screen These values are set in the Limits and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 3 4 e To set the Power Factor Limits double click on any of the Power Factor settings in the Limit 1 or Limit 2 Column and the Power Factor Programming Screen will appear Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 20 Device Profile Power Factor Greaterthan y 4 Power Factor is broken into four quadrants The screen lets you set a limit in two of the four quardrants To set a limit from the pull down menus select a Quadrant and Less Than or Greater Than Full Scales Type in the Power Factor Number The graph will illustrate your selections by shading the Out of Limit bands The area of the graph not covered by shading is within Normal Operational Range Method 1 Quadrants Q
77. Season Start Date and click OK Note The date format you use here should be the same the date format set for your computer To change or view your computer s date settings click on the Windows Start Menu and select Settings Control Panel Regional Settings Click on the Date tab 11 Click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 12 Click on Monthly Bill Date The following screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 4 Monthly TOU Report Dates Current Year January to July February illing August March illing September April illing October November December Cancel 13 To program a specific Bill Date for each month use the pull down menus If you do not select a specific billing date for a given month accumulations will continue until the next monthly billing date is reached or December 31 if there is no next year spanning calendar 14 When you have entered all Monthly Bill Dates click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 15 Click TOU Schedules The following screen appears ax Edit TOU Schedules Schedule_1 Schedule_2 Schedule_3 Schedule_4 Schedule_5 05 00 00 05 14 59 Off Peak OffPeak OffPeak OffPeak 05 15 00 05 29 59 Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 05 30 00 05 44 59 Off Peak OffPeak OffPeak OffPeak 05 45 00 05 59 59 Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak Off Peak 06 00 00 06 14 59 Off Peak Off Peak Off
78. Short Term PST Time Volts A 0 3558 07 22 2003 09 46 00 23 Current EE Volts B 07 22 2003 09 48 00 23 Net PST EA Next PLT EES Volts C 07 22 2003 09 48 00 23 Status Max Volts A EE 00 02 2000 01 47 0017 Max Volts B TEELE 00 14 2000 04 33 00 08 Max Volts C mw 00 14 2000 02 00 00 07 Frequency st same Min Volts A 00 02 2000 01 47 0009 Current MME Min Volts B 00 02 2000 01 42 0009 Min Volts C 00 02 2000 01 42 00 09 Base Yoltage Flicker Monitoring Start Stop Reset E Long Term Readings Click on the Long Term tab to access the Plt readings The screen below displays three groups of Plt values Pit Readings Displayed e Current Plt values for Va Vb and Vc and the time of computation e Current Plt Max values for Va Vb and Vc since the last reset and the time of the last reset e Current Plt Min values for Va Vb and Vc since the last reset and the time of the last reset G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 6 Instantaneous ShortTerm Y PLT Time Volts A w 07 22 2003 09 58 00 11 a t 07 09 58 12 foe Volts B 07 22 2003 09 58 00 11 Next PST EEE Next PLT Volts C E 07 22 2003 09 58 00 11 Status Max Volts A EEN 00 02 2000 01 47 00 17 Max Volts B 13 993 00 14 2000 04 33 00 09 Max Volts C 00 14 2000 02 00 00 07 Frequency _ baie came Min Volts A 00 02 2000 01 42 00 09 Current EMME Min Volts B 00 02 2000 01 42 00 09 Min Volts C 00 02 20
79. Spline Spline i Cancel Apply Help Original Export 8 21 Maximize To Add Subsets to the Graph use the Subsets screen 1 From Available Subsets choose Subsets to be graphed 2 Choose number of Scrolling Subsets to be graphed To Set the Configuration of the Y Axis and the X Axis use the Axis screen 1 Set Linear or Log Axis 2 Set Auto Min Max or Min Max 3 Set Numeric Min and Max for each axis To Set the Fonts for the Graph select from 152 different font styles in Bold Italic or Underline for 1 Main Title 2 Sub Title 3 Subset Point Axis Labels To Choose Colors for Graph Attributes select from 16 colors for 1 Desk Foreground and Background area surrounding graph 2 Shadow Color 3 Graph Foreground lines andpoints 4 Graph Background 5 Table Foreground and Background Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 General Plot Subsets Axis Font Color Style Subsets to Graph Scrolling Feeder 1 Yan E Jo dl y Cancel Original Export Maximize vat Log o Min Max C Min Max Min F 89 801 Max 190 161 rX Axis G Linear C Log C Auto C Min Max Min Max Min Jo Max 133 203 Cancel Original Export Maximize F bold FT italic 7 underline Sub Title Times New Roman J F bold FT italic underline Subset Point Axis Labels Arial J I bold FT italic T underline sample
80. Status displays the Nexus 1270 s Low Battery Status if the Nexus has a battery and only if the battery is low Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 5 1 4 Help Ax Nexus Communicator File Connection Real Time Poll Tools 1 0 Devices Time of Use Logs View Help ApJ Gee ez RETRIEVE ERES EDIT OPEN hal connecr Mol LOGS ENERGY THD Y L Search For Help On POLLING ed ies PHASORS ST Electro Industries Web Site About Nexus Communicator NW Help Menu Displayed above it provides the following sources of information NW Contents Click on the Contents button to display the Help Files Each screen has the following components File Open Browse for a file Print Topic Print the displayed screen Exit To exit Edit Copy Control C Annotate Add information to the page Paperclip symbol at upper left of screen Click on paperclip to view annotation Save Cancel and Copy Paste Buttons Bookmark Create a bookmark Options Keep Help on Top Display History Window Help history Font Small Normal or Large Use System Colors Must Restart to make this change Index Index Find Tabs Index Type the first few letters of term or click on an entry in list of terms i l ndex Find Find Use the Find Setup Wizard to create list i 1 Type the first few letters of the word you re looking for Back Click to go to a previous screen Print Click to prin
81. Te A the a 15 5 154 Script Report i arg ata ati ate a a ROR ee Re ee Ne 15 6 PSS Seb Up a Scripts e dys a epee ee MA da ti aE 15 7 15 6 DEVICES A ee Sle Se a Soo ava ae a do da E 15 8 15 7 Adding a Script Device 2 e 15 9 15 8 Editing a Script Device 2 en 15 12 15 9 Script Commands e a a a E a a a e e OE a o a 15 13 15 10 Add a Script Command l o a a 15 14 15 11 Edit a Script Command l o a a 15 15 15 12 Delete a Script Command a 15 17 15 13 Add Scripts to the Scheduler a a a a a 15 18 15 14 Edit Scheduler Scripts 2 a anan en 15 20 15 15 Delete Scheduler Scripts o a a 2 a 15 21 1516 Status 2 A A E Bt AA note a Gee 15 22 LIE Re Sas hh eS ame a wy Ad A E N ES 15 24 Chapter 16 Flicker 161 OveryviewW e A AA AAA ee 16 1 16 2 The 0ry Of Operation yo eona a a a SE OR ee ee 16 1 LOOSE dat E ne ce e Be ee AM Be dead he ce 16 3 16 4 Software User Interface 2 o 16 4 10 D2LOBSM o ht A AN A RA A e ta a 16 7 16 03 POLIS sas e o rd eG e da A Eo ey Mee wh 16 7 16 7 Log Vie Wer reee Se e a a at e 16 7 16 8 Performance Notes 2 06 de iaa da da ela da e E a o a ea a a 16 8 Chapter 17 Customizing DNP V3 00 Configuration Using Nexus Communicator 17 1 Connecting to Nexus Communicator a a a a a 17 1 17 2 Binary Input Object 1 2 2 a 17 2 17 3 Analog Input Object 30 2 e 17 2 17 4 Binary Counter Object 20 2 2
82. Upgrade Both files must be in the same directory File names and formats may vary from the example screen above Be sure to read the text accompanying the firmware files 7 Select the file name and click Open A warning screen will appear Flashing Nexus Option ls this what you want to Flash Release E126 9 2 2 2 hex J ww Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 19 8 Click Yes The program automatically uploads the data Lines 2 and 3 of the Status window and the Status Bar below them display the progress of the upgrade It will automatically retrieve the Checksum from the device Again flash uploading takes about 30 minutes nternal Network Option Flash Programmer Acc O ploading Programming Writing Line 7678 of 14368 ime to completion 15 min 06 sec Enter Command Mode Program Flash When the Flash Upgrade is complete the Status window will say The Flash has been Programmed as below Internal Network Option Flash Programmer Status he Flash has been programmed ee Enter Command Mode Program Flash 9 Click Exit to exit the program and return to the Main Nexus screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 20 Chapter 14 Energy Billing Module 14 1 Overview m Managing Your Load Profile Your monthly electric bill is comprised of your total energy usage kWh plus your maximum demand kW during the billing period Maximum demand a k a peak demand can rep
83. V1 24 16 7 16 8 Performance Notes Pst and Plt average time are synchronized to the clock e g for a 10 minute average the times will occur at 0 10 20 etc The actual time of the first average can be less than the selected period to allow for initial clock synchronization If the wrong frequency is chosen e g 50Hz selection for a system operating at 60Hz Flicker will still operate but the values computed will not be valid Select carefully User settings are stored If Flicker is on and power is removed from the meter Flicker will still be on when power returns This can cause data gaps in the logged data The Max and Min values are stored and are not lost if the unit is powered down Flicker meets the requirements of IEC 61000 4 15 and former IEC 868 Refer to those specifications for more details if needed Operation is at 230V for 50Hz and 120V for 60Hz as per specification If the input voltage is different the system will normalize it to 230V or 120V for computational purposes Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 8 CHAPTER 17 Customizing DNP V3 0 Configuration Using Nexus Communicator A Nexus meter can measure more than 3000 DNP Static Points But not all points can be polled at a time In order for the meter to have the appropriate data the user should customize the DNP Point Map This can be done easily using Nexus Communicator software Up to 250 points of Event Data can be created in the
84. V1 24 8 12 Graph Options Help May 02 2000 to May 02 2000 Feeder 1 Inn Van Feeder 1 Int Vbn Feder 1 THD Van Vab Feeder 1 K Factor la Z i i i i i i i i i i i i i 144027 113312 11 55 57 12 1442 124127 130413 132654 134943 14 1224 1435 13 14 57 54 osoz osoz 0x02 osoz osoz 0502 osoz 0502 osvoz osoz XY Graph Circular Graph File Options Help May 08 2000 ro May 08 2000 Feeder L lost Vea Circular Graph E The following pertain to either type of graph osvoz Eleciro Lodustries Power Graphs D1998 Advanced Tools for Reporting and Acelysis Total Number of Records 976 Starting Date Time to Vi 05 02 2000 11 10 27 AM Number of Days to View 0 158 Maximum Value 215 544 Minimum Value 2 317 Move by Sample Auto Show Auto Show Speed Color Printout Total Number of Records 163 Co Starting Date Time to View 05 08 2000 8 42 25 AM Number of Days to View Maximum Value Move by Sample Auto Show Auto Show Speed Minimum Value Redraw Use Symbols Color Printout e To change the starting point of the graph choose a new date time segment from the Starting Date Time to View pull down menu G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 e To change the amount of time represented on the graph enter a value in the Number of Days to View field and press enter or click on the Redraw button e To change the scale of the graph enter a value in the Minimum
85. Waveform Recording Thresholds 3 26 3 157 Pulse AccuUmulatiOOsS gt s s gg ae e ee en ie Re eee ia 3 29 3 16 Programming Labels for the Digital Inputs 2 2 2 3 30 3 17External DEVICES 4 4 6 ar a A ee a Ge a e 3 31 3 18 External Display Options 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 0 00008 3 32 3 19 Programming Labels 2 a e eo 3 32 3 20 DNP Custom Class Map e 3 33 3 21 Internal KY Z Outputs io ee a oe ee 3 35 3 22 Accumulations Rollover 2 2 e o 3 35 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 V 3 23 Nexus Custom Modbus Map e 3 24 Flicker Settings a a o 3 25 Resetting Max Min Demand Hour Counters Logs and TOU Accumulations 3 26 Set and Retrieve Nexus Time e 3 21 Test Pulse re LA a A i te EE SG 3 28 Low Level Access oia ee ok bo ae ee ee ne a S29 OPUOMS Both a e ht I a Jalen Ste Boat eg ob Gh cn eres APE 3 30 Network Option Update 2 2 2 en 3 31 Update TFTP Settings in Nexus Communicator 2 Chapter 4 Configuring the Nexus 1262 1272 Monitor A T BOVERVICW La A Books Ro ee ee eo ee is 4 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles 00 4 3 Programming the CT and PT Ratios and System Hookup 4 3 a One Amp Current Input Addendum Modification Number M10 0 4 4 Programming Limit and Waveform Full Scales 2 2 2D 4 5 Progra
86. applied voltage Base Voltage is the normalized voltage for the selected frequency 230 V for 50 Hz or 120 V for 60 Hz Flicker Monitoring Clicking on Stop causes Flicker to stop being processed and freezes all the current values Stop Time is recorded and clears the current Max Min Values Clicking on Start starts Flicker processing Start Time is recorded Clicking on Reset causes the Max Min values to be cleared and restarts the Flicker Pst and Plt timers Click OK to exit the Flicker screen Click Help for more information on this topic Instantaneous Readings Refer to the Instantaneous section of the Main screen above If you are on the Short or Long Term screens click on the Instantaneous tab to display the Instantaneous screen The PU values Pinst for Voltage Inputs Va Vb and Vc are displayed here and are continuously updated The corresponding Current Voltage values for each channel are displayed for reference Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 5 E Short Term Readings Click on the Short Term tab to access the screen containing three groups of Pst readings Pst Readings Displayed e Current Pst values for Va Vb and Vc and the time of computation e Current Pst Max values for Va Vb and Vc since the last reset and the time of the last reset e Current Pst Min values for Va Vb and Vc since the last reset and the time of the last reset The following screen is displayed Flicker Instantaneous
87. are finished Press Help for more information on this topic 16 4 Software User Interface E Main screen From the Nexus Communicator Icon Menu select Real Time Poll Flicker The following screen appears Fiicker short Term Long Term PINST Yoltage Reading Volts A 0 098 14416 550 C t Dr 3 09 43 58 ae Volts B 0 118 14396 360 NextPST EERE Next PLT MEA volts C ME 14359 710V Status Frequency Base Current Base Yoltage Flicker Monitoring Stark Stop Reset This section describes the Main Screen functions The available values Instantaneous Short Term Long Term will be described below G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 4 Time Start Reset is the time when Flicker was started or reset A Reset of Flicker causes the Max Min values to be cleared and restarts the Flicker Pst and Plt timers A Start of Flicker is also equivalent to a Reset in that the PST and PLT are restarted and the Max Min Values are cleared Stop corresponds to the time when Flicker is turned off Current is the current clock time Next Pst is the countdown time to when the next Pst value is available Next Plt is the countdown time to when the next Plt value is available Status Indicates the current status Active On Stopped Off Frequency Base is the current operating frequency selected by the user 50 or 60 Hz Current is the real time frequency measurement of the
88. are upgrading e Nexus Comm firmware repeat the process for File 2 e Nexus DSP firmware requires only one file The example screen below shows two files entered for a Nexus Comm upgrade G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 7 Flash Me Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOWS Desktop 320run_v96 E 107 9 7 File 2 CAWINDOWS Desktop 320run_v96 E 1 0 9 9 When the files have been entered click Next The following screen appears Communications Parameters Baud Rate 9600 El Serial Port COM1 Previous Cancel 10 If you are already connected to the Nexus Monitor you want to upgrade disregard this screen click Next and skip to step 11 If you are not connected to the Nexus Monitor and or you have a series of Nexus Monitors to upgrade this screen avoids the reloading of files e In the Address field enter the Address of the Nexus Monitor to which your computer is connected that you wnat to flash upgrade e In the Baud Rate field enter the baud rate of the Nexus Monitor port to which your computer is connected that you want to flash upgrade e In the Serial Port field enter the computer s comm port you are using e Click Next G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 8 Flash Me Flashing Status Warning you are about to begin the Flash Process Press Start to Continue Sequence Number 11 Click Start to begin the upgrade A final warning screen appears click Yes This
89. as easy as plugging in a phone Simply install the modem connected to the computer the originate modem and add a phone line The Nexus must be configured to speak Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU does not support modem communication If you use Modbus RTU to communicate with a modem it will fail or be unreliable The Internal Modem Option may operate at a programmable baud rate up to 57600 We recommend a baud rate of 57600 To set the configuration you must 1 Install the modem connected to the computer the originate modem See the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for details on the hardware requirements e Set the originate modem to operate at 57600 baud enable Hardware Flow Control See NOTE about Baud Rate in Step 5 below 2 At the remote site just plug a phone line into the Nexus The address will be 1 If you are connecting to multiple Nexus units on a bus you must also assign a unique address other than 1 to each unit see section 2 5 3 Click on the Connection Manager icon or select Connection Connection Manager The following screen appears To copy the Connection Manager Settings to other PCs see Note on page 2 1 NexUS Lonnecuon manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse j 0003 Test Location 0006 New Location 0007 Modem Card 0008 INP2 0009 New Location 0070 NETWORK 4 gt Oldest Newest E 4 Select the New Loca
90. at www electroind com Click on the Free Downloads button 2 Copy the new firmware upgrade file to a directory on your computer The Internal Network firmware upgrade consists of two files an ini and a hex file 3 Connect to the Nexus Monitor From the Tools Menu select Flash Me This screen appears Select NEXUS Code To Flash Nexus Unit 9 Internal Network Nexus Comm Only Nexus DSP Only LED Display 4 Click Internal Network and the Next button If the Password Feature is Enabled the following Password screen appears Enter Password 5 Enter your Level 2 Password Click OK The Internal Network Flash Programmer screen appears Enter Command Mode is highlighted Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 18 nternal Network Option Flash Programmer Status Program Flash 6 Click on Enter Command Mode After a moment In Command Mode appears on the screen Click on Program Flash The following screen appears Look in 5 Flash Network j ex E z E126 9 2 2 2 ini File name i E Files of type Flash File ini gt Cancel TF Open as read only NOTE In this example the ini file is in a file on the desktop The ini file may be stored in your system on disk or on CD Use the Look In window at the top of the screen to browse your system Locate the firmware file on your computer You will need two files ini and hex files for the Internal Network
91. bus Consult the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for details on the hardware requirements of each configuration NOTE The Enhanced Versions of the Nexus 1252 1262 and 1272 include customizable DNP V3 00 Level 2 Nexus 1262 and 1272 have replaced Nexus 1260 anf 1270 Note If you are using the Connection Manager to connect a PC to a Nexus you may want to copy the Connection Manager Settings to other PCs Simply copy the file Cnexcom mdb from Computer A to Computer B using the same directory for source and destination Use the following steps 1 Using the originate computer go to the drive where the file is installed For example C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator directory 2 Copy the file Cnexcom mdb this is the database containing the Connection Manager Settings 3 Replace the Cnexcom mdb file on the destination computer with the copy from Step 2 Make sure Nexus Communicator is not running on the destination computer when replacing the file Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 24 2 2 RS 232 RS 485 and Network Connections E This section details connecting directly to one Nexus device See sections 2 3 and 2 4 for modem connections To connect to multiple Nexus units on an RS 485 bus see sections 2 4 and 2 5 E SERIAL CONNECTIONS 1 Insert an RS 232 cable into an available serial port on the computer RS 232 Insert the opposite end of the cable in
92. calculating demand 1 Block window and 2 Rolling or sliding window Load Factor An indicator of the quality of the load profile 0 to 1 for a certain period in the electrical system Block Demand Demand calculations performed over a fixed period interval of time When that time period lapses the next interval starts where the previous interval ended Rolling Sliding Demand Window Demand calculations performed over a fixed period interval of time that is made up of n subintervals n gt 2 When one subinterval elapses the demand value is computed by adding the most recently completed subinterval data to the demand interval and subtracting the oldest subinterval data from the demand interval Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 2 Thermal Demand Emulation of a Thermal Demand Meter that provides an exponentially time lagged demand where given a constant load the indication reads 90 of the actual demand in 15 minutes Power Factor An indicator of the quality of the power 1 to 1 ata certain point in the electrical system Time of Day or Time of Use Rates vary at different times of the day on peak and off peak for Energy and Demand Off Peak Designated periods of low system demand usually non business hours when electricity is generally less expensive On Peak Designated periods of high system demand when electricity is generally more expensive Shoulder Designated periods between off pea
93. click Devices button E To add edit or delete commands click Commands button E To exit the screen and return to the main screen click Close Note on choosing a port The script opens and closes a PC communication port creates a log and creates a database for the script When you run the Scheduler if the port your script is using is already open i e being used by a different program the script s command will fail 15 6 Devices M This screen lists the current devices for a particular script Columns shown include the device s number or identification the device s unique address the device type and the device s unique name y Devices for Script Direct Single COM Port Device ID Device Address Device Type Device Name Connection Protocol 1 Nexus Device_1 COM Pot Modbus ASCII 1 Nexus Device_2 COM Pot Modbus ASCII 1 Nexus Device_3 COM Pot Modbus ASCII 1 Nexus Device_4 COM Pot Modbus ASCII COM Port Modbus ASCII E You can enter up to 256 devices for each script The Add Edit and Delete buttons on this screen facilitate the adding of new devices and the editing and deleting of current devices You must set up an address protocol device type and a unique name for each device Optional settings for each device are passwords for a Nexus type device and data switch strings for EIG s Substation Multiplexor When the EIG Communicator retrieves a log from an EIG device and it G Electro Industries GaugeTech
94. click on the edit button to edit its location information The Location Device Editor screen appears displaying the Nexus Monitor s communications settings Connection Manager Location Device Editor Device Properties Address Device Type NEXUS a e Inthe Device Address field enter the address assigned the Nexus Monitor port you will use for this connection If you are connecting to multiple Nexus Monitors each one should have a unique address see section 2 5 e Inthe Name field enter a name for the device that will differentiate it from any others at the location e IN THE PROTOCOL FIELD SELECT MODBUS ASCII Be sure the port has been previously set to Modbus ASCII as detailed in step 1 e Leave the Device Type field set to Nexus e Click on the Close button when all information is entered 8 If you are connecting to multiple Nexus Monitors at this location repeat the above process for all Nexus Monitors that are on the bus Each Nexus device MUST have a unique address To remove devices select and click Remove Click on the close button when you have finished adding or removing devices The first Connection Manager screen returns G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 6 Nexus Connection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse y 0003 TestLocation 0004 Multiplexor 0005 New Location 0006 New Location 0007 Modem Card El 4 pa Oldest Newes
95. degrees 00 18 2000 04 00 00 00 Interval 115 min G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 17 7 16 Poll Uncompensated Power Q Readings E To view the Uncompensated Power and Q Readings of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Uncompensated Power and Q Readings from the Real Time Polling menu The following screen appears Jncompensated Power and Q Readings Uncompensated Power E Uncompensated Power Trial A B c Transformer Loss Compensation Watt 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 adjusts the measured VA Watts and VAR 0 aof i 0 aof 0 vol a oof VARs in accordance with transformer rs mar are oi parame ters programme d by the user VA o oo o oo 0 0 a 0 0 a Q Readings Uncompensated Power Readings are a A S is the per phase and total VA Watts and Inst 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 VARs readings unadjusted by i Transformer Loss Compensation Thermal Average Block Window Average 1 Rolling Window Average Average 0 0 ol Time Stamp E Q Readings f o 00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 E Maximum Another quantity of measure used in the manele E we 4 Maximum 6 00 power sector is Q By definition Q is E Minimum 0 00 the quantity obtained by lagging the applied voltage to a wattmeter by 60 degrees Minimum E Instantaneous Q This reading is computed on a Per Phase and Total basis E Average Screens The bottom half of the Uncompensated Power and Q Readings screen displays T
96. device set DEV_POLL_ALARM to Yes to disable it set No Alarm polling options 1 to 9 See table below The default is sending alarm emails for all options 1 to 9 You can configure the polling profile to have any combination of options Edit the poll_profile xml Set up the alarm polling options by concatenating the options IDs such as 1424344434749 Set the alarm delay for limits in Milliseconds a value of 1000 1 second If a limit condition occurs for 1 second or more an alarm email will be sent lt EIG_POLL DATA gt lt DEVICE_x gt lt item DEV_POLL_ALARM DEV_ALARM_OPTIONS DEV_ALARM_DELAY gt lt item gt lt DEVICE_x gt lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt NOTE Most of the Alarm Triggering Conditions for Nexus devices rely on the device s configuration in the Device Profile Make sure that the settings are correct for Limits Inputs Waveforms etc Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 24 ALARM POLLING OPTIONS PQ CBEMA event 4 captured When Nexus captures a PQ event 5 Control Output changed When any relay modules connected to Nexus changes state 7 Control power System start Device restart due to cycle power 9 Communication Failure Network card has difficulty talking to Nexus meter 6 Configure Alarm Polling for more individual devices Edit the poll_profile xml file for each device s section Configure the pa
97. do_get_xml Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 11 xmlDoc load poll_data xml function do_get_data if xmlDoc readyState 4 if xmlDoc documentElement null timerID setTimeout do_get_xml 5000 else disp_value xmlDoc documentElement selectSingleNode item D_UID 1_1 getAttribute D_VALUE data_name innerHTML disp_value timerID setTimeout do_get_xml 5000 gt lt SCRIPT gt NOTE Inside the lt body gt of the HTML file add on the following Load do_get_xml _ Server Side Include Functions These functions will send data directly to the browser as part of a requested document Example of using Server Side Include Functions 1 In HTM file add to the first line of that file lt THIS FILE DOES CONTAIN REALTIME DATA gt Without that line any server side include functions will not be processed by the web server 2 Inside the HTM file where you want the info displayed add lt exec cgi server_side_include_function_name gt where server_side_function_name can be one of the function names 3 To display stored email 1 s date time add the following to your HTML file at the location where you want the data displayed lt exec cgi ssi_show_email_date_time 1 gt Electro Industries GaugeTech Do
98. element meters the installation must be normalized to the phase to phase voltage and the phase current This process is described in the following sections B 2 1 Loss Compensation in Three Element Installations E Loss compensation is based on the loss and impedance values provided on the transformer manufacturer s test report A typical test report will include at least the following information Manufacturer Unit Serial Number Transformer MVA Rating Self Cooled Test Voltage No Load Loss Watts Load Loss Watts or Full Load Loss Watts Exciting Current 100 voltage Impedance Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 3 E The transformer MVA rating is generally the lowest MVA rating the self cooled or OA rating of the transformer winding The test voltage is generally the nominal voltage of the secondary or low voltage winding For three phase transformers these values will typically be the three phase rating and the phase to phase voltage All of the test measurements are based on these two numbers Part of the process of calculating the loss compensation percentages is converting the transformer loss values based on the transformer ratings to the base used by the meter Correct calculation of loss compensation also requires knowledge of the meter installation In order to calculate the loss compensation settings you will need the following information regarding the meter and the installation Number of
99. for limit Max 300000 and input type alarms Default 0 Pig eee Min 500 DEV_COMM_TIMEOUT Device communication timeout Max 32000 in milliseconds Default 500 DEV_DATA FORMAT 0 to 0 000000 DEV_PARENT Parent device ID Value from 1 to 8 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Polling Data Elements lt DEV_DATA gt and lt DEV_DATA gt Polling data attributes up to 64 in each lt DEV_DATA gt element lt item D_UID 1_1 D_LABEL Inst Van D_ADDR 180 D_LENGTH 2 D_TYPE 7 D_USE_SPECIAL 3 D_VALUMODE Primary gt lt item gt DATA ELEMENT ATTRIBUTES Attribute Description Settings D UID User assigned device polling data Max 16 characters unique ID D_LABEL User assigned data label Max 32 characters D_ADDR Modbus register address Decimal 1 based D_LENGTH Modbus register length INEA For Nexus Devices use Fx Communication Data Formats D TYPE Data type For Generic Modbus Device Type see NOTE below for values D_CHANNEL Channel ID for I O type values 000 Auto auto show k or M D_SHOW_KM Format value with k or M k fixed to k M fixed to M D_USE_SPECIAL Special functions If a numerical value is set here and a real polled value matched with this number a string will be stored in the xml data file D_ NA VAL Numerical Value for Raw Primary D_VALUEMODE Value mode Secondary Value for Generic Modbus
100. from the DHCP server INP100 will stop all Ethernet activities immediately and start a new DHCP process 6 5 1 DHCP Setup 1 Enable the DHCP Mode in the meter From Device Profile in Nexus Communicator open the Communication Ports screen click on Advanced Settings click DHCP Tab click Enable DHCP Access a working DHCP Server DHCP Servers automatically assign an IP Address and Subnet Mask Some DHCP Servers such as the one in Windows 20006 allows you to assign a Default Gateway IP DHCP Option 3 DNS IP DHCP Option 6 and SMTP Server IP DHCP Option 69 to the meter If your DHCP Server does not let you assign parameters other than the IP Address enter those values manually Ze Enter a unique computer name Optional This allows the user to access the meter by name if there is a DNS Server working in conjunction with the DHCP Server Please see your network administrator and the servers user manuals for further details Default Computer Name is EIGNET_XXXXXX where the X s are the last 3 octets of the MAC Address Manual Set Up Manually enter an IP Address if DHCP Mode Computer Mame DNS Auto TFTP soe Alarm Email y is OFF Services DHCP GE Protocol EGD For reference IP Addresses reserved DHCP for Internal Networks Class A 10 0 0 0 F Enable DHCP Obtain IP Address from DHCP Server Class B 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 0 0 Class C 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc
101. has the Internal Network Option see your Network Administrator for the correct settings Settings will vary from network to network If your meter has the INP100 Option 10 100BaseT and you click on the Advanced Settings button the following set of screens will appear The meter is shipped with initial settings or you can fully configure the settings using these screens and FTP Client The process is detailed in Chapter 6 NOTE This screen is not supported by meters with the INP10 Option Services DHCP GE Protocol EGD Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Alarm Email Email Server IP Address Name Email Server Port Email Monitor Email Address Return Reply Address Email Subject Text F Email Server requires authentication Username Password e Internal Modem Option If your Nexus has this option set the number of Rings to Answer from the pull down menu Set the Baud Rate to 57600 or to match your system baud rate e Dial Out Profile Click the Dial Out Profile button and the following screen appears Details on programming this screen and on the Modem Dial In Dial Out Function are in Chapter 9 of this manual This feature is ordered as INP 2 lt Note Any changes you make here may adversely affect communications For example if you change the baud rate of the port connected to a computer be sure to make the same change to the computer port s baud rate If you chan
102. is based is suitable for short duty cycle disturbances For flicker sources with long and variable duty cycles e g arc furnaces it is necessary to provide criteria for long term assessment For this purpose the long term Plt is derived from the short term values over an appropriate period By definition this is 12 short term values of 10 minutes each over a period of 2 hours The following formula is used Where P 4 i 1 2 3 are consecutive readings of the short term severity Pot E Summary Flicker Changes in the illumination of light sources due to cyclical voltage variations Pinst Instantaneous flicker values in Perceptibility Units PU Pst Value based on 10 minute analysis Plt Value based on 12 Pst values Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 2 Measurement Procedure 1 Original Signal with amplitude variations 2 Square demodulator 3 Weighted filter 4 Low pass filter 1 order 5 Statistical computing E Data available Pst Pst Max Pst Min values for long term recording Plt Plt Max Plt Min values for long term recording Simulation Of Eye Brain Response Block 1 Block 2 Block 3 Voltage Detector High Pass and Gain Filter Control DC Square Removal Law Demodulator Low Pass Filter Input Carrier Voltage Removal Adaptor Weighting Filter Block 4 Block 5 A D Converter Minimum tst Sampling 64 level Order Rate Classifier Squaring Sliding g
103. is displayed Retrieve from Display Click to Retrieve existing settings Cancel Cancel any new settings and return to main Nexus Communicator screen Save Save new Settings to a file Load Load saved settings from a file Click Update Display to send new settings to the display return to the main Communicator screen Note See the Nexus 1262 1272 Manual sections 4 15 4 18 for further details G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 39 4 26 Resetting Max Min and Demand Hour Counters Logs Time of Use and Internal Input 1 From the menu bar select Tools Reset Nexus Information The following screen appears 2 Click in the box beside the Tere Nene Kolatielets values you would like to reset Click OK E Reset Hour Squared T and Y Squared T Counters Note If you click Reset Logs E Reset All Logs Revenue Power Quality Etc a Warning will appear asking you if you want to Save Connected Device Settings E Reset Internal Input Accumulations and Aggregations Click on the settings you would E Reset Internal KYZ Out Accumulations like to save then proceed with the Update If you do not save overwritten E Reset Time of Use for current season and month 3 For each box you select a window will appear which states that the Reset is Completed Click OK The reset is completed 4 You can password protect this feature by enabling the Password feature of the Nexus See Chapter 12 for detai
104. is the generator Aux box and the V Aux phaser will be displayed The V Aux phasor is referenced to V A phase Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 2 E From the buttons at the bottom of the screen click on Options A pop up window Nexus Phasor Diagram Options appears Nexus Phasor Diagram Uptions Display Voltage Phase To Phase eadings When In Wye Configurat Clockwise Counter Clockwise oct Angles Increasing Display e Check Display Voltage Phase To Phase Readings When In Wye Configuration if you want to include that reading in the graph e Inthe Display Angles Increasing box select either Clockwise or Counter Clockwise e From the pull down menu at the bottom of the screen select Vectors Triangles or Vectors and Triangles to change the graphic representation of the data M Click OK to save your selections and return to the main Phasors screen Use the Buttons at the bottom of the screen to complete the following tasks e Click Copy to save a copy of the screen to the clipboard e Click Print to send a copy of the graph to a printer e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 3 7 3 Instantaneous Polling E To view instantaneous polling data for the primary Nexus Monitor device either select Instantaneous Polling from the Real Time Polling menu or click the Polling button on the Tool Bar The Instantaneous Polling scre
105. long 5 Set data type D_TYPE See Modbus Protocol Mapping Manual 6 Set special operations such as multiplying PT or CT ratio D_USE_SPECIAL 7 Set value mode D_ VALUEMODE as primary secondary or raw value 8 Set display units D_SHOW_KM optional 9 Set a N A value D_NA_VAL optional Example lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt DEV_DATA gt lt item D_UID 1_1 D_LABEL Inst Van D_ADDR 180 ENGTH 2 D_TYPE 7 D_USE_SPECIAL 3 D_VALUEMODE Primary gt lt item gt up to 64 items lt DEV_DATA gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 21 6 6 4 Configuring WebMod O WebMODO allows the network to interface with Modbus based EIDs WebMODO supports 12 Modbus TCP sockets 12 simultaneous connections The Modbus Port Number is 502 The Modbus Port Number is set on the Location Editor screen and Devices are added to the Network on this screen NOTE If you have a firewall in your system you must ask your network administrator to grant communication access on TCP IP Port 502 El Modbus TCP Format 6 byte Header Modbus RTU message without checksum Header detail 2 Bytes Sequences Transactions ID 2 Bytes Os 2 Bytes Length Number of Bytes following Example Request 01 03 00 00 00 06 01 03 00 00 00 02 Transaction 259 6 Bytes long Modbus RTU Re
106. losses are evaluated and a correction factor for each loss level is calculated However the calculation of the correction factors that must be programmed into the meter differ for the two different applications For this reason the two methodologies will be treated separately in this chapter In the Nexus meter Loss Compensation is a technique that computationally accounts for active and reactive power losses The meter calculations are based on the formulas below These equations describe the amount of active Watts and reactive VARs power lost due to both iron and copper effects reflected to the secondary of the instrument transformers Total Secondary Watt Loss Measured Voltage Cal point Voltage x LWFE Measured Current Cal Point Current x LWCU x Full scale Secondary VA Total Secondary VAR Loss Measured Voltage Cal point Voltage x LVFE Measured Current Cal Point Currenty x LVCU x Full scale Secondary VA The Values for LWFE LWCU LVFE LVCU are derived from the transformer and meter information as demonstrated in following sections The calculated loss compensation values are added to or subtracted from the measured Watts and VARs The selection of adding or subtracting losses is made through the meter profile when programming the meter The meter uses the combination of the add subtract setting and the directional definition of power flow also in the profile to determine how to handle the los
107. main screen 5 21 Retrieve Device Status e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools and click Retrieve Device Status The following screen will appear Electro Industries Device Status Direct Connect to Com 1 x List of Currently Connected Devices Device Device Type Run time DSP Run time NVRAM 1 Futura CPU 1000 CPU100 V5 2 250 CPU196 V3 0 1024kB Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 20 5 22 Low Level Access e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools EIG Programmer and click Low Level Access Low Level Access is not required for normal operation Low Level Access is a diagnostic tool for third party software and devices It is designed to be used ONLY by appropriate level Programming Personnel in conjunction with the Modbus Map The latest version of the Modbus Map can be downloaded from the Free Downloads section of our website www electroind com 5 23 Futura Analog Output Programmer y Futura DC Output Calibration Ports PO Watts Bi Directional P1 VAR Bi Directional P2 Frequency 60Hz 7 Adjustments P3 Volts AN High End P4 Volts BN Q P6 Amps A Coarse P7 AmpsB Message PS AmpsC 2001 10 08 17 11 16 Command sent successfully 2001 10 08 17 11 16 Command sent successfully P9 Amps N 2001 10 08 17 11 21 Coarse increase at High End 2001 10 08 17 11 21 Command sent successfully 2001 10 08 17 11 22
108. must be off before using Cold Load Pickup Value is set from 0 to 255 seconds 2 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button to send the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 4 9 Programming Transformer Loss Compensation 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Transformer Loss Compensation or double click on the Transformer Loss Compensation line The following submenu appears Transtormer Loss Compensation CAS Enabled Disabled ae sLVFE 5 000 Soca LYFE 0 000 EN DACII 5 000 aa zC 0 000 a Apply Add to 2 This screen displays the current values for the Nexus Monitor s Transformer Loss Compensation e LWFE Percent Loss of Watts due to Iron e LNFE Percent Loss of Vars due to Iron e LWCU Percent Loss of Watts due to Copper e LNCU Percent Loss of Vars due to Copper 3 Consult Appendix B on Transformer Loss Compensation in the appendix pages of this manual G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 15 4 Double click on any of the loss values LWFE etc the following screen appears UEYICE FOME 1 nsformer LOss LOMpenzauon Percent Loss of Watts 5 Click on TLC Calculator to find the values to enter into the Percent Loss windows The Calculator button will launch an Excel Spreadsheet which Due to Iron w
109. of an I O module or group of T O modules by connecting the I O s directly to the computer Note If you plan to connect the module s to a Nexus Monitor in the future you must still enter them in the External Devices section of the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile See section 11 7 E To use the Stand Alone Programmer you will need the following 1 RS 232 Cable EIG s Unicom 2500 or similar RS 232 RS 485 converter An RS 485 cable with power wires separated from communication wires see diagram below A 15 20V DC at 50 200 mA power source for the I O module such as EIG model PSIO you may also use any port on a Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor as a power source Wire the Unicom I O module s and computer as shown o Nexus 1250 1252 Post 1 Por Z Port Ed ssevellssevellesayyl lic Porta High Spaad inputa aB RER Torun tha VO take power from the Neus or any other cource supplying Use AS 232 to connect 16 204 DC at 50 200m4 use any port to computar on the Neo 1250 1262 The WO la 2 wire AS 485 Be sure to wire minua do minua and positive ta YO Module Female AS 485 Port Gonnect AS5 485 wines fram tha Unicom 2500 dleplay to the Unicom 2500 2 Use an RS 232 cable to connect the Unicom 2500 and your computer Set the Unicom to operate at 57600 Set the Unicom to DCE and HD Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 26 3 Click on the Nexus Commun
110. of characters that must contain no spaces If left out Meter Designation is used as Topic Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 C 4 Appendix D TFTP Server Program Setup M A free shareware TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol server program known as tftpd32 is provided to customers to be used to update firmware for the INP 100 Ethernet card The program files are located on the software installation CD NOTE tftpd32 must be running to update the firmware MM Setup requirements 1 Windows Operating System 2 A working Ethernet card with a valid IP Address 3 Winzip software only if Windows OS does not open the zip file automatically M Setup procedures 1 In your PC s hard disk create a folder with a name Example C Program File TFTPD32 Locate the Zipped tftpd32 program files on the CD Then use the Winzip program to extract all compressed files into the folder you have created in Step 1 In your PC s hard drive create a folder with a name to be used as the root directory for TFTP Server Example C Program Files TFTPD32 TFTP_files 4 To start running the program double click on tftpd32 exe 2 E Configuring tftpd32 1 Start the TFTPD32 program Step 4 above The following screen appears ws TE EPDS24 by Fh Jounin Base Directory E Program Files TFTPD32 TFT Browse Server interfaces 10 0 0 53 Show Dir Current Action Listening on port 69 About i i Help 2 Cl
111. of the Log Index Numbers Last Index will increase when a new log is created In Object 30 Program Last Log Record Index Waveform Log Line 499 Point 7 Input Deadband 1 00 and assign a Class The exception data will be created when the Index Number increases by one 17 4 Binary Counter Object 20 A Nexus meter can use up to 8 Binary Counter Points Values available for Binary Counter use can be found in the DNP Object Mapping Only Class 0 is used when polling Binary Counter Object 20 Data and Frozen Counter Object 21 Data Class 1 2 or 3 is used when polling Counter Event Object 22 Data and Frozen Counter Event Object 23 Data DNP Custom Mapping Object 30 Analog Input Object 10 Binary Output Global Values Object 1 Binary Input DMP Settings Object 20 Binary Counter Map Description Object 22 Object 23 Line Point Delta Class Class 244 1 Primary Hour Readings Binary W atthour 011 4 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 0 18 Y Squared T Binar squared T A 0 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 1 18 Y Squared T Binary squared T B 0 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 2 L amp W Squared T Binary squared T E D 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 3 L amp Squared T Binary Y squared T A 0 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 4 L amp Squared T Binary Y squared T B 0 2 Class 1 Class 2 246 5 184 Squared T Binary Y squared T E Li 2 Class 1 Class 2 244 1 Primary Hour Readin
112. program it holds the retrieved log files locations and the addresses for the converted logs If all processes are done the Nexus Script amp Scheduler program will delete this file Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Scripts NexusSchedulerLog Main Html Software generated top layer file with frame set linked to Nexus Scheduler Log Detail Html and Nexus Scheduler Run Time Log Html NexusSchedulerLog Detail Html Software generated blank frame file NexusSchedulerRun TimeLog Html Software generated schedule process log with hypertext link to detailed script logs and detailed Log Converter logs G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 A 2 Appendix B Transformer Loss Compensation B 1 Introduction The Edison Electric Institute s Handbook for Electricity Metering Ninth Edition defines Loss Compensation as A means for correcting the reading of a meter when the metering point and point of service are physically separated resulting in measurable losses including TR losses in conductors and transformers and iron core losses These losses may be added to or subtracted from the meter registration Loss compensation may be used in any instance where the physical location of the meter does not match the electrical location where change of ownership occurs Most often this appears when meters are connected on the low voltage side of power transformers when the actual ownership
113. reset mode for 30 seconds T O MODULES FACTORY SETTINGS and VA RATINGS MODEL NUMBER MODULE ADDRESS VA RATING maons amaoni amaos 3 2 VA 5 0 VA 8 5 VA 23 VA 0 1mA 8 Analog Inputs 0 20mA 8 Analog Inputs 23 VA 8AIL 8AI3 To NEXUS DISPLAYS VA RATINGS Nexus LED Display Nexus Touch Screen Display 2 7 VA 2 7 VA 10 VA E G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 5 1 Additonal Power Source for I O Modules E Available power for All Ports of the Nexus 1250 1252 is 12 VA The Nexus 1262 1272 Power Supply will NOT SUPPLY POWER TO THE VO MODULES You must use a power source such as the EIG PSIO 12V for additonal I Os connected to the Nexus 1250 1252 and for ANY I Os connected to the Nexus 1262 1272 RS 485 communication is viable for up to 4000 feet 1219 meters Below are the dimensions and the labels for the PSIO Connection Steps 1 Connect the A and B terminals on the Nexus to the A and B terminals of the male RS 485 port Connect the shield to the shield S terminal The S terminal on the Nexus is used to reference the Nexus port to the same potential as the source It is not an earth ground connection You must also connect the shield to earth ground at one point 2 Put termination resistors at each end connected to the A and B lines RT is 120 Ohms Figure 11 1 The PSIO Power Source Male RS 485 Side Port Dimensions for the PSIO are Height 3 41
114. right corner of the screen Note on CBEMA The CBEMA plotting is a power quality standard known world wide for recording the amount of damage voltage transient conditions have done to the equipment being monitored The Nexus automatically records this information For CBEMA purposes the user programs internal set points for voltage below 90 and above 110 of full scale 10 from the nominal voltage These setpoints are defined by the ITI CBEMA specification The ITI CBEMA Curve is published by Information Technology Industry Council ITD and is available at http www itic org iss_pol techdocs curve pdf A user can set a recording with tighter voltage limits to trigger a waveform recording However CBEMA plotting will be based only on the limits internally set Note on Setting the Nexus to Record Current Faults As discussed the voltage setpoints are used to record voltage type events such as voltage surges sags and transients The current settings are used to record faults on the line or in rush currents from devices such as motors Typically to catch these events set the limit to above 200 of full scale E Waveform Clipping Threshold e Nexus 1272 Standard Hardware 91 0924A Peak before clipping E Hardware Triggers 3 To enable a Waveform or PQ recording for any of the 8 High Speed Inputs click in the appropriate box This will trigger a recording based on a contact trigger This is useful to monitor an open device and t
115. screen appears Enter Flash Checksum Flash Checksum 12 Enter the checksum code from the text file accompanying the firmware files If you do not enter the correct checksum code the flash upgrade will fail 13 Click OK Flash upgrading begins The following screen displays the progress of the upgrade Flashing Status Requesting Current Operations Mode D The D Unit is Running in Normal Mode Flash Programming Complete Sequence Number 944 14 When the Flash upgrade is complete the Cancel button changes to OK Click OK Note To upgrade additional Nexus monitors click Previous and return to Communications Parameters screen Repeat the steps as needed entering a unique address for each unit G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 9 13 4 Flash Upgrading the Nexus External Display 1 5 Flash upgrading the Nexus Display takes approximately 15 minutes Contact EIG to receive the most recent Nexus External Display firmware upgrade Be sure your version of Nexus Communicator is compatible with the firmware upgrade you want to perform Copy the new firmware upgrade file to a directory on your computer Be sure to read the accompanying text file for important information such as the checksum code Write down the Checksum Code you will need it later in the Flash upgrade process Flash upgrading will fail if an incorrect checksum code is entered Note The checksum code consists only of the dig
116. term test time and a Long term test time 3 From the Frequency pull down menu select 50 or 60 Hz 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus monitor NOTE Flicker is discussed in detail in Chapter 16 of this manual Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 40 3 25 Resetting Max Min and Demand Hour Counters Logs Time of Use and 1 Internal Input From the menu bar select Tools Reset Nexus Information The following screen appears Reset Nexus Parameters E Reset Max Min and Deman E Reset Hour Squared T d Squared T Counters E Reset All Logs E Reset Time of Use for current season and month E Reset Internal Input Accumulations and Aggregations E Reset Internal KYZ Out Accumulations 2 Click in the box beside the values you would like to reset Click OK Note If you click Reset Logs a Warning will appear asking you if you want to Save Connected Device Settings Click on the settings you would like to save then proceed with the Update If you do not save the settings they will be overwritten For each box you select a window will appear which states that the Reset is Completed Click OK The reset is completed You can password protect this feature by enabling the Password feature of the Nexus See Chapter 12 for detai
117. the K screen does not appear go to View gt Options gt Misc Enable the K screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 4 Ke setting for KYZ test pulse Do you want to use the following Kh Ke for the test pulse setting 1000 KhiKe PT Ratio X CT Ratio KhiKe 5 000000 e Click Yes Or Click No and re enter values in the CT amp PT Ratio screen amp WARNING ONLY SELECT THE 300 VOLT OPTION IF YOU ORDERED THE NEXUS WITH THE G OPTION If you connect 300 volts to a Nexus that does not have the G option you will damage the Nexus Please check the label on the side of your Nexus and your invoice to make sure you have the G Option Electro Industries Gaugelecth Westbury NY USA MODEL NUMBER NEXUS 1250 G D2 60HZ 2meg be in the part number for a 300 volt direct connection SERIAL NUMBER POWER INPUT 90 276 Volts AC or DC 04 20347 MAX VOLTAGE MAX CURRENT Max Voltage also shows the 300V L N 10A max voltage the unit can 600V L L Measure C T RATIO P T RATIO NOTES Up LISTED UPC TIDAL ELECTO MEAR A TEAT FOUI Bta 4 To select the 300 Volt Option check the 300 Volt Secondary box Are you sure you want to select this box 5 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile G Electro Industrie
118. the Object 30 Analog Input window of the Nexus Communicator When the Line and Point Numbers are written the software will fill in the description Repeat for each desired Analog Input Point Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Click Update Device to update the meter The Nexus meter scans those points every second except for Tenth Second Readings Tenth Second Readings Line 18 to 32 are scanned as soon as the meter detects a change as often as every 50 milliseconds Deadband Object 32 Any DNP Static Point can be configured to create DNP Event Points Deadband and Class Assignments on the Object 32 screen are used to configure Analog Change Event Points In order to create Event Data Object 32 Points must be assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Each point can have a different Class assignment Deadband defines the boundary value for that point For example suppose One Second Phase to Neutral Volts AN is programmed and the Voltage Full Scale is 120 00V for the meter Entering 10 for Deadband will define the boundary value of 12V 10 of 120V Every second new Static Data is scanned for One Second Phase to Neutral Volts AN If the new data is different from the previous standard value by the boundary value an Analog Change Event will be created For example if the previous standard value is 110 and new data is lower than 98V or higher than 122V a new Analog Change Event Point will be created The new value th
119. the same magnitude as the voltages applied to the Va Vb and Vc terminals G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Glossar y 6
120. timeout value should be longer for devices that speak Modbus TCP than for devices that speak Modbus RTU depending on network traffic 8 Set device s data display format DEV_DATA_FORMAT from 0 to 0 000000 9 You can expand the polling item limitation of 64 items per device by setting a device as a child device of a parent device a For Example in lt DEVICE_X gt section if you set it to be the parent device DEV_PARENT must be X or 0 Then for lt DEVICE_Y gt section if you set the device to be a child device of X set DEV_PARENT to X Other parameters can be omitted Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 20 Example lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt item EV_TYPE Nexus 1250 EV_PROTOCOL ModbusRTU EV_NAME Nexus Demo 1 V_ADDRESS 1 V_IP V_TCP_PORT V_MAX_PACKET_LEN 127 V_COMM_TIMEOUT 750 EV_DATA_FORMAT 0 00 DEV_PARENT 1 gt lt item gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt EIG_ POLL DATA gt Aa e A T D D D D D D D D D Polling Item Set up In each DEVICE_X DEV_DATA section you can have up to 64 items Any extra items will be ignored 1 Set a unique ID D_UID so any program can easily access this item 2 Set a data label DLLABEL optional 3 Set Modbus register in decimal 1 based D_ADDR 4 Set how many Modbus registers D_ LENGTH Note Each register is 2 bytes
121. to N C M3R3 Common Shorted to N C M3R4 Common Shorted to N C Select New State Uniock ki CA Polling 00001440 anwrt noon khk wef HEHEHE E E E E E E eee E 3 Each module has four relays that can be configured using this screen 4 To change the state of one or more relays click the box next to the relay s you want to change 4 Use the pull down menu next to Select New State to assign a Lock Common to N C Lock Common to N O or an Unlock state to the relay s 5 Click on the Apply button to send the new setting to one or more relays of one or more modules 6 Click OK when you have finished configuring all Relay Outputs Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 16 11 13 Using the Digital Input Module 1 Be sure each module has a unique address and is connected to the Nexus Monitor s port 3 or 4 at the same baud rate as the port 57600 recommended see section 11 6 2 Retrieve the External Devices section of the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor see Chapter 3 3 After you have entered the Digital Input module in the Type column and its address in the Assigned Address column click on the Edit button in the Assigned Channels column The following screen appears EYILE TINC GIO II Input Channel Label Open Label Closed Label Normal State Input 1 a pa mo 3 osed pen p osea p o osea EN BEJ oof rs o i i i l pu ts o osed pu
122. 0 5 it is actually displaying current from 1000 1 amps If you are not concerned with maximum accuracy you can use the standard Nexus without specially ordering the M10 0 option to display readings from a 0 1 amp CT G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 5 4 4 Programming Limit and Waveform Full Scales E All Limit and Waveform settings sections 4 9 and 4 12 respectively are based on a percentage of the Full Scale Full Scales are based on the CT and PT ratios see section 4 3 E Be sure to set the CT and PT ratios first Nexus Communicator automatically recalculates the Full Scales every time the CT and PT ratios change 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Limit and Waveform Full Scales or double click on the Limit and Waveform Full Scales line The following submenu appears El oe NI Limit and Waveform Full Scales e e LA B Nc 5 00 e 1 e YAM BN CN 120 00 e AB BC CA 206 00 ps Fower Phase 600 00 pues Power Total 1800 00 i E Frequency 60 00 e The Nexus 1262 1272 screen displays the Device Profile s settings for the Limit and Waveform Full Scales 2 Double click on any of the settings The Limit and Waveform Full Scales screen appears Device Profile Limit and Waveform Full Scales A B C Ne 5 00 I Nm 5 00 Y AN BN CN 120 00 Y AB BC CA 206 00 Power Phase 600 00 Power Total 1800 00 Frequency
123. 0 to 360 degrees or 180 to 180 degrees etc Selections will appear in a pull down menu for the associated point Modulo Certain values are cumulative and can roll over and start recounting from zero For those values where required you can enter a point at which the rollover will occur Offset Where allowed you can enter a value offset which will be added to the data point when it is computed Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 38 34 34 sid so 36 One Second Current A B C IB e n One Second VA A B C VAA One Second VA A B C VA B One Second VA A B C VAC C One Second VAR A B C VAR B One Second Watts A B C Watts B One Second Power Factor A B C PFA One Second Power Factor A B C PF B One Second Power Factor A B C PF C 4 4 4 4 42 42 42 43 44 44 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 1 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 9 97 8 9 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 24 Flicker Settings MH With the Flicker Settings screen the user can set the test times for the Flicker function 1 From the Device Profile screen section 3 2 click on the button beside Flicker Settings or double click on the Flicker Settings line The screen appears Flicker Settings Short term test time PST kd Minutes Long term test time PLT feao zl Minutes Frequency 2 From the pull down menus select a Short
124. 00 01 42 00 09 Base Yoltage Flicker Monitoring Start Stop Reset 16 5 Logging The Nexus is capable of logging Flicker values in an independent log When Flicker is on entries are made into the log in accordance with the times that associated values occur Pst Pst Max Pst Min Plt Plt Max Plt Min Start Reset and Stop times are all recorded All values can be down loaded to the Log Viewer where they are available for graphing or export to another program such as Excel All Flicker values are predefined and cannot be changed 16 6 Polling The Pinst Pst Pst Max Pst Min Plt Plt Max Plt Min values are all capable of being polled through the Communications Port Refer to the Nexus Modbus and DNP Mappings for register assignments and data definitions 16 7 Log Viewer From the Nexus Communicator Log Viewer screen using the menus at the top of the Log Viewer screen select a meter time ranges and values to access Select Flicker The values and the associated time stamps when the values occurred are displayed in a grid box Use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to create a graph or export the data to another program Max and Min values are only displayed they cannot be graphed But Max and Min values are available for export Graphed values include Pst and Plt Va Vb and Ve Displayed values include Pst and Plt Max and Min for Va Vb and Vc G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07
125. 00 F WA Hour Quadrant 4 pan0000000000000 0000000000000000 i WAR Hour Quadrant 4 pA00000000000000 0000000000000000 i Each screen has a Current Value New Value and i OIE lt 3 a e Preset Box for each accumulator A new meter will VaHour Quacrent2 fapogonga0ga09000 foocconoonoocoonn r 5 Click Tabs at the top of the screens to access the individual screens Programmed Roll over G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 30 E Settings can be preset for the following sets of values sree gut canas Secondary Fey Guadiana Primary Energy Secondary Energy Primary Energy Secondary Energy Primary Energy Sieger ene Primary Energy Quadrants KYZ OulputAccumulatare Quadrants Secondary Energy Quadrants Internal Accumulator Current Value New Value Preset Input Accumulators KYZ Output Accumulators Il Watt Houwr QuadrantI fooooooooocoooo00 ooooooooaonaaoa0 WattHour Quadrant4 fago0ono00n000a00 angooon00000000 V Squared T Accumulators Examples of some Watt Hour Ouacrant2 BD00000000000000 pooeoosa0000000 Watt Hour Quadrant 3 0000000000000000 00000000000 00000 screens are shown here Click the Preset Boxes for A o aa VAR Hour Quacrants 1 2 f000n0000000000 aooo0nnq0000000 the values you want to set Click Set or Cancel lt a tas E AR pememeeaaen NOTE Programmed Accumulations Rollover is set in the Device Profile see section 4 22 If you try to
126. 01 4 01 14 PM 8 New script Daily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM 9 New script8 Daily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 PM Current status 9 5 2001 12 22 50 PM Scheduler is running 9 5 2001 12 22 52 PM Scheduler stopped 9 5 2001 12 22 54 PM Scheduler is runnin 0112 d SCRIPT SCHEDULER STATUS E On the main Scheduler screen click the Add Script in the Scheduler section of the screen The following screen will appear Add 7 Edit Script to Scheduler Available Scripts for Scheduler 5001 New script 1 v Schedule Time 6 00 58 PM G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 18 E To add a script to the Scheduler select an Available Script from the pull down menu By changing the Frequency you can create additional versions of the script and add the updated version s to the Scheduler M In the Schedule section of the screen use the pull down menu to select the desired Frequency Select from Yearly Once Interval Daily Weekly Monthly by Date Monthly by Day or Last Day of the Month E Based on the desired frequency the screen will change to offer the following selections Month Date Day and or Time if appropriate Following are sample windows of those that will appear Add Edit Script to Scheduler Add Edit Script to Scheduler Available Scripts for Scheduler Available Scripts for Scheduler 001 New script 1 ES 5001 New script 1 ha
127. 06 New Location 0007 Modem Card gt 4 Oldest Newest BA 9 To add other locations click on the Add Button and follow the above procedure to edit them To Sort locations use the pull down menu to select a sort method A Z Z A Newest Oldest or Oldest Newest Click Sort By To remove locations select and click Remove 10 Click once on the location to which you would like to connect your computer You may only connect to one location at a time To change to a different location you must disconnect from the current location by selecting it and clicking Disconnect 11 Click Connect When the connection is made the selected location appears in the Connected To Locations section Click Close 12 The Device Status screen appears confirming the connection see section 2 8 for details The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters 13 See section 2 6 for information on viewing data from the different Nexus Monitor devices included in the location E If the connection failed check that all cables are secure that the RS 232 cable is connected to the correct Com Port on the computer and that the computer is set to use the same baud rate and protocol as the Nexus Monitors to which the computer is connected G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 15 2 6 Internal Network Option Connection E INTERNAL NETWORK OPTION CONNECTION REQUIRES MODBUS TCP PROTOCOL
128. 07 V1 24 8 26 i Waveforms W_Meterl Waveform 1 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 PM Waveform Vbn Sag Ven Sag Frequency Group 1500 to 1550 0 26 IEC 1000 2 1 1 Interharmonic Spectrum SOHz Window W_Meter1 Vbn 4 16 2002 2 24 10 561 00 PM y T T 150 to 200 300 to 350 450 to 500 600 to 650 750 to 800 900 to 950 1050 to 1100 1200 to 1250 1350 to 1400 1500 to 1550 Frequency Hz Group Interharmonic Spectrum with Grouped Frequencies E Measurement IEC 61000 4 7 ref First Edition establishes a well disciplined measurement method for harmonics which utilizes 10 50Hz systems or 12 cycle 60Hz systems sample windows upon which to perform the Fourier transform The result is a spectrum with 5Hz resolution for both 50Hz and 60Hz systems The standard further defines ways of combining individual 5 Hz bins to produce various groupings and components for referenced limits and guidelines The IEC Measurement Method defines interharmonic groups These indices are the RMS values of the interharmonic components between adjacent harmonic components The frequency bins directly adjacent to the harmonic bins are omitted This relationship is defined by the following equation 2 S 2 50Hz systems Xm Xios 7 2 a2 Xin 3 Xii 60Hz systems G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 27 8 12 Viewing the Power Quality Log E From Log Viewer s main screen click on the PQ button or View
129. 1 Lag Q2 Lag Q3 Lead Q4 Lead 5 To display a graph of Method 2 Quadrants Q1 Lag Q2 Lead Q3 Lag Q4 Lead go to the Programming Labels screen section 3 18 of the Device Profile In the lower drop down menu click on Method 2 Then return to the Limits screen Click on any PF setting Device Profile Power Factor bobas 4 1 1 if Y i it if ji 1 Limit 1 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 21 Note This meter is a real four quadrant meter Therefore limits can be set for capacitive and inductive PF when generating or consuming power 6 When all settings are complete click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Make sure you save Connected Device Settings A pop up screen will ask if you want to Reset Logs It is recommended that you reset logs when you change any settings that effect logs See sections 3 2 and 3 25 3 11 ElectroLogic Relay Control mM To edit a Device Profile s ElectroLogic Relay settings 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the ElectroLogic Relay line e The following screen appears This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings Digital Output Module 1 Relay 1 gt Feeder 1 1B Limit 1 2 To assign an item to the Relay
130. 12 Nexus External I O Modules A VALS OVERVICW 6h Sr ehcAn ph wry de lb Bota Gb E wad shai ake dae St Siy in 11 1 11 2 Outline of the Procedure for Installing I O Modules 2022 11 2 11 3 Using Multiple I O Modules 2 a 2 en 11 3 11 4 Steps to Determine Power Needed 2 2 a 2 11 3 11 5 I O Factory Set Addresses and Baud Rates 2 en 11 4 11 5 1 Additional Power Source for I O Modules 2 00202 11 5 11 6 Assigning Addresses and Baud Rates to an I O Module 2 11 6 11 7 Entering I O Modules in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile 11 7 11 8 Configuring the Analog Output Module 0 020 11 9 11 9 Configuring the Analog Input Module 2 2 020 11 11 11 10 Configuring the KYZ Output Module 2 2 2 11 13 11 11 Configuring the Digital Output Module 0 02 11 15 11 11 Configuring the Relay Outputs 2 2 en 11 15 11 12 Using the Digital Input Module 2 2 en 11 16 11 13 Nexus I O Device Status a 11 17 11 14 Query I O Locating an Unknown Address and Baud Rate 11 18 11 15 Locator Utility Through Nexus Method 11 19 11 16 Locator Utility Stand Alone Method 11 21 11 17 Stand Alone Programmer e 11 24 Passwords AD OVERVICW es A E E E A A 12 1 12 2 Enabling Passwords e 12 2 1235 Password Statis get
131. 12 2 Enabling Password Feature Warning Once Passwords have been enabled you must know the Level 2 Password to Disable Password Protection Are you sure vou want to continue 1 ow 4 Click Yes 5 The Password Status screen appears Protection Status Full Protection Password Prote n Enabled 6 Click OK Note The password function is now enabled The computer status bar at the bottom of the screen will read PW Enabled See section 12 4 for how to disable passwords 12 3 Password Status To confirm if the password protection feature is enabled or disabled do either of the following e From the Tools menu select Passwords Status One of two screens will appear either the screen stating Password Protection Enabled or the screen stating Password Protection Disabled Click OK e Check the computer status bar at the bottom of the screen If passwords are enabled it will read PW Enabled If passwords are disabled it will read PW Disabled Access the computer status bar from the View menu Connected COM 1 115200 Addr 1 Feeder 1 Modbus ATU Pt Disabled 55 Disabled G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 12 3 12 4 Disabling Passwords To disable the password function you must use the Level 2 password 1 From the Tools menu select Passwords Enable Disable Passwords The following screen appears Disable Nexus Password Feature E To Disable The Nexus Password Featu
132. 13 for details on upgrading firmware e Com State health status of the communication processor e DSP State health status of the DSP processor e On Time date and time at which the Nexus Monitor was last powered up e Serial Number the device s unique identification number e NVRAM amount of NVRAM nonvolatile RAM available to the device This memory is used for Logs e Protection status of the Password Protection function see Chapter 12 Scroll to the right to find this section of the Device Status Bar Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 22 Chapter 3 Configuring the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor 3 1 Overview E Nexus Communicator enables you to configure a Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s programmable settings which are stored in the unit s Device Profile Scroll down to view the rest of the menu see section 3 2 To configure the Nexus 1262 1272 see Chapter 4 See Chapter 5 for Futura Device Prohle Bo CT PT Ratios and System Hookup X I Limit and Wavetorm Full Scales BSS amp Communications Pors 3s Time Settings A Demand Integration Intervals Thresholds 2K Cold Load Fickup lt ES lt Transformer Loss Compensation pra Limits A ElectroLogic Relay Control Trending Setup 3 amp X Trending Log Time Intervals 3 PQ Thresholds Wavetarm Recording ES lt ES AL Digital Inputs Pulse A
133. 15 01k 214 99k 214 95k PF _O 999LAG _0 998 LAG Peak Demand Thermal Block Rolling Del Watts 215 13k E 214 96k 214 99k Del Watts Coincident VARS _ 9305 94 9197 31 S FLEE Rec Watts Coincident YARS _ o oo o oo 0 00 ARS 9548 25 18 54M 9442 84 VARS Energy Secondary Uncompensated Energy Q Hours 18 4 Squared T Cumulative Demand Quadrant Energy Primary Wh 0000000000000000 VARh 0000000003848798 Wh 0000000091816626 VARh 0000000000000000 VARh 0000000003848792 VAh 0000000000000000 VAh 0000000091898064 Rec Wh 0000000000000024 VAh 0000000091901276 Del Wh 0000000091818920 VAh 0000000000000024 VAh 0000000000003067 WARh 0000000000000000 VARh 0000000000000773 Wh 0000000000000023 VARh 0000000000000774 Wh 0000000000002413 144_a017 MW The Nexus is a true four quadrant power meter On the Quadrant Energy Primary section of this screen readings are displayed for the Vars and VA for each quadrant Quadrant Power Factor Watts Vars 1 Lag 2 Lead 3 Lag 4 Lead E Click on the tabs at the top of each screen in the lower part of the screen to access other readings Examples of the additional screens follow e Click Print to send a copy of the screen to a printer e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 7 NW Cumulative Demand Readings in Secondary and Primary E 18 V Squared T E Q Hours
134. 2 Compares Limits 1 8 No Class 40 47 238 0 Digital Input States Module 3 1 8 No Class 48 55 236 0 Digital Input States Module 2 1 8 No Class 56 63 240 0 Digital Input States Module 4 1 8 No Class Enter EIG Line and Point assignments directly from the DNP Table or double click the Description Field for a list of Selections DMP Points are assigned in Groups of 8 Entering an EIG Point selects that point and the next in succession Each Object 1 assigned has an associated Object Ok Cancel Help deca Clear Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 1 17 2 Binary Input Object 1 A Nexus meter can use up to 64 Binary Input Points Values available for Binary Input use can be found in the DNP Object Mapping Only Class 0 is used when polling Binary Input Object 1 Data Class 1 2 or 3 is used when polling Binary Input Change Object 2 Data Line Point Description Double click on the box under Description to Add Delete or Modify DNP Points to the screen above A pull down window will appear Choose a Type of reading and a Channel and click OK The corresponding numbers for the selected reading and channel will appear in the Line and Point columns Line and Point Numbers for a Binary Input value can also be found in the DNP Object Mapping Ch 7 of the DNP V3 00 Level 2 Protocol Assignments for Nexus 1252 1262 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 For example 7 Cycle High Speed Input Delta and Curren
135. 3 20 08 4 26 2000 13 18 37 08 4 20 2000 13 49 19 05 4 20 2000 13 49 19 08 4 20 2000 13 49 19 05 4 20 2000 13 49 19 08 4 20 2000 13 49 19 05 4 20 2000 13 49 19 08 4 20 2000 13 49 19 05 4 20 2000 13 49 19 08 Note To adjust the column widths position the cursor on a line between columns at the top of the screen When the cursor changes to a left right arrow hold down the left mouse button and drag the column border left or right Release the button when the column is at the desired width e Click Pause to temporarily stop the screen update and enable the Copy button Click Resume to continue the real time update e Click Print to send the data to a printer e To Copy the data into another program click Pause to enable the Copy button then click Copy Paste into your new document e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen E To reset the Max Min and Demand Readings see Chapters 3 4 5 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 6 7 6 Poll Power Readings E To view power and demand readings Read Only for the currently connected Nexus Monitor select Poll Power Readings from the Real Time Polling menu The Power and Energy screen appears Power and Energy Real Time Instant Thermal Block Rolling Predicted Watts 214 69k 214 59k 214 82k 214 80k 214 75k VARS 9560 74 9150 47 9090 84 _ 5161 58 9150 47 VA 214 90k 214 78k 2
136. 3 CT s sompa PO aa Name Joe Engineer e Stn Tf Bank No 1131 7 Dae anarzo02 2 Trf SIN AT4391 01 oss Factors for Nx Communicator Software Used isa o Sc Fulltead Coes Watts ANO OSTA Winding MVA Rating HV High 138000 16 8 22 4 28 0 er Transformer Test Data Value Phase Full Load e Watts 49200 23068 67 IES OOOO Phase Phase Calculated Sel Cooled kVA Rating 168001 Phase to Phase Phase to Srd Test Voltage o 43090 7558 Full Load Current Meter Installation Dat fpstunent Transomes Puse Darema mr Power Multiplier Meter Secondary Voltage 420 1120 volts for Nexus Meter Seconda rent 5 S5 amps for Nexus Publishing and duplicating rights are property of Electro Industnes Gaugetech This soreadsheat is designed on ly 10 be used with ES Nexus based metering equipment 2 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 10 Electro industries GaugeTech Westhury NY 877 EIMETER 877 346 3837 Nexus Line Loss Compensation Calculation Three Element Meter with 3 VWye connected PT s and 3 CT s Company f ____________ ______ Substation Name Stn Trf Bank No o Date ______ Metenng Point Information 222222 eee oss Factors for Nx Communicator Software Calc Used Full Load Loss Watts LWCU DIV O DIVA Nominal Voltage ES Instrument Transformers____ Numerator_____ DenominatorMultiplier
137. 30 None 33 30 None 34 36 30 None 34 36 30 None 34 36 30 None 34 36 30 None 37 30 None 37 30 None 37 30 None 37 30 None 38 30 None 38 30 None 38 30 None 38 30 None 39 41 30 None 39 41 30 None 39 41 30 None 39 41 30 None 42 44 30 None 42 44 30 None 42 44 30 None 42 44 30 None 45 30 None 45 30 None 45 30 None 45 30 None 46 48 30 None 46 48 30 Nore 46 48 30 None 46 48 30 None 49 30 None 49 30 None 49 30 None 49 30 None 50 52 30 None 50 52 30 None 50 52 30 None 50 52 30 watt Total None 53 30 None 5330 None 53 30 None 53 30 Frequency None 54 30 None 54 30 None 54 30 None 54 30 Power Factor A B C None 5557 30 None 55 57 30 None 55 57 30 None 55 57 30 Power Factor Total None 58 30 None 58 30 None 58 30 None 58 30 Volt amp Current Imbalance None 59 60 30 None 59 60 30 Nore 59 60 30 None 59 60 30 Mapping Mot Compressed a Note If your meter is the Enhanced 1252 your meter supports DNP Level 2 and a set of screens will appear For details on DNP Level 2 see Chapter 17 of this manual 2 Click on the arrow of the pull down menu next to Edit View Select the type of reading you want to edit or view Then select a Port and a Class 0 1 2 or 3 for that reading A Compressed Map like the example above creates a number sequence starting with 0 for only those Points selected for a Class A Not Compressed Map follows exactly the original DNP Mapping The Compressed M
138. 4 Edit i odule 3 nalog In0 10 8 ch 148 Edit i odule 4 Digital Output 156 Edit i O Module 1 2 Output 160 Edit YZ Module 1 Digital Input 164 Edit odule 1 Device Assigned Device Assigned Device Assigned Device Assigned Device Assigned Pbbprrr OP Cancel Click in the Type column and use the pull down menu to select the specific I O you wish to enter You may enter up to 16 modules Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 7 6 Enter each module s unique address If you have not assigned a unique address to each module see section 11 6 Each module s address must be unique otherwise communication will not function properly 7 You may now configure the modules using the Edit buttons See the following sections 11 8 11 12 for details on how to configure each type of module Check the Table of Contents for the type of module you want to configure and read the corresponding section After you have configured all modules click OK NOTE Log Limit ID is an internal identification based on the order in which the modules are entered into the profile Yertying Module Existence Searching for Module at address 136 Please Wait 8 The Nexus Monitor will begin to look for the modules at the addresses listed If all are present the main Device Profile screen will appear If an incorrect address is given a warning screen appears and the changes ar
139. 5 2001 4 00 25PM 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM New script Daily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM New script8 Daily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 PM Current status 9 5 2001 12 22 50 PM Scheduler is running 9 5 2001 12 22 52 PM Scheduler stopped cheduler is runnin SCRIPT SCHEDULER STATUS 0 To edit a script currently running on the Scheduler first Stop the Scheduler Next select a script from the Active Scripts window Click Edit Script One of the Add Edit Script to Scheduler screens will appear the one that is appropriate for the Frequency of the selected script Refer to section 15 13 to see a sampling of Add Edit Script to Scheduler screens Below is the screen for the selected script in the illustration above To change the frequency click the pull down A A menu for Frequency and make a selection Available Scripts for Scheduler If you change the frequency the screen will 4 i S001 New script 1 y change to offer the appropriate selections Refer to section 15 13 to see a sampling of Schedule Add Edit Script to Scheduler screens Frequency Using the available pull down menus make lime 4 52 49 PM selection s Type in the time if you want it to change Click OK to add to the Scheduler Or click Cancel Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 20 15 15 Delete Scheduler Scripts ElG Scheduler Act Schedul pp Bur Stop tun Stop ct
140. 7 19 m Information appearing on the screen will include Input number Name given to the device State and Transitions With buttons on the right side of the screen you can use the pull down menu to Reset Counters or Copy the data from up to 32 inputs and paste it into a document e Click OK to return to the main screen 7 18 Poll External Analog Inputs E To view the polling screens for the External Analog Inputs select Poll External Analog Inputs from the I O Devices menu The following screen appears External Analog Inputs Input Name Raw Value Primary Value 4 M1 PresSensor Ho 6 Mt Humidity Sensor 8 Mi SoundLevel de i A o md band El HE JE ejajojojojsjojojojojojojo m Information on the screen includes Input number Name assigned to the input Raw Value Actual Value the input is measuring and Primary Value Scaled Value from the Device Profile e The Copy button at the right of the screen will allow you to copy the information from up to 32 Inputs and paste that data into a document e Click OK to return to the main screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 20 Chapter 8 Viewing Logs 8 1 Overview M The Nexus 1250 1252 1262 and 1272 Monitors record the following logs e Historical Trends Logs 1 and 2 These logs are two separate collections of time stamped records or snapshots used to track any parameter over time
141. 9 999 999 999 999 DNP Binary Counter Points use up to 32 bits That means that the range is 0 to 4 294 967 295 OXOFFFFFFFF This maximum number is only a 10 digit number In order to deal with a 16 digit number Scaling is necessary Scaling is used to select a unit in powers of 10 1 x10 2 x100 and so on The Scaling value can be 0 to 15 For example if the value inside the meter is 3 000 000 and a Scaling value of 2 x100 is used the Binary Counter value will be reported as 30000 The actual value is 30000x100 3 000 000 Delta Object 22 Any DNP Static Point can be configured to create DNP Event Points Delta and Class Assignments on the Object 22 screen are used to configure Counter Change Event Points In order to create Event Data Object 22 must be assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Each point can have a different Class Assignment The Delta value defines the boundary value for that point For example suppose VA hour is programmed and the Delta is 5 That represents 5 increments from the returned 32 bit Binary Counter value Every second new Static Data is scanned for VA hour If new data is different from the previous standard value by the Delta value the Counter Change Event Data will be created That means if the previous standard polled value is 50000 VA hour and if the VA hour reading increases to 50005 it will create a Counter Change Event Point for VA hour and 50005 VA hour will become the previous standard value for the ne
142. 99999999999999 9999999999999999 1000 1000 1000 e To change the I O s Transmit Delay you must use the Stand Alone Programmer section 11 17 3 Query screens are read only To change any parameters you must edit the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile see section 11 7 4 Click Refresh to initiate a new search and listing of connected I Os G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 19 11 15 Query I O Locating an Unknown Address and Baud Rate Note This utility requires you to press the I O module s reset button If you are off site or can not access the reset button use the Locator Utility described in section 11 15 16 1 I Os may be connected to either the Nexus Monitor s port 3 or 4 However ONLY Port 4 is programmed to query Be sure the port is configured to operate at 57600 and is set to Master mode see Chapter 3 for how to configure the Nexus Monitor s communication ports 2 Select I O Devices Query I O The following screen appears Query 170 Module Make Sure I O Device is Connected to Port 4 of Nexus 1250 3 Click continue The following screen appears Query 170 Module Press in reset button and hold for at least 3 seconds Cancel 4 Use a fine point to depress the I O module s reset button Hold it in for at least three seconds This resets the I O module to address 247 at 57600 baud for thirty seconds allowing Nexus Communicator to retrieve the stored address a
143. A EIG Script amp Scheduler Component Files E The EIG Script amp Scheduler software program is a stand alone module for the Communicator software package There are two supporting programs the Communicator program and the Log Converter program Below is a list of the component files that complete this software program with a brief description of each and their location in your system 1 Nexus Script Scheduler Exe Nexus script and scheduler software program Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Nexus Communicator Exe Nexus Communicator software program Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Log Converter Exe EIG s log converter program After the Nexus Communicator finishes retrieving a log or finishes executing a script the Log Converter program translates the binary log into a database file Access format Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Log Viewer Nexus Scheduler Log Nexus Script amp Scheduler program generated log file Text format It records all activities of the Nexus Script amp Scheduler program Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator script name Html New format script name Log Old format Nexus Communicator generated log file Text format It records all activities when the Nexus Communicator runs a script Each log file is for a specific script only Future ac
144. A Q Readings 01sec Volts AN PINST Volts A Flicker 4 K Factor Ext Analog In Mod 1 Input 1 uncompensated Power JHeimonicMag Vate Harmonic Mag volts iY AMAB Mag 0 Channel Update me For 8 Byte data only please choose 4 of the 8 bytes you want to map to the Analog outputs p O lt T in pa om in ay From the pull down menus select the type of reading and the channel to which it will be applied The module reads a 4 byte value per channel So you must select 4 of the 8 bytes to be read by the module Use the pull down menu to choose 4 of the 8 bytes Click OK when all channels are set The Device Profile I O Modules screen appears Click on the Edit button in the Scale Settings Nexus Communicator retrieves the settings from the T O module The following screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 9 Analog Output 0 to 1 m External Module Programmer Module Type Address Baud Rate Transmit Delay Channel E Scale High Yalue 1 mA Scale Settings should be entered in secondary for Yolts Current and Power All other readings should be entered in primary Scale Low Yalue 1maA 1 Uncompensated YA A 2 Uncompensated YA A 3 Uncompensated YA A 4 Uncompensated YA A 900 000 0 010 0 000 0 000 900 000 533 330 1800 000 1800 000 8 For each channel enter the scale setting according to the needs of your applica
145. AT_5 EMAIL_6 FORMAT_6 EMAIL_7 FORMAT_7 EMAIL_8 FORMAT_8 gt lt item gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt EIG_ POLL DATA gt Short Format For all handheld mobile devices with text messaging service capable of receiving up to 160 characters Character number includes sender address subject and body plus additional separator characters This format is defined by EIG and the user cannot modify it Example of the Short Format 64 characters of sender s email address 32 characters of Meter ID Alarm 10Odigit operator s phone number 1IDs1 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Long Format For all handheld mobile devices and PC users who can receive regular email This includes detailed alarm information Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 23 Example of Long Format Device Name Nexus Demo 1 Contact Person Administrator Contact Phone 1234567890 Alarm IDs 14 2 3 4 Alarm Names 1 Limits exceeded 2 Inputs abnormal condition 3 Waveform captured 4 PQ CBEMA event captured Alarm Details Limits 4 1s IA Below Limit 2 Combination OR value 0 38 5 1s IB Below Limit 2 Combination OR value 0 38 6 Is IC Below Limit 2 Combination OR value 0 38 Inputs 1 HSI Input 1 BK101 Off 3 HSI Input 3 Closed 4 HSI Input 4 Closed Ss Configure Alarm Polling Options Enter values within the double quotes To enable the polling for a
146. After Communicator finishes retrieving a log or finishes a script the Log Converter program automatically translates the binary logged data into a database file Access format E Features At the top of the screen the Run Stop button turns the Scheduler On and Off To add scripts to the Scheduler or edit existing scripts the Scheduler must be turned OFF You can perform only one of the following tasks at a time set up scripts set up scheduler or run scheduler Active Scripts window displays the scripts that are currently running on the Scheduler Using the buttons at the bottom of the screen those scripts can be edited or deleted and new scripts can be added Current Status displays the Script amp Scheduler operations E Using the EIG Scheduler A Access the EIG Script amp Scheduler program from Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Communicator Script amp Scheduler Click on it The main screen above will appear B There are four sections at the bottom of the screen Script Scheduler Status and the Help Exit section The components in these sections enable the user to set up all the elements of the Script amp Scheduler program and view the resulting logs Step by step directions are given in the following sections and Help buttons are on each screen 1 Set Up Script Create a new script open an existing script or delete a script sections 15 3 15 5 Set up Script Devices and Script Commands with buttons o
147. All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view 17 5 Binary Output Object 10 Class 0 is used when polling Binary Output Object 10 Data External Relay Output Modules can be attached to the Nexus meter Up to 4 Relay Output Modules can be attached and each Relay Module has 4 Relay Outputs DNP Custom Mapping Object 30 Analog Input Global Values DNF Settings Object 10 Binary Output Object Binary Input Object 20 Binary Counter DNP Point 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 Relay Enable m Y Y E a El E Y Y Y DNP Point Reset Enable 16 Log Reset Y 17 Maximum Reset 18 Minimum Reset y 19 Energy Reset vi 20 Reset Time Of Use Current Season and Current Month 21 Manual Waveform Capture vi 22 Reset Internal Input Accumulations and Aggregations vi 23 Reset Unit to Boot Mode Default Communication Settings vi Check the box to enable the function to be able to be controlled by DNP OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear To control a Relay by DNP check its box If unchecked the relay will not be controlled by DNP The Master in DNP protocol ca
148. Amount Remaining First 320 7998981 Usage kW Rate kW 0 Amount Usage kW Rate ikw Amount 87 99547191 Usage kvo Ratet Aon Amount Remaining 2 85852356 Rate 04H Li Amount _ UsagetkWH Rate WH Amount 2 839678955 Usage kWH Rate HWH Amount G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 11 E Select Parameters In the Select Data Range field enter a Start Date and an End Date In the Select Parameters field select a meter from which to calculate data In the Peak Time Range fields enter the peak time structure or make changes In the Rate Structure Table enter your rate structure in the white spaces in the table Leave a space empty if it does not apply E Rate Structure Table This generic rate structure table is set up based on utility rates for small and medium industrial and commercial facilities This model has charges for Distribution Generation Transmission and some miscellaneous items It also allows 1 to 2 tiers in rate structure Example of tiered rate structures A company used 5 000 kWh with a 400 kW peak demand during a billing period Single Tier Rate Structure Utility charges a flat usage rate of 4 cents per kWh and a flat demand rate of 2 cents per kW Double Tier Rate Structure Utility charges a usage rate of 4 cents per kWh for the 1st 2000 kWh and a lower usage rate of 3 ce
149. Analysis E A new feature has been added to the Log Viewer program for Interharmonic Analysis It is only available for Nexus type meters on Voltage Va Vs Vc and Current channels Ia Is Ic lux TIEC 1000 2 1 1 defines Interharmonics as follows Between the harmonics of the power frequency voltage and current further frequencies can be observed which are not an integer multiple of the fundamental They can appear as discrete frequencies or as a wide band spectrum To perform the analysis there must be a waveform record with a 200ms duration For a 50Hz system the waveform is 10 cycles for a 60Hz system the waveform is 12 cycles By default the starting point for Interharmonic Analysis of a Waveform is its first point But a user can set a starting point place the mark anywhere in the waveform assuming that there will be enough sample points available after the starting point If there are not enough points in this waveform capture the software will check the next waveform record s stored in the database If it is contiguous additional points up to 200ms will be retrieved for analysis For a waveform with sampling rate equal to or less than 64 the software will only check the next 1 contiguous record For a waveform with a sampling rate equal to or greater than 128 the software will check the next two contiguous records Resetting the mark will set the starting point back to the waveform s first point E From Log Viewer
150. BEMA Curve Channel CRC Field CT Current Ratio Demand Demand Interval Display DNP 3 0 EEPROM Energy Register Ethernet Exception Response G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 A group of 8 binary digits processed as a unit by a computer or device and used especially to represent an alphanumeric character A voltage quality curve established originally by the Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers Association The CBEMA Curve defines voltage disturbances that could cause malfunction or damage in microprocessor devices The curve is characterized by voltage magnitude and the duration which the voltage is outside of tolerance See ITIC Curve The storage of a single value in each interval in a load profile Cyclic Redundancy Check Field Modbus communication is an error checksum calculation that enables a Slave device to determine if a request packet from a Master device has been corrupted during transmission If the calculated value does not match the value in the request packet the Slave ignores the request A Current Transformer Ratio is used to scale the value of the current from a secondary value up to the primary side of an instrument tranformer The average value of power or a similar quantity over a specified period of time A specified time over which demand is calculated User configurable visual indication of data in a meter A robust non proprietary protocol bas
151. CD This screen browses your system to find the file Locate the firmware file on your computer You will need only one file hex file for the Internal Modem Upgrade File names and formats may vary from the example screen above Be sure to read the text accompanying the firmware files Select the file name and click Open Internal Modem Flash Programmer SO loading Programming Line 18 Checksum OK Enter Command Mode Program Flash The program automatically uploads the data Lines 1 and 2 of the Status window display the progress of the upgrade When the Flash Upgrade is complete the Status window will say Flash has been Programmed and the Checksum verification window appears Verify Checksum Checksum 9D27 Is this Correct 7 Click Yes If you click No the Flash will fail 8 Click Exit to exit the program and return to the Main Nexus screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 17 13 6 Flash Upgrading the Internal Network Option E Flash upgrading the Internal Network Ethernet Option takes approximately 30 minutes 1 Contact EIG to receive the most recent Internal Network Ethernet Option firmware upgrade This Flash Upgrade effects ONLY the Internal Network Option within the Nexus This Flash Upgrade DOES NOT UPGRADE THE NEXUS UNIT To upgrade the Nexus device refer to sections 13 2 13 3 and 13 4 of this manual You can download the latest software version through our internet site
152. Click on the close button when you have finished adding or removing devices The first Connection Manager screen returns G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 10 Yexus Connection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse j 003 Test Location 004 Multiplexor 0005 New Location 0006 New Location 007 Modem Card INFZ 0009 New Location pa Oldest Newest 9 To add additional locations click on the Add Button To Sort locations use the pull down menu to select a sort method A Z Z A Newest Oldest or Oldest Newest Click Sort By To remove locations select and click Remove 10 Click once on the location to which you would like to connect your computer You may only connect to one location at a time To change to a different location you must first disconnect from the current location by clicking on the Disconnect button or by selecting Disconnect from the Connection menu 11 Click Connect The computer begins dialing 12 When Nexus Communicator has located the Nexus device s at that location the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection see section 2 8 for details The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters m Ifthe connection failed check that all cables are secure that the RS 485 cable is connected to the Modem Gateway on the Modem Nexus and that the Nexus u
153. Coarse increase at High End 2001 10 08 17 11 22 Command sent successfully Auto Programming Test Mode Volt Setting NOTE This feature is for use only with a Futura with a 0 1 or 4 20mA Analog Output module e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools and click the Futura Analog Output Programmer button Use the above screen to assign channels to analog outputs and calibrate and test analog outputs For more information see the Futura Installation and Operation Manual The procedure for using this screen follows 1 Select a port or channel 2 Assign a function to the port using the Change Port Function button 3 Save the setting You will receive a messge that the command has been sent successfully 4 Using an ammeter calibrate adjust the port Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 21 5 Verify the calibration an external portable DC ammeter must be correctly connected to the port to view the results A Select a port to test B Select the test type from the Test Mode List Box This selection will be used by all ports until another test mode is selected In other words if you select Low End Output all channels will output the low end of the scale Low End Output 1 or 4mA Bidirectional 1mA Ports O through 2 Unidirectional omA Ports 3 through 9 Midpoint Output 0 or 12mA Bidirectional OmA Ports 0 through 2 Bidirectional 5mA Ports 3 through 9 High End
154. Counter Event 23 6 16 bit With Time Analog Input 30 4 16 bit w o Flag Analog Change Event 32 4 16 bit With Time Click on the field for a list of the variants allowed for each object OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear Click OK to save the new settings The Clear All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 10 17 7 DNP Settings In this window you can enable DNP Time Synchronization The Time Interval is the amount of time the device waits before requesting Time Synchronization from the Master using IINI 4 The Time Interval is configurable from 1 minute to 1 day in 1 minute intervals The initial factory setting is 1 day Select a Class O Poll Counter Object using the lower pull down menu Object 10 Binary Output Object 1 Binary Input Object 20 Binary Counter Object 30 Analog Input Global Values DNP Settings PF Enable DNP Time Synchronization Class 0 Poll Counter Object Frozen Counter Object 21 X OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear Click OK to save the new settings The Clear All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view Hlectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 11 Hlectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 12 Appendix
155. Daily profile set after 9 16 2002 Register name not set for RA R5 R6 R7 R8 Schedule name not set for 55 56 57 58 59 510 511 e Before updating the Nexus Monitor Communicator checks that the data entered is valid It will warn you if any data is not correct If one of the Status Screens fails Communicator will not let you update the device A pop up screen will tell you that it is an Invalid Calendar Click OK You will return to the Edit Calendar screen to create another calendar G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 8 30 Click Continue The following screen appears Nexus Time of Use Please Select a Nexus Calendar Slot to Send to Calendar 1 2000 e Calendar 2 2001 e Calendar 3 2002 Calendar 4 2003 Calendar 5 0000 Calendar 6 0000 Calendar 7 0000 Calendar 8 0000 Calendar 9 0000 Calendar 10 0000 31 Select the slot you would like to use Click Send Nexus Communicator Writing the calendar to the Calendar 11 0000 Calendar 12 0000 se Calendar 13 0000 Calendar 14 0000 Calendar 15 0000 Calendar 16 2004 Calendar 18 0000 Calendar 19 0000 Calendar 20 0000 Cancel Nexus was successful 32 Communicator will send the calendar to the Nexus Monitor The above pop up window will tell you that the calendar was received Click OK The Nexus Monitor will use the calendar for the designated year based on the date settings of your computer Note Do no
156. Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 8 does not have a predefined name it will use the device name assigned here as the file name for the retrieved log file If you already named your device you do not have to assign it a name in this section We recommend that you keep both names the same To add a device click Add The Edit Script Device screen will appear To edit a device select a device from the list by clicking on it Then click Edit The Edit Script Device screen will appear To delete a device select a device from the list by clicking on it Then click Delete A window will appear that asks Are you sure you want to delete this device Click Yes or No If you Click Edit or Delete before you select a device a window will appear that says Please select a device Click OK Select a device and follow the above steps Click Close to return to the Set Up Script screen 15 7 Adding a Script Device This screen facilitates the adding of new devices to a particular script You can enter up to 256 devices for each script For editing of devices see section 15 8 dit Scnpt Device Script Connection type Direct Single COM Port Connection type for this device Device Information Password You must set up an address protocol device type and a unique name for each device Optional settings for each device are passwords for a Nexus type device and data switch strings for EIG s Substation Multiplexor When the EIG Communicator ret
157. E Polling Device 1 anne 0 econd econd Average a a e olts A 119 95 119 96 119 96 123 35 116 55 119 94 olts B 119 96 119 96 119 96 123 35 116 56 119 87 o 119 95 119 95 119 95 123 34 116 55 119 83 o 119 95 119 97 119 97 123 36 116 57 0 00 A 266 05 264 16 263 81 317 34 215 74 259 29 B 266 05 264 04 263 70 317 09 215 61 263 09 266 05 264 04 263 75 316 99 215 82 260 75 0 27 0 26 0 26 0 32 0 22 0 26 N A 791 95 790 86 951 16 646 51 0 00 alts AB 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 alts B 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 DD o A 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 A 31 91k 31 69k 31 65k 38 83k 26 06k AB 31 92k 31 67k 31 64k 38 80k 26 05k 31 91k 31 68k 31 64k 3B 79k 26 07k ota 95 75k 95 04k 94 92k 116 42k 78 18k AR 26 70k 26 61k 26 56k pe ey 34 33k 21 37k AR 26 69k 26 56k 26 52k bama 34 29k 21 34k AR 26 66k 26 56k 26 51k ESE 34 28k 21 38k AR Tota 80 06k 79 73k 79 59k 102 91k 64 09k 17 47k 17 21k 17 21k 18 83k 14 91k phina 17 50k 17 26k 17 25k 18 81k 14 82k mene A 17 54k 17 26k 17 26k 18 81k 14 91k E att Tota 52 51k 51 73k 51 72k 56 46k 44 64k ord ae eque 59 996 59 996 59 996 60 039 59 957 Power Factor A 0 547 LEAD 0 542 LEAD 0 543 LEAD Po or B 0 548 LEAD 0 544 LEAD 0 545 LEAD Coincident Channel P Max Watt NMax Watt P Min Watt N Min Watt Thermal Average VAR 0 00k 65 77k 0 00k Fixed Window Average VAR E 0 00k 65 77k 0 00k Sliding Window Average VAR A 0 00k 76 52k 0 00k Scroll left right and up down t
158. ETWORK location by clicking on the Y Disconnect button or by selecting Disconnect from the Connection menu 9 Click Connect The computer connects to the Nexus via the network 10 When Nexus Communicator has located the Nexus device s at that location the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters NOTE Troubleshooting the Connection If the connection failed check the connection with the Internal Network Option Nexus first Once that connection is established check the connections with other devices Suggested checkpoints Internal Network Option Nexus 1 Check cables 2 Check IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway settings 3 Check that the Address is 1 4 Check that Modbus TCP was selected in Device Properties Other Devices 1 Check all the above except 3 2 Check that the Address is unique and not set to 1 3 Check that the Baud Rate settings for the Ethernet Gateway Port 2 and the Devices are the same Try Pinging to a known good network device such as another computer to verify that your computer is connected properly to the network 1 Go to the DOS Prompt or Console if you are using Windows NT 2 Ping IP Address Example Ping 10 0 0 1 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 6 6 5 Setting Up the 10 100BaseT Connection Setting up
159. Each record or snapshot can contain multiple data items which are recorded at specific intervals and stamped with the time of recording The following programmable criteria determine when the Nexus Monitor will take a snapshot The user specified time interval A parameters exceeding of a limit or a return to within limits The capture of a waveform An I O event a change in a relay or input e Limits Log The Limits Log retrieves independent out of limit information creating a sequence of events for any occurrence e Event Triggered Waveform Log The Event Triggered Waveform log records a waveform when a user programmable value goes out of limit and when the value returns to normal All information is time stamped to the nearest lmsec A new feature for interharmonic analysis observes further frequencies e Power Quality CBEMA Log This log records magnitude and duration of voltage and current surges and sags for every power quality PQ event The associated waveform is also recorded e Status Change Input Log This log displays the input change status for a selected meter file and time range e Control Output Relay Log This log displays the relay change status for a selected meter file and time range e AiReports AiReports 2 0 is an optional power quality analysis software package used in conjunction with the Nexus Logs It provides a comprehensive report on the status of the equipment being monitored and it uses artifi
160. Edit 4 AD Module 3 Edit 4 AD Module 4 Edit 4 Ol Module 1 Edit 4 DO Module 1 Edit 4 KYZ Module 1 Edit 4 Al Module 1 Edit 4 Al Module 2 Edit 4 Al Module 3 Edit 4 Al Module 4 eb FEI elelelelelelelelelels Cancel Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 31 3 Click in the Type column and use the pull down menu to select the specific I O you wish to add and enter a unique address for each Use the Edit buttons to configure each module further Click Ok to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor For more details on I O Modules refer to Chapter 10 3 18 External Display Options M This setting of the Device Profile configures the Nexus External Display to read either Primary or Secondary volts All other readings will be in the Primary regardless of this setting mM Many utility companies want to read secondary volts and primary power readings This feature enables this to be accomplished 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 double click on the External Display Options line Device Profile External Display Settings 2 Use the pull down menu to select either Primary or Secondary units for voltage Click Ok to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Ne
161. External Display to view the baud rate address and communication protocol of each port See Chapter 3 for details of how to configure the Nexus Monitor s communication ports Note For details on Network Hardware Connections refer to the Network sections of the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 3 2 3 RS 232 and RS 485 Modem Connections E MODEM CONNECTIONS REQUIRE MODBUS ASCII PROTOCOL 1 The Nexus Monitor communication port that you will use for the modem connection must be configured to speak listen to Modbus ASCII and operate at 9600 baud or match the speed of the remote modem Modbus RTU does not support modem communication If you use Modbus RTU to communicate with a modem it will fail or be unreliable To set the configuration you must e First establish a direct RS 232 or RS 485 connection to the Nexus Monitor see section 2 2 e After you have established a direct connection refer to Chapters 3 1250 1252 and Chapter 4 1262 1272 for details on how to configure the Nexus Monitor s communication ports Set the port to Modbus ASCII at 9600 baud If you are connecting to multiple Nexus Monitors on a bus you must also assign a unique address to each Monitor see section 2 5 2 Install the modem connected to the computer the originate modem and the modem connected to the Nexus Monitor the remote modem See the Nexus 1250
162. HSI Input 1 2 HSI Input 2 3 HS5I Input 3 4 HSI Input 4 5 HSI Input 5 6 HSI Input 6 HSI Input 7 8 HSI Input 8 Status E To change the screen in any way click OK to return to the Nexus Communicator screen and click on Edit Profile See section 3 16 and 4 16 for details e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 10 7 9 Poll Multiple Devices E To view polled data from multiple Nexus Monitor devices connected to your computer select Poll Multiple Devices from the Real Time Polling menu The Poll Multiple Devices screen appears wx Nexus Poll Multiple Devices Second Average Maximum Minimum Hour Readings Device Time Accumulations Device YoltsAN Volts BN Volts CN Volts AUX IA JIB IC 12721144017 RES AT 4 9 5 00 4 95 eal Folling E Click on the tabs to access the following readings 0 1 Seconds Volts AN BN CN Aux IA B C Nm Volts AB BC CA VA A B C Total VAR A B C Total Watt A B C Total Freq Power Factor A B C Total VAN Aux Update Time 1 Second Volts AN BN CN Aux IA B C Nm Nc Volts AB BC CA VA A B C Total VAR A B C Total Watt A B C Total Freq Power Factor A B C Total Imb V I Update Time Average Volts AN BN CN Aux IA B C Nm Nc Volts AB BC CA VA A B C Total VAR A B C Total Watt A B C Total Freq Power Factor A B C Total Imb V I Update Time
163. ICATOR Browse Exported Data Je PROGRAM FILESSELECTRO INDUSTRIESSNEXUS COMMUNICATOR Browse Script Logs Je SPROGRAM FILESSELECTRO INDUSTRIESSNEXUS COMMUNICATOR Browse Pathe Dala Sean Made Tech Mode Setings Log Retieval Data Scan Mode Select Normal Scan Rate or create Custom Scan Rate between 0 65535 Normal Scan Rate scans per millisecond C Custom Scan Rate 0 milliseconds Valid Scan Rate Range 0 65535ms Scan Rate of 0 will perform one scan only Due to the time it takes to transmit and receive data scan values less than 200 ms will make no difference Paths Data Scan Mode Tech ade Seting Log Retievall Tech Mode Settings Enter Password to Enable Tech Mode If a Password is not Tech Mode Disabled 5 a oe QQ entered Tech Mode will remain disabled G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 42 Ax Options E Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous Log Retrieval Click the box on this screen to keep a log from being updated while it is being F While retrieving a log from the Nexus stop the log from being updated retrieved F Disable backup of retrieved log file Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Made Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Energy Billing Module Click the box on this screen to Enable the Energy Billing Module Enable Energy Billing Module The Energy Billing Module can help y
164. K You will return to the main Device Profile screen 6 Click Cancel to cancel any changes and return to the main Device Profile screen 7 Click Update Device to update the Device Profile Save the settings you wish to save Click OK The Device Profile will now update the settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 3 9 4 Modem Dial Out Programming Modem Programming Primary phone number settings Number Retry limit Ja gt Attempts Connection type Computer Communications settings Activity timeout limit Call delay timer limit ie oe Playback Y Call failure reset limit Hours Share the phone Dial out on the following conditions H Limits status change H High speed input change H Waveform record captured Log full limit threshold All Logs fico H Control output change H Filling of meter memory Secondary phone number settings Number Rety delay E Attempts vi Retry limit Connection type Computer Modem settings Rings to answer EX Rings Identification Password Enable password Ej Violation limit Violation lockout time hm Hours E CBEMA Power quality event W Cycling of control power H Modem password failure Failure of communication with Nexus Edit gateway port devices The Modem Programming screen helps you configure the Dial Out Profile It has five sections and each is detailed below Bw Primary Phone Number Settings Number The first phone n
165. LUNys me FTF Client Services DHCP Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email Alarm Email Email Server IP Address Name Email Server Port Email Monitor Email Address Return Reply Address Email Subject Text F Email Server requires authentication Username Password OK Cancel Administrator Email Address user preferred address or any monitoring software receive address such as EIG s Dial In Server Return Reply From Address Subject Text any 6 5 6 FTP Client This feature allows the user to substitute his own user defined polling profile web pages or graphics for the web server User should set up an FTP Server nearby with a user account and read only access for this purpose 1 Access the Advanced Network Card Settings see above 2 Click the Services tab The Services screen appears Enable Disable the sending of Email by clicking FTP Client The Initial Setting if OFF 3 Click on the FTP Client tab The screen appears as it is shown here Electro Industries GaugeTech a Advanced Network Lard Settings E Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email ETP Client Services DHCP r FTP Client FTP Server IP Address Name FTP Port 21 Startup Remote Directory Username Password Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 9 4 Enter the following settings to load user defined files FTP Client Settings FTP Server IP
166. Log f Limit ID gq Out0 1mA 4 ch g Out0 1m4 8 ch g Out 4 20mA 4 ch g Out 4 20m 8 ch Digital Input Digital Output KYZ Output Analog In0 1m 8 ch Analog In 0 20mA 8 ch Analog Ing 6 8 ch 4 Al Module 3 Analog In 9 10 8 ch 4 Al Module 4 No Device Assigned 4 No Device Assigned No Device Assigned No Device Assigned No Device Assigned 4 AD Module 1 4 AD Module 2 4 AD Module 3 4 AD Module 4 4 Dl Module 1 4 DO Module 1 4 KYZ Module 1 4 Al Module 1 4 Al Module 2 elettel kelletett m a m a Cancel G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 29 3 Click in the Type column and use the pull down menu to select the specific I O you wish to add and enter a unique address for each Use the Edit buttons to configure each module further Click Ok to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter For more details on I O Modules refer to Chapter 11 4 18 Test Mode E Set Exit Delay Time 1 From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the Test Mode icon or double click on the Test Mode Settings line The Test Mode Settings screen appears Test Mode Settings P Exit delay time jeo zl minutes naa Ca Test Mode Settings 2 Use the pull down menu to select the delay time in minutes from 1 to 255 minutes This is the time in which Nexus Co
167. Logic Tree select an Input for the tree by clicking on a bullet next to numbers 1 through 8 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 22 e Next choose Limits or Digital Inputs by clicking on the bullet in front of the word e Next select the Limit or Input you want to assign to the Relay Logic Tree Input you selected e Press Set to confirm your selection and the software will place the selection in the appropriate window in the screen e After you have assigned all the Relay Logic Inputs select the gates that will be used to combine the logic to trigger the relay To select a gate click on the gate or choose one from the pull down menu below the gate 3 To change items on the Relay Logic Tree use the following steps e To change the selected relay and or relay modules select from the drop down menu at the upper right hand corner of the screen e To change the relay Set Delay select from the drop down menu to the right of the Set Delay Label e To change the Relay Reset Delay select from the drop down menu to the right of the Reset Delay Label e To clear an item from the Relay Tree click on that item then click the Clear Button e To clear ALL ITEMS from the Relay Tree click the Clear Assigned Items Button NOTE In order to use this screen you must have purchased at least one External Relay Out module For more details on External Modules see Chapter 11 of this manual Electro Industries GaugeT
168. Logs The files produced by the Log Converter program can be accessed in Drive Program Files Electro Industries Communicator in a default sub directory EIG Script and Scheduler has a new Process Log which is in Html format and carries the Html extension The Process Log consists of three top level files that work together to signal an error and provide links to detailed script logs and detailed log converter logs Following are the files that make up the Process Log NexusSchedulerLog Main Html Software generated top layer file with frame set linked to NexusSchedulerLog Detail Html and NexusSchedulerRun TimeLog Html NexusSchedulerLog Detail Html Software generated blank frame file NexusSchedulerRun TimeLog Html Software generated schedule process log with hypertext link to detailed script logs and detailed Log Converter logs If any type of error occurs during the execution of a scheduled script NexusSchedulerRun Time Log Html will have an entry in red with the appropriate hypertext link to its detailed logs The Reset Alarm button will also create a visual alarm red background color and a continuous beep until the user clears it if an error occurs To clear the contents of a current Nexus SchedulerRun TimeLog Html file the user deletes that file from its location NOTE It is strongly recommended that the user back up that file before deleting it E For a list of all the component files of the EIG Script amp Schedul
169. Nexus 1262 1272 You may combine different types of I O modules together in a group After all modules have been assigned a unique address and connected to the Nexus Monitor you must enter them in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile See section 11 7 11 4 Steps to Determine Power Needed e Available power for All Ports of the Nexus 1250 1252 is 12 VA Nexus 1262 1272 does NOT support I O Modules an additonal power supply is required e Refer to the table in the next section Section 11 5 to determine the VA Ratings for I O modules and displays e Add together the VA Ratings for I Os and Displays in use e Compare Available Power to Power Needed See the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for details G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 3 11 5 I O Modules Factory Settings and VA Ratings E All I Os are shipped pre programmed with a baud rate of 57600 and addresses The table below details the factory set address for each module and the VA Ratings for I O modules and Nexus displays Refer to the previous section section 11 4 for the steps to determine if you must use an additional power source with the Nexus 1250 1252 Nexus 1262 1272 does NOT support I O Modules an additonal power supply such as the PSIO is required See section 11 5 1 E To temporarily reset an I O module to address 247 and 57600 baud program defaults press and hold the reset button for 3 seconds The module will remain in
170. Nexus Communicator 2 0 Software for Windows User Manual Version 1 24 July 24 2003 Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Electro Industries Gaugelec 1800 Shames Drive Westbury New York 11590 Tel 516 334 0870 9 Fax 516 338 4741 E mail sales Electroind com www electroind com The Leader in Web Accessed Power Monitoring and Control Nexus Communicator User Manual Version 1 24 Published by Electro Industries GaugeTech 1800 Shames Drive Westbury NY 11590 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or information storage or retrieval systems or any future forms of duplication for any purpose other than the purchaser s use without the expressed written permission of Electro Industries GaugeTech O 2003 Electro Industries GaugeTech Printed in the United States of America Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Customer Service and Support Customer support is available 9 00 am to 4 30 pm eastern standard time Monday through Friday Please have the model serial number and a detailed problem description available If the problem concerns a particular reading please have all meter readings available When returning any merchandise to EIG a return authorization number is required For customer or technical assistance repair or calibration phone 516 334 0870 or fax 516
171. O Normally Open pins Negative Relay Reset Position Continuity between the common and N O Normally Open pins Relay Set Position Continuity between the common and N C Normally Closed pins Exit Click Exit to return to the main screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 13 5 14 Historical Log Profile ElG Futura Device Setup Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits Response Delay General Random Access Alarm Limits Voltage Relay Logic Control T Instantaneous Average Yan la M Vbn Ib V en Ic Yen M Vab In Vab M Vbe Vbe Vea Freq Y Vea Watt VAR OM Watt Y Watt Y VAR1 M Wati V Watt2 M VAR2 M wWat2 V Watt 3 V YAR3 V Watt3 M VA PF My M VA 1 PF1 F vai V VA 2 PF2 V va2 PM VA 3 PF3 V yAa3 M Check Al Uncheck All Van Vbn la Ib le In Freq VAR VAR 1 VAR 2 VAR 3 PF PF1 PF2 PF 3 Check All Uncheck All Exceeded Limit V Yan la V Vbn Ib M en Ic Vv Yab In M be V Vea Vv Watt F Watt Freq VAR F VAR 1 F watz M VAR 2 F wat3 JU VAR 3 M VA PF F vai F PFI FTva2 VF Pr2 vas F PRES Check All Uncheck All KYZ Pulse Output Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Waveform Log Profile gt Interval Seconds 300 Synchronize Time Watt Hours i Watt lV VAR Vv VA V Watt V VAR m Instantaneous THD M Va V la V vb V Ib Vv Ye M le m Limit THD Y Ya Vv V vb lv Vv Ve
172. Option From the Device Profile screen section 3 2 click on the button beside Internal KYZ Settings or double click on the Internal KYZ Settings line The screen appears Nexus Internal KYZ Outputs KYZ Assigned Channel Watt Hour Pulse Mode Output Per Pulse Width ms D EM ETE E Using the pull down menu next to HB LED assign a channel to the Heartbeat LED Then make changes to Watt Hour per Pulse Pulse Width and Mode for the Heartbeat LED There may also be a Form column on your screen Form A Transition Form C Pulse When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1250 1252 Meter Note For Nexus 1250 1252 Only To make the Nexus 1250 1252 follow the settings on this screen go to the Test Pulse screen after the Device Profile has been updated On the Test Pulse screen click the On button Ignore the settings on this screen see section 3 26 3 22 Accumulations Rollover The Accumulations Rollover screen in the Device Profile section 3 2 allows you to enter a value at which the accumulations will rollover If the number that appears on this screen is too large a warning screen will ask for a smaller number Click OK Accumulations Rollover Enter the Number at which roll over will occur 10000 Example Entering 10000 the displ
173. Output 1 or 20mA WARNING The Futura will not leave Test Mode until you terminate it by selecting another option Save or Port or exiting E Ports and Functions e The function assigned to each port is indicated on the left side of the screen To alter the function of a port 1 Select a Port PO though P9 2 Select a function Volts AN BN CN AB BC or CA Amps A B C or N Watts Unidirectional or Bidirectional VAR Unidirectional or Bidirectional VA Power Factor or Frequency 60 Hz or 50 Hz 3 Click a Change Port Function button NOTE Only one frequency either 50 or 60Hz can be assigned at any given time NOTE Be sure to assign the Power Factor and Frequency functions to Bidirectional ports Ports 0 through 2 E Adjustments Calibration e High End Coarse and Fine and Low End Coarse and Fine adjustments are usually done on a bench using a calibrated DC ammeter e The Adjustment buttons are arranged in two sets high and low end of Up and Down arrows High End 1mA or 20mA Low End 0OmA Unidirectional 1mA Bidirectional or 4mA Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 22 e Each set of Adjustment buttons has Coarse and Fine Adjustments Click Up to increase the adjustment or Down to decrease it Alternatively us the PgUp PgDn and Up and Down arrows on the keyboard to make these adjustments e Once you have made an adjustment you will receive the message Coarse or Fine inc
174. PC it has called NOTE User can override Playback Mode by turning Playback off User will not be able to override the setting to Playback Mode if the Modem ID string is blank Call Failure Reset Limit User set value for the number of hours the modem will lock out incoming calls 1f the Incoming Connection Failure Limit is reached 1 50 hours Share the Phone Line If checked the modem will monitor phone line voltage during all calls If the phone line voltage drops by more than 30 during a call indicating that someone else has taken another phone off hook the modem will disconnect and return to normal polling operation If not checked the modem will not watch for line voltage deviations Modem Settings Rings to Answer User set value for the number of Rings 0 9 before the modem will go off hook and attempt to answer an incoming call Zero Never Answers Ring is a Voltage Change Identification Up to 32 Western Alphabet Characters 16 Asian Characters Password Up to 10 alphanumeric characters user set in addition to passwords that affect access to certain levels of the Nexus meter If the password is not entered correctly the modem asks the user to enter the password again up to three times and disconnects after the third incorrect attempt Enable Password If checked Password must be entered Violation Limit User set value for number of times the modem will allow unsuccessful connection attempts unable to su
175. SetTimeout Function see Java Script example below Example of the data file lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Electro Industries GaugeTech embedded network server polled data gt EIG_DATA gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt DEV_NAME gt Nexus Demo 1 lt DEV_NAME gt lt DEV_TYPE gt Nexus 1250 lt DEV_TYPE gt lt item D_UID 1_1 D_LABEL Inst Van D_VALUE 122 46 gt lt item gt lt DEVICE_1 gt lt DEVICE_2 gt lt DEV_NAME gt N A lt DEV_NAME gt lt DEV_TYPE gt lt DEV_TYPE gt lt item D_UID 2_1 D_LABEL Inst Watt D_VALUE 0 08 k gt lt item gt lt DEVICE_2 gt lt EIG_DATA gt A au Displaying a value in an HTM file Use Java Script in the web browser 1 Define a unique name for a value to be displayed such as data_name Insert lt span id data_name gt lt span gt in the HTM file where it will be displayed 2 Create a Java Script code inside the HTM file Auto Screen Refresh is set at 5000ms in the Set Timeout Function see Example below Example lt Script language Javascript gt lt var disp_value var timerID var tmp_name var xmlDoc new ActiveXObject MSXML DomDocument xmlDoc async true xmlDoc onreadyststechange do_get_data function
176. Settings MH With the Flicker Settings screen the user can set the test times for the Flicker function 1 From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the button beside Flicker Settings or double click on the Flicker Settings line The screen appears Flicker Settings Short term test time PST jo zl Minute Long term test time PLT jea zl Minute Frequency 2 From the pull down menus select a Short Term test time and a Long Term test time 3 From the Frequency pull down menu select 50 or 60 Hz 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter NOTE Flicker is discussed in detail in Chapter 16 of this manual Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 37 4 25 Programmable Display 1 From the menu bar select Tools Edit LCD Programmable Settings The following set of screens Nexus Display Programmable Settings appears Click tabs at the top of the screens to access the Programmable settings Display Modes Enter a three letter Label for each of the three View Modes Enter a Description for each View Mode using the Line 1 and 2 Description windows Screen Assignments Enter up to 16 screens for each View Mode Your Label for each View Mode appears at the top of each column wx Nexus Comm
177. T PT Ratios and System Hookup line The following submenu appears N CT PT Ratios and System Hookup a IAB C 5 00 5 00 lim 5 00 5 00 ABE 100 1 00 WAU o 1 00 1 00 Hookup wye As Operational Frequency Range 350 500 Hz e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for CT PT ratios and connection type The values shown are for example only 2 Double click on any of the settings the CT and PT Ratios screen appears Device Profile CT and PT Ratios CT Ratio p PT Ratio IA B C po E Hookup _ Voltage 300 Volt Option Only Operational Frequency Range 350Hz to 500Hz DA 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e When you change a PT or CT Ratio Nexus Communicator updates the corresponding Full Scale value entered in the Limit and Waveform Full Scales setting see section 3 4 e Using the pull down menu choose the hook up mode that matches the connection you have to the Nexus Choose from one of the following 4 Wire 3 Element Direct Voltage 4 CTs 4 Wire 2 5 or 3 Element Wye 3 or 4 CTs 3 Wire Delta 2 or 3 CTs 3 Wire Delta Direct Voltage 3 CTs or 4 Wire Grounded Delta 4 CTs See the Nexus 1250 1252 Installation and Operation Manual for diagrams e Click OK The following screen asks you to verify the K Ke Ratio for the Test Pulse Setting KwK Ratio is Secondary watthour constant over kWh the energy NOTE If
178. TE A pulse is one change of state from N O normally open to N C normally closed or from N C to N O Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 10 E Mappings Use mappings to assign hour function to relays Each KYZ output 1 2 and 3 can be assigned to output any of the following Kwatt hour KVAR hour KVA hour Kwatt hour KVAR hour 5 11 Response Delay ElG Futura Device Setup Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile i Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Futura Series Futura Polling Port Download Port Top Port Main Port Side Port DMMS 300 No Delay v No Delay v lA RAR A RA e Use the Response Delay Settings screen to specify the delay the Futura is to use before responding to queries When operating an EIG device over a two wire RS 485 half duplex connection the RS 485 converter or card may require a delay before it can receive information If you do not program a delay the Futura will respond as quickly as possible and data may be lost The possible data loss is due to the two wire converter s delay in changeover from transmit to receive mode NOTE The required delay will depend on your equipment and or software that is conducting the polling If you are losing information enter a long delay e Download Port From the scroll list on the left select a delay of from None o
179. The pull down menu will automatically adjust to provide the appropriate selections for that data point dexus Lustom Modbus Map Modbus Map Number of Line Registers Register Not Assigned Not Assigned Nexus 1252 Not Assigned Not Assigned Custom Not Assigned Not Assigned Modbus Map Not Assigned P Not Assigned Right Side Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Not Assigned Channel Primary Signed Display Format Bala Size Secondary Absolute Modulo Offset Nexus 1252 Custom Modbus Map Left Side f NOTE Table of Modbus Map Readings on page 3 39 E Data Point Selection There are two different ways to select a Data Point 1 Refer to the Modbus Map and find the associated Line and Point for the value you want When you enter those values into the table the software will complete the associated Group and Channel 2 Double click the Group field From the pull down menus select a Group and Associated Channel value The software will complete the Map and Line values Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 37 E Number of Registers The number of registers polled for this Data Point is automatically computed The number is dependent on the Data Size selected in the Data Size column E Start Register Start Register numbers are automatically assigned The registers are assigned and adjusted automa
180. There is no limitation on the amount of cycles that can be recorded per event 5 To choose the total amount of captures click on the Total Captures pull down menu Select from 0 to 96 captures The higher the number the more information you will be stringing together 6 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1272 Meter G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 26 4 15 Pulse Accumulations E This section of the Device Profile displays a series of eight running totals available on Nexus 1272 Nexus 1262 does not support Pulse Accumulations Each total can be added to or subtracted from other totals This allows you to set the high speed inputs located directly on the Nexus monitor to pulse accumulate Note If you use these inputs for pulse accumulations do not set them to record waveforms If you do you will record endless waveforms 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the Pulse Accumulations line The following screen will appear Device Protile Nexus Internal Input Pulse 4Accumulators Setup Source Units Pulse Aggregator User Assigned Label gt fal 4 dto dto2 El e apa pla dto 3 tod gt a a tol 4 gt a a to2 4 Add to 3
181. To include the High Speed Inputs in the graph click Inputs On Double click on the Inputs graph for a closer view Each input is listed on the Y axis followed by a 1 or O a 1 denotes that the input is open a 0 denotes that the input is closed Click Inputs Off to remove the graph Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 23 e To Print the graph click the Print Graph button e To Export an image from the screen click the Export Picture button e To Export the data only click the Export Data button E To view a detailed graph of one Item double click on the desired Item e To view details for this waveform click on the Waveform Details On button The following screen appears Feeder 1 Waveform 5 11 03 2000 3 46 42 914 PM Hrmonic 40 20 28 Waveform la Sag Ib Sag Ic Sag laux Sag RMS 37 41 Peak 201 46 Crest 5 39 THD 162 17 K Fac 162 36 7e kT Milliseconds ob MAA lid lll 5 41 17 41 47 53 59 23 29 35 Harmonies lo e To return to the previous graph click Back or click Waveform Details Off e To Zoom In on a portion of the graph draw a box around the desired area by dragging the mouse and holding down the left button Release the mouse button to active the zoom e To Zoom Out on a portion of the graph click the Zoom Out button to decrease the resolution Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 24 8 11 1 Interharmonic
182. Trf M T M T Factor Ex M T Factor w Value at Base Factor Value P Exp Meter Base NotoadLosskW dy o Jef Quantity Motoare v it O Tsw o e toadtosswvaR a fei s Enter Value at Transformer Base for each quantity from calculations above Enter Meter Trf Factor value from Base Conversion Factor calculations above Calculate M T Factor with Exponent by raising the M T Factor to the power indicated in the Exp or Exponent column Calculate the Value at Meter Base by multiplying the M T Factor w Exp times the Value at Trf Base E Loss Watts Percentage Values Meter Base kVA 600 PT Multiplier CT Multiplier 1000 600 1000 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 7 MW Calculate Load Loss Values Quantit Value at Meter Meter Base Loss at Quantit a y Base kVA Meter Base JS y No Load Loss kW Loss Watts FE Load Loss kW Load Loss kVAR Loss Watts CU Loss VARs CU Enter Value at Meter Base from Normalize Losses section Enter Meter Base kVA from previous calculation Calculate Loss at Meter Base by dividing Value at Meter Base by Meter Base kVA and multiplying by 100 Enter calculated Loss Watts values into Nexus meter using Communicator software B 2 1 2 MS Excel Spreadsheet with Example Numbers E If you have MS Excel installed in your computer use the TLC Calculator button on the Transformer Loss screen of the Dev
183. Value and Maximum Value fields and press enter or the Redraw button e To view one sample at a time click in the Move by Sample box then click on the Forward or Reverse buttons each time you would like to view the next or previous sample e To view a continuous sample by sample rendering of the graph click the Move by Sample box and the Auto Show box Select a speed by sliding the Auto Show Speed bar left or right click on the Forward or Reverse button to determine the direction of the Auto Show To stop Auto Show deselect the Auto Show box e To print the graph on a color printer check the Color Printout box and click Print e To print the graph on a black and white printer click the Use Symbols box and click Print e To copy the graph data to the computer s clipboard select Copy from the File menu Paste the data into a spread sheet such as Excel e To export the graph s data select Export Data from the File menu e To change the graph s color assignments select Select Colors from the Options menu The following screen appears XY Graph Color Assignments Items 1 Feeder 1 2 Feeder 1 3 Feeder 1 Foreground Background Restore e Cancel The small squares under the Color heading represent the color currently assigned to each component of the graph To make adjustments to an Item s color click the radio button beside it and create a new color by moving the red green and blu
184. YSTEM gt and lt EIG_SYSTEM gt Contains system parameters and email addresses General attribute lt item DATA_POLL_DELAY 400 ALARM_POLL_DELAY 1000 SYSTEM_COMM_TIMEOUT 1000 ALARM_CONTACT_PHONE ALARM_CONTACT_PERSON Administrator gt lt item gt SYSTEM ATTRIBUTES aereus Description Sings Min 500 Max 65536 Default 500 Min 500 Max 32000 Default 500 Poll delay between each Modbus Min 1000 ALARM_POLL_DELAY poll for each device s alarm polling Max 65535 in milliseconds Default 1000 ALARM_CONTACT_PHONE Alarm contact phone number Max size 10 digits ALARM CONTACT PERSON Max size 64 characters Poll delay between each Modbus DATA_POLL_DELAY moe poll in milliseconds System communication timeout in miliseconds SYSTEM_COMM_TIMEOUT Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 15 Email Attributes lt item EMAIL 1 FORMAT_1 long EMAIL_2 FORMAT_2 long MATL 3 FORMAT_3 long AIL 4 FORMAT_4 short IATL _5 FORMAT_5 short AIL _6 FORMAT_6 short AIL _7 FORMAT_7 short ATL_8 FORMAT_8 short gt lt item gt 1 HH eee EMAIL ATTRIBUTES EMAIL_X Email address X is from 1 to 8 Max size 64 characters FORMAT_Y Email format Y is from 1 to 8 Strings long or short AM Device Elements lt DEVICE_X gt and lt DEVICE_X gt where X is from 1 to 8 Contain par
185. __ Potential Trf ns e RN Current Trt eo CEO Power Multiplier d O Meter Secondary Voltag 120 120voltsforNexus Meter Secondary Current__ 5 5 amps for Nexus Full Load Loss Watts J 000 0 00 Full Load Loss VARs J 000 0 00 Phase to Phase Phase to Grd Test Voltage CO Full Load Current DIV O Publishing and duplicating rights are property of Electro Industries Gaugetech This spreadsheet is designed only to be used with EIG Nexus based metenng equ pmment G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 Electro Industries GaugeTech Westbury NY 877 EIMETER 877 346 3837 Nexus Line Loss Compensation Calculation Example Three Element Meter with 3 Wye connected PT s and 3 CT s Big Station Stn Trf Bank No Small Station 138 Company ABC Power Compan Name jJoe Engineer Date 2 142002__ Metenng Point Information Meter point is 45 miles down line from Big Station oss Factors for Nx Communicator Software Calc Used Full Load Loss VARs LVCU 0 09872 0 019 Transmission Line impedance Data Quantity PU Value Value Used PR 00 8 0304 AMARA 01573 MVA Base 100 100 Nominal Voltage 138000 Numerator Denominator Mukiplier Potential Tf 138000 115 1200 Current TJ 900 5 8 Power Multiplier Meter Secondary Voltage 420 1120voltsfor Nexus Meter Secondary Current 8 S amps for Nexus 1 P
186. access another protected area without re entering the password If more than two minutes elapse Nexus Communicator will ask for the appropriate password Use the Log On Off feature section 12 4 to renew password protection immediately Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 12 1 12 2 Enabling Passwords 1 From the Tools Menu select Passwords Enable Disable Enable Nexus Password Feature To Enable Passwords Please Fill In The Following Fields 10 Characters Max For Each retype 2 Passwords may contain up to 10 characters and may include the digits 0 9 and or the letters A Z Passwords are not case sensitive e Enter a password for Level 1 and then retype it The Level 1 password blocks a user access to the Poll Time of Use Registers screen only without a password amp Note If you enter and retype only a Level 1 Password or Level 2 Password and click OK the following screen will appear Nexus Passwords Passwords must have at least one character Please make the change and tr again You must enter passwords in both fields for the system to accept any password e Enter a password for Level 2 and then retype it The Level 2 password blocks a user access to all password protected functions listed in section 12 1 without a password Only the Level 2 password can disable the password feature 3 Click OK A warning screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24
187. ad Me File shown here provides Version A Numbers and Dates for the Nexus Communicator AE tons Setup and the component files LogConverte exe 5 1 00 0046 07 25 2003 A N Script amp Scheduler To continue the Setup select Next To cancel 1 00 0011 07252002 pP the Setup select Cancel When the installation is complete run Nexus Communicator from the Windows Start menu Note If necessary Setup will update your computer s Windows files to make them compatible with Nexus Communicator After the Windows files have been updated Nexus Communicator must sometimes be installed a second time Screen messages will guide you through this process 1 3 Nexus Communicator Basic Screen Elements Start up Screen Displays the version number of the Nexus Communicator software To view a similar screen at any time select Help About Nexus Communicator An additonal button System Info provides Microsoft system information if selected Or click OK to exit the screen Menu Bar Accesses all Nexus Communicator commands and screens Computer Status Bar Displays communication information about the computer not the Nexus Monitor connected to it Enable or disable the Status Bar from the View menu Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 1 nx Nexus Communicator Menu Bar File Connection Real Time Poll Tools 1 0 Devices Time of Use a View ee Tool Bar EDIT OPEN CONNECT PJ mE ZE EN Ea paan mc
188. age Due to Iron But for the TLC Button to work you must have the Due to Copper Excel program in your system If you do not have Excel software or if the spreadsheet file is not in the Communicator directory a Warning will be displayed instead of the worksheet You can do your own calculations using the hardcopy Transformer Loss Transformer Loss Applies to Compensation Worksheet in Appendix B 3 Enter the percent Loss of Watts and Vars for copper and iron in the appropriate fields Enable or Disable Transformer Loss Compensation with the top pull down menu Click Disable Or to Enable click one of the following Fe only Cu only or Both Fe and Cu 4 With the second pull down menu select from the following Add to Watts and Subtract from VAR Subtract from Watts and Add to VAR Add to Watts and VAR Subtract from Watts and VAR 5 The Enhanced 1252 has a third pull down menu to apply the loss based on the power flow direction From the menu select one of the following e Both Watts and Watts e Watts only e Watts only WARNING Do NOT use the last settings if you do not have the appropriate firmware Check with Technical Support if you have a question 6 When all settings are complete click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107
189. al Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 21 4 12 Programming the Trending Setup for Historical Logs 1 and 2 M The Trending Setup controls the channel assignments for Historical Logs 1 and 2 To set the Time Intervals for these Logs see section 4 13 See Chapter 8 for how to view logs 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Trending Setup or double click on the Trending Setup line The following submenu appears 2 To change the settings for Log 1 double click on Log 1 To change the settings for Log 2 click on Log 2 The Snapshot Channel Assignment Log 1 or 2 screen appears 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application Device Profile Trending Channel Assignment Log Type Channel e Type Using pull down menu select the type of snapshot e sec Yolts AN e Channel Using pull down menu select a channel sec Volts BN sec Volts CN for the snapshot Sel Volta AUX Block Win Avg Status Rolling tin Awg Status e Click on Add to include the selections in the Log Harmonic Mag Volts VA 0 a Harmonic Mag Current LA 0 click on Remove to delete Flicker Readings Status nterval Energy Sec VAhour Q 1 2 3 4 interval Energy Pri Watthour 0 1 4 e To Remove multiple items hold Control while mene ducted eos queres can E z Cumulative Demand Q1 4 Watts clicking items to be removed Click Remove Total
190. al Out Connection 1 To set the Dial Out Connection from the Nexus Communicator Icon Menu click on Edit Profile Nexus Communicator retrieves the programmable settings for the currently selected connected Nexus Monitor Two screens will confirm that the settings have been retrieved successfully 2 Click OK The Device Profile screen appears 3 Click on the icon next to Communication Ports then double click on one of the parameters The following screen appears if the connection is to a Nexus 1250 1252 NOTE the screen for the Nexus 1262 1272 shows only Port 1 and Port 4 see Chapter 4 for an example 4 Configure the Internal Modem Device Profile Communications Settings Settings for the Internal Modem Option Settings Answer the Phone on 2 Ring S Protocol Protocol Protocol Protocol Modbus RTU hd Modbus ATU bd Modbus ASCII v Modbus ASCII 7 l Baud Rate 38400 Click the Dial Out Profile button to configure the Dial Out feature of the Internal Modem Settings are detailed below vode see zi Mode Network Settings lf N k Option was purchased IP Address 15 Pis Mes E Subnet Mask Ethernet Gateway Baud Rate Default Gateway Jas j5 73 E Ethernet Gateway Delay Internal Modem Settings If Internal Modem Option was purchased Answer Phone on Ja z Rings Modem Gateway Baud Rate Dial Out Profile 5 If you do not click Dial Out Profile or when you have completed the configuration click O
191. alues are set in the LogConverter ini file CALCULATION Min THDS x THDS CalMinFS If CalMinFS lt MinSetFS then CalMinFS MinSetFS If CalMinFS lt THDFS then OK If CalMinFS gt THDFS then Need More Space on your HD G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 2 8 2 Programming and Running Logs 1 Program the following parameters specific to each type of log in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile See Chapter 3 1250 1252 or Chapter 4 1262 1272 for details NOTE Anytime you update the Device Profile a pop up screen will announce that the logs are not being reset and would you like to reset them Resetting the logs is recommended if you make changes to CT amp PT Ratios Limits or Limit Full Scales e Limit and Waveform Full Scales section 3 4 4 4 e Limits section 3 10 4 10 e Trending Setup section 3 12 4 12 e Trending Log Time Intervals section 3 13 4 13 e Power Quality and Waveform Thresholds section 3 14 4 14 e Labels section 3 19 4 19 YOU MUST LABEL THE NEXUS MONITOR 2 You do not need to start the logs the Nexus Monitor is always recording 3 To confirm the parameters and track the progress of the logs select Statistics from the Logs menu or click on the Log Status icon on the tool bar The Log Statistics screen appears Nexus Log Statistics Log Logging Statistics Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 Lirnit Triggers Limit Snapshots Digital Input Snapsh
192. ameters for each device General attributes lt item DEV_TYPE Nexus 1250 DEV_PROTOCOL Modbus RTU DEV_NAME Nexus Demo 1 DEV_ADDRESS 1 DEV_IP DEV_MAX_ PACKET _LEN 127 D D D D EV_POLL_ALARM yes EV_ALARM_OPTIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EV_ALARM DELAY 2000 EV_COM IMEOUT 750 U EV_PARENT 1 gt lt item gt G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 16 SYSTEM ELEMENTS Device Element Description Settings Generic Modbus Nexus 1250 Nexus 1252 Nexus 1260 Nexus 1262 Nexus 1270 DEV_TYPE Supported device name Nexus 1272 Futura DMMS 300 DMMS 350 DMMS 425 DEVICE_TYPE_LABEL Auto detect device s type Modbus RTU Max 32 characters DEVICE_LABEL Use the DEV_NAME User assigned device name name stored inside the device Only supported in Nexus devices DEV_ADDRESS Modbus protocol 1 to 247 DEV_IP IP address for Modbus TCP devices Max modbus registers for a device s Nexus 127 DEN MA ABRES response buffer Futura amp DMMS 50 Enable or disable device alarm poll Yes Enable 1 Limits exceeded 2 Inputs abnormal condition 3 Waveform captured DEV_ALARM_OPTIONS Alarm poll options 4 PQ CBEMA event captured 5 Control output changed 7 Control power system start 9 Communication failure Delay time for reporting alarm Min 0 DEV_ALARM_DELAY condition in milliseconds
193. an be accumulated and aggregated together or separately with the Nexus internal energy registers The pulse inputs can also be used to accumulate other utilities such as water gas steam etc 2 Source This is the particular input on the Nexus which will be accumulated Units Pulse This is the scale factor which normalizes the pulses so that they can be aggregated if desired Pulses are stored in primary values Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 29 Accumulator This allows you to place the pulse register into a separate accumulation register which can aggregate or net values User assigned label This window allows a user to enter a label designation so that when reading the Aggregator the Nexus will display the source 3 To add or subtract data use pull down menu in each window of Accumulator column s 4 When all data has been entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 3 16 Programming Labels for the Digital Inputs M This section of the Device Profile enables you to label the eight High Speed Inputs Using this storage field allows a user to label the inputs so that when the data is later analyzed the user knows the source of the status change 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the Digita
194. and Subtract from VAR Subtract from Watts and Add to VAR Add to Watts and VAR Subtract from Watts and VAR NOTE Enhanced E 1252 Units have additional choices and firmware to support the additional features A warning may appear if you DO NOT have an Enhanced Unit Warning The last Watt VAR Combinations are only available if you have an Enhanced Unit or the DSP Firmware Version is great er than 212 Check with Technical Support if you have a question 9 When all settings are complete click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 17 3 9 1 Transformer Loss Compensation for Enhanced Units 1 If you have an Enhanced E 1252 Unit double click on any loss value LWFE etc a similar Transformer Loss Compensation screen appears but with additonal calculation choices 2 Click on TLC Calculator to find the values to enter Jevice Profile Transformer Loss Compensation into the Percent Loss windows The Calculator button Percent Loss of Watts will launch an Excel Spreadsheet which will do the Due to Iron calculations for you once the required data is entered R A copy of the Excel Spreadsheet is in Appendix B Percent Loss of YARS Warning Communicator will automatically launch the Excel Spreadsheet as part of its software pack
195. ange HE Control output change H Modem password failure Failure of communication with Nexus Edit gateway port devices H Waveform record captured H Filling of meter memory Log full limit threshold All Logs The Edit Gateway Port Devices button at the bottom of the screen is used to Enable up to 8 devices that are connected the gateway and are to be monitored When the user clicks the Edit Gateway Port Devices button the following screen is displayed Gateway Devices to be Monitored J Device Enable Device Number Device Address Click on the Box next to the Device to be monitored A Device Address will appear next to the Enabled Device y Change the Device Address if needed to any address except 1 The Number 1 is always reserved for the Primary Device Click OK to return to the Modem Programming screen 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 6 Time Settings E To edit a Device Profile s time settings 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the Time Settings line The following submenu appears Time Settings 1 ps Time Zone 2D 5 0 wee DST Enabled True Using Auto DST demos DST Start Auto pus DST End
196. ap is a more efficient way to search for assigned values Refer to Nexus DNP Manual Revision 1 4 Click Enable DNP Time Synchronizatiion if you would like to set the time through DNP When Time Synchronization is Enabled a Sync Interval pull down menu appears The Sync Interval can be set from 1 Minute up to 1 Day in 1 minute intervals The factory Initial Setting is 1 Day The Nexus meter initiates the Time Sychronization sequence by sending the appropriate response to the Master connected to the Nexus The Nexus continues to synchronize time by sending the appropriate response to the Master every time the selected Interval is reached 3 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile Example The screen above shows the selection of 1 Second Readings for Volts AN BN CN IA B C and Frequency from Port 1 as a Class 1 Those readings will be collected by an RTU or similar device and displayed on your PC Other readings will be displayed in other classes at other frequencies or not at all Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 34 3 21 Internal KYZ Outputs 2 3 The Nexus 1250 1252 has no Internal KYZ Outputs The Internal KYZ Outputs settings allow you to assign a channel and determine other settings for the Heartbeat LED The Nexus 1262 1272 is available with the KYZ Output
197. art Date Time End Date Time Duration 5 Device SetIndex LimitID State Data e 6 24 2003 3 26 43 670 AM 6 24 2003 3 26 43 520 AM 0 P100 Unit 196 11 Dik 6 24 2003 3 26 43 400 AM 6f25 2003 12 16 33 280 AM 74969 66 INPIOO Unit 1 96 10 O le 6 24 2003 3 26 43 270 AM 0 INP100 Unit1 96 3 Dy 6 24 2003 3 26 43 020 AM 0 P100 Unit 1 96 6 C 6 24 2003 3 26 43 020 AM 0 P100 Unit 1 96 6 C 6 24 2003 3 26 42 680 AM 0 INPIO0 Unit 1 96 8 THO W 6 24 2003 3 26 42 880 AM 0 INP100 Unit1 96 8 THO W 6 24 2003 3 26 42 660 AM 6 25 2003 1 19 59 600 AM 78796 94 P100 Unit 1 96 7 THO W 6 24 2003 3 26 42 660 AM 6 25 2003 1 19 59 600 AM 76796 94 INPIOO Unit 1 96 7 THO W 6 24 2003 3 26 42 030 AM 6 25 2003 1 19 57 090 AM 70795 06 INPIOO Unit 7 96 5 Inst FQ 6 24 2003 3 26 42 030 AM 6 25 2003 1 19 57 090 AM 78795 06 INPIOO Unit 96 5 Inst FQ 6 24 2003 3 26 41 060 AM 0 INPIOO Unit1 96 3 Inst Vcr 6 24 2003 3 26 41 080 AM 0 INPIO0 Unit 1 96 3 Inst en 6 24 2003 3 26 40 070 AM 0 INPIOO Unit 1 96 1 Inst au 6 24 2003 3 24 18 320 AM 6 24 2003 3 26 43 400 AM 145 08 INP100 Unit 1 96 10 THD le 6 24 2003 3 24 15 080 AM 6 24 2003 3 26 40 070 AM 144 99 INP100 Unit 1 96 1 Inst au 6 24 2003 3 23 42 890 AM 6 24 2003 3 24 18 320 AM 35 43 INP100 Unit 1 96 10 ae THO lew 4 k Back Sort Graph Hel e Click the Show Snapshots box on the left side of the screen to display the limits snapshot information e To copy the data to the computer s clipboard right click with the cursor pos
198. as either an XY or Circular graph click on the Graph button in the main Trending or Demand screen The following screen appears Select Data Points Available Data Points 18 Selected Data Points 12 Data Name Data Name nst la QisVAa nst lb OisVARa nst Ic 01s Wa nst Aa Inst Yan nst VAR cc Remove Y inst bn nst Wa j UN inst cn nst FQ Inst PFa nst PEc Raw Add All Inst PFb nst PF Faw Inst PFe Rolling Avg vA Remove All Inst PF Rolling Avg YAR Inst PFa Raw Rolling Avg vv Inst PF Raw Rolling Avg Pred A Restore i Rolling Avg Pred AR Rolling Avg Preda Set Default Block Window Avg VA Block Window Avg VAR Block Window Avg W e The Available Items column lists the data points that have been selected for the log file To add a new data point return to Log Viewer s main screen and click on the Data Points button see section 8 5 e From the Available Data Points column click on the data points you want to graph Then click the Add button The items will appear in the Graph Items column To select multiple points hold down the Ctrl key while clicking To select a sequence of points hold down the Shift key while clicking Note Only a total of six pens may be used at one time If there are two log files open you will only be allowed to select three data points from the left column 2 To view the graph press either the Circular or XY Graph button Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07
199. atabase button to select a file 2 Under File gt Properties gt Summary the EBM Excel Spreadsheet information will be displayed including version number and release date G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 6 14 6 Hardware and Software Installation and Setup E Hardware Installation The typical Hardware Installation for the Energy Billing Module System is an RS 485 loop However the network that connects the hardware can be simple or complicated See Setup Requirements in Section 14 4 E Software Installation The software required for the system Nexus Communicator enables the user to program the meter and to communicate to the computer The Nexus Communicator software is installed in the meter at the factory The Energy Billing Module is also installed at the factory The user may only be required to update the software at some time in the future when new features are added to the software The initial installation is done for you Note MS Excel 97 or 2002 Software must be installed on your computer for the Energy Billing Module to work 14 7 Using the Energy Billing Module The Energy Billing Module software is an MS Excel based graphical user interface for viewing tracking comparing and analyzing real time electrical energy data Itis a productivity tool that provides the energy information you need so you can monitor and control your loads to reduce overall energy cost The Energy Billing Modul
200. ation 0006 New Location 0007 Modem Card gt 4 Oldest Newest 10 Click once on the location to which you would like to connect your computer You may only connect to one location at a time To change to a different location you must first disconnect from the current location by clicking on the Disconnect button or by selecting Disconnect from the Connection menu 11 Click Connect The computer connects to the Nexus via the network 12 When Nexus Communicator has located the Nexus device s at that location the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection see section 2 9 for details The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters H Troubleshooting the Connection If the connection failed check the connection with the Internal Network Option Nexus first Once that connection is established check the connections with other devices Suggested checkpoints e Internal Network Option Nexus 1 Check cables 2 Check IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway settings configured in section 3 5 3 Check that the Address is 1 this section 4 Check that Modbus TCP was selected in Device Properties this section e Other Devices 1 Check all the above except 3 2 Check that the Address is unique and not set to 1 3 Check that the Baud Rate settings for the Ethernet Gateway Port 2 1250 1252 Port 3 1262 1272 and the Devices are the same configure
201. ator will only retrieve those logs with a Yes in the Retrieve column 3 Note the Meter Designation field e If you have entered a label for the Nexus Monitor in the Labels section of the Device Profile Chapters 3 4 the label will appear here Nexus Communicator will apply this name to the file containing the logs you choose to retrieve placing the file in the Retrieved Logs folder e If the Nexus Monitor does not have a meter designation or label this field will appear blank and Nexus Communicator will ask you to name the log file and supply a destination See section 3 19 1250 1252 or 4 19 1262 1272 for how to give the Nexus Monitor a label 4 Click Start Nexus Communicator begins to retrieve the log The following screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 4 Retrieving Historical Log 1 Time Remaining meus 4 secano Reading Block gt 44 of 2304 5 After Nexus Communicator has retrieved the log it converts the data The log converter application runs automatically EIG Log Converter Mode Stopped Start 6 24 2003 11 10 39 AM Status Conversion successtul Delete source file successtul Version 1 0 40 03 20 2003 T 0 6 Nexus Communicator then runs Log Viewer See sections 8 5 8 17 for information on using Log Viewer Note Retrieve logs as often as you want Each time you retrieve a log file Nexus Communicator appends only the newest records and captures to th
202. ay Snapshot Information for the selected log file s based on the time range and data points specified in the Select Data and Time Range windows of the main screen section 8 5 2 EIG Log Viewer File Edit Select Data View Data Help Snapshot Type Sort Criteria Time All Snapshots Time Range 6 24 2003 11 55 00 010 PM to 6 24 2003 3 00 00 000 Down Record Type 10 Unit 1 96 Inst anjil Unit 96 Inst bn 100 Unit 1 96 Inst cn IMP100 Un 03 3 24 16 32 33 24 16 02 33 24 15 086 33 23 42 89 33 23 41 99 3 3 23 35 04 3323 20 35 33 22 25 773 33 22 09 02 3 3 22 03 06 33220257 33 20 25 494 3320 2762 33 20 22 04 3 3 20 00 01 33 15 00 01 3 3 10 00 00 3 3 05 00 00 03 3 00 00 00 pa in i nono mn R mom m o z 14 347 06 14 366 97 14 339 25 14 370 74 14 348 54 14 370 10 14 342 31 14 370 92 14 344 24 14 373 33 e The name of the log file Feeder 1 in this example and the type of data point are listed in the top row e The viewer can move columns so that the most important data is most accessible Right click on the column title and drag it to the desired location on the table Repeat as desired to customize the table e To save the data to your clipboard right click with the cursor positioned anywhere in table e To sort the data by record type in either ascending or descending order click
203. ays the progress of the upgrade Flashing Status Requesting Current Operations Mode D The D Unitis Running in Normal Mode Flash Programming Complete Sequence Number 944 13 When the Flash upgrade is complete the Cancel button changes to OK Click OK Note To upgrade additional Nexus Monitors click Previous and return to the Communications Parameters screen Repeat the steps as needed entering a unique address for each unit G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 5 13 3 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Communicator and Nexus DSP Firmware 1 Contact EIG to receive the most recent Nexus firmware upgrade Be sure your version of Nexus Communicator is compatible with the firmware upgrade you want to perform You can download the latest software version through the internet site at www electroind com Click on the Free Downloads button 2 Copy the new firmware upgrade files to a directory on your computer The Nexus Comm upgrade is divided into two files The DSP upgrade is a single file The Nexus Unit upgrade will upgrade all three files Nexus Comm files and Nexus DSP file at the same time Generally when you perform an update update all firmware at the same time 3 Be sure to read text file accompanying the firmware files for important information such as the checksum code Write down the Checksum Code If you are flashing Nexus Comm Only or Nexus DSP Only you will need it later in the Flash up
204. ays will show 0000 9999 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 35 3 23 Custom Modbus Map E The Custom Modbus Map for Nexus 1250 can position up to 256 Registers or the equivalent of 2K whichever is lower to readily provide the functionality you want from your Nexus 1 From the Device Profile screen section 3 2 click on the button beside Custom Modbus Map or double click on the Custom Modbus Map line The screen appears Nexus Lustom Modbus Map Modbus Map Line Point Description Channel Device Name Cycle Block Time Stamp Cycle Current B C Cycle Current A B C Cycle Current A B C Cycle Measured N Current Cycle Calculated N Current Tenth Second Current B C Tenth Second Current A B C Tenth Second Current B C Tenth Second Phase to Phase Volts Tenth Second Phase to Phase Volts Tenth second Phase to Phase Volts Tenth Second VAR A B C Tenth Second VAR A B C Tenth Second VAR 4 B C Tenth Second Watts A B C Tenth Second Watts A B C Time Stamp lA IB Ic I Nira I Ne IA IB Ic Volts AB Volts BC Volts CA VARA VAR B VAR C Watts A Watts B 2 This screen is simple to use Select any Register from the Nexus Modbus Map that has a Line and G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Point Enter the selected Line and Point numbers see below The software enters the N
205. b Sac efe 12002 10 52 31 561 AM 2 27 2002 10 52 31 715 AM 133 2 27 2002 10 52 31 596 AM Feeder1 la Sag Ib Sac 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM 2 27 2002 10 52 31 563 AM 133 2 27 2002 10 52 31 466 AM Feeder1 la Sag ae 4 Device HookUp Sampling Rate Capture Num Feederl Y Wye 128 3 Waveform Setpoint 1 Waveform Setpoint 2 PQ weft Channel States of Full Scale Enabled States of Full Scale Enabled Enabled Inputs Ene Van Abave 110 Yes Below 30 Yes Yes 1 Y Vbni Above 110 Yes Below 90 Yes Yes 2 Y Wen Above 110 Yes Below 30 Yes Yes 3 a 4 Back Sort Graph Help Waveform Settings box on the left side of the screen To save the data to your clipboard right click anywhere in table To view the Waveform Settings click on a waveform record and then click the Show To adjust the column widths position the cursor between columns at the top of the screen When the cursor changes to a left right arrow hold down the left mouse button and drag the column border left or right Release the button when the column is at the desired width button and use the pull down menus to make your selection To view the waveform graphs see the following section G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 To sort the data by record type in either ascending or descending order click on the Sort 8 11 Viewing Waveform Graphs E To view any waveform in the main Waveform Log screen section 8 10 click on the desired record and then click th
206. by clicking the Minimize button in the upper right hand corner of the screen The icon will appear at the bottom of your screen To restore the Scheduler to view on your screen click the icon at the bottom of your screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 24 Chapter 16 Flicker 16 1 Overview Flicker is the sensation that is experienced by the human visual system when it is subjected to changes occurring in the illumination intensity of light sources The primary effects of flicker are headaches irritability and sometimes epilepsy IEC 61000 4 15 and former IEC 868 describe the methods used to determine flicker severity This phenomenon is strictly related to the sensitivity and the reaction of individuals It can only be studied on a statistical basis by setting up suitable experiments among people 16 2 Theory of Operation Flicker can be caused by voltage variations which are caused by variable loads such as arc furnaces laser printers and microwave ovens In order to model the eye brain change which is a complex physiological process the signal from the power network has to be processed while conforming with Figure 16 1 below e Block 1 consists of scaling circuitry and an automatic gain control function that normalizes input voltages to Blocks 2 3 and 4 For the specified 50 Hz operation the voltage standard is 230 V RMS e Block 2 recovers the voltage fluctuation by squaring the input voltage scaled to
207. bytes used Bytes remaining ally e To Remove a range of items click the first item hold Shift then last item Click Remove 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen Click on the Update Device button to effect changes Resetting Logs is recommended see section 4 26 E Total bytes used and Bytes remaining screens display the memory status for that particular file Nexus assumes 256 bytes of memory for each file Total memory is determined at time of purchase Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 22 4 13 Programming the Trending Log Time Intervals E Trending Log Time Intervals determine the interval at which Historical Logs 1 and 2 will take a snapshot To set the parameters for the logs see section 4 12 E See Chapter 8 for how to view and retrieve logs 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Trending Log Time Intervals or double click on the Trending Log Time Intervals line The following submenu appears poe INI Trending Log Time Intervals ps Log 1 Interval Oh 5m Os ees Loge Interval 0h 15m Os e This screen displays the current Device Profile s Trending Log Time Intervals The values shown are for example only 2 Double click on either Log 1 Interval or Log 2 Interval the Interval Log Setting screen appears Device Profile Interval Log Setting Log 1 Interval l
208. c E107 7 07 V1 24 6 12 GENERAL FUNCTIONS Server Side Include Function Name Parameter get_ip fn Show local IP address DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS Server Side Include Function Name Parameter ssi_diag_ethernet_hardware ssi_diag_firmware ssi_diag_modbus_tcp_ server stats fn __ Show ethernet communication status _ ssi_diag_ftp_server ssi_diag_memory ssi_diag_modbus_com STORED EMAIL FUNCTIONS Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR MODBUS DEVICE 1 ssi_show_pt ssi_show_ct ssi_show_system ssi_show_dev_type ssi_show_dev_name ssi_show_boot ssi_show_run_time ssi_show_dsp_boot ssi_show_dsp_runtime ssi_show_sn ssi_show_com_state ssi_show_dsp_state ssi_show_pw_state ssi_show_mac ssi_show_ip ssi_show_mask ssi_show_gateway rn rro stow rato SS stow hookupins on sevice moomo stow dees name stow bot fare version stow anime sare veson show DSP fare boot version Sow DSP runtime mare veson ro is serai number ro COM fra runtime sae ron DSP firmware runtime tae ro passwort protection ate ro einem MAC access on Passes Stow set mas Show default gateway IP address 6 6 2 Configuring WebXML The term XML stands for EXtensible Markup Language XML is a markup language similar to HTML which is used to describe data HTML displays the data XML does not replace HTML it compliments HTML An XML document is information wrapped in XML tags
209. ccumulations E The following is an outline of the procedure for configuring a Nexus Monitor 1 Retrieve the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile section 3 2 2 Configure the programmable settings stored in the Device Profile sections 3 3 3 24 3 Send the new Device Profile back to the Nexus Monitor section 3 2 Note If you click the Save Load or Update buttons you MUST have a unique Meter Destination Label so that the file is saved loaded or updated to the intended device E This chapter also covers e Resetting Max Min Demand Hour Counters Logs Time of Use Internal Input section 3 25 e Setting and Retrieving Nexus Time section 3 26 e Test Pulse section 3 27 and Path Options section 3 29 Note Actual programming screens may vary depending on the options ordered with your meter Note The settings shown are for the Nexus 1250 and 1252 The Enhanced Nexus 1252 supports DNP Level 2 For details on DNP Level 2 see Chapter 17 of this manual or refer to DNP V3 00 Protocol Assigments for Nexus 1252 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 The External Devices section of the Device Profile is covered in Chapter 11 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 1 3 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles 1 Click on the Edit Profile button or select Tools Edit Current Device Profile Nexus Communicator retrieves the programmable settings from the currently connected Nexus Monitor The following
210. ces section of the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor section 11 7 3 After you have entered the type of Analog Input Module in the Type column and its address in the Assigned Address column click on the Nexus Settings Edit button The following screen appears Device Profile Analog Input Channel Label High Value 1mA a 0 00 a a Temp Sensor1 E Temp Sensor K Sn mm a uma au muaa 2 2 au Q a a Temp Sensor 3 F Pres Sensor Hq Light Sensor Lu mn 5 2 a 5 Humidity Sensor Sea Level Ft Pa 2 a nm a 2 mun a a Sound Level dB Pa mn 2 a i G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Low Value 1mA a a 5 000 0 2 1 1 an as mun mun uma uma mua uma a a 1 1 on oO mur 0000 I on 2 2 o fo a 2 uma an ts 5 f a a m a 2 a 1 _ a 5 2 a a l l Pa Pa og a mua o 11 11 4 Enter label and scaling factor for each input The Value columns will appear in either milliamps or Volts depending on the type of input chosen in the Device Profile 5 Click OK when done 6 Click on the Module Settings button and the following screen will appear reflecting the settings for Address Baud Rate and Transmission Delay Analog Input 0 to 5Y External ModuleProgrammer Module Type Analog Input Module 8 Channel 0 to 5v Yersion 0073 Buil
211. ch ElG All Rights Reserved INP 100 ENG 10 100 Base T Network Option Runtime Firmware v0 1 Build 26 Checksum 0x8 48 Length 0xCF93C Boot Firmware 1 0 Build 40 Checksum 049230 Length 0x28 424 Flash Memory Size 2MB SDRAM Size 32MB Flash File Update Settings Run Time File Update Settings Fixed Server i 0 0 0 99 Base fie Client fi 0 0 0 1 BaudRate 115200 Gateway 0000 File type E ecord Net Mask 255 255 255 0 Mac Address 00 01 58 FF FF E3 Runtime File r Firmware Update Via the Web Username and Password Poot File Current Hew Username j Retriewe Settings Write Settings Password a IS Update Aun time Update Boot Change Password ie command completed rr OK Help Make sure there is a check mark in the checkbox at the top of the window for Communicate through Nexus If there is not a check click on the box Click Connect at the top left of the window Progress is shown in a sub window at the bottom of the screen When connected the Boot Version window lists data about the Network board NOTE A blinking red bar at the bottom of the window and a pinging sound will remind the user that the meter is now in Boot Mode and the meter is not available to other users via the Internet Click on Retrieve Settings to retrieve the network settings used to download Flash Files for updating the network option board via TFTP The Initial Settings appear
212. change occurs on the high side of the transformer This condition is shown pictorially in Figure B 1 Ownership Change Figure B 1 Low Voltage Metering Installation Requiring Loss Compensation It is generally less expensive to install metering equipment on the low voltage side of a transformer and in some conditions other limitations may also impose the requirement of low side metering even though the actual ownership change occurs on the high voltage side The need for loss compensated metering may also exist when the ownership changes several miles along a transmission line where it is simply impractical to install metering equipment Ownership may change at the midway point of a transmission line where there are no substation facilities In this case power metering must again be compensated This condition is shown in Figure B 2 Point of Ownership Change Figure B 2 Joint Ownership Line Metering Requiring Loss Compensation Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 1 A single meter cannot measure the losses in a transformer or transmission line directly It can however include computational corrections to calculate the losses and add or subtract those losses to the power flow measured at the meter location This is the method used for loss compensation in the Nexus meter The computational corrections used for transformer and transmission line loss compensation are similar Generically no load losses and full load
213. cial intelligence to diagnose PQ events and provide the possible cause of the event Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 1 M The following is the general sequence for working with all logs 1 Program parameters specific to each log in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile section 8 2 Logs run automatically Retrieve the logs manually from the Nexus Monitor section 8 3 or retrieve logs automatically using the Nexus Script amp Scheduler Program See Chapter 15 for further details View and analyze log data with Nexus Communicator s Log Viewer sections 8 5 8 18 Diagnose PQ Events from Nexus logs create comprehensive report transmit modify print or export file with optional AiReports software section 8 15 E Free Space Calculation Feature Nexus Log Converter automatically checks your computer and calculates the amount of free space on your hard drive This calculation is performed to insure enough hard drive space for the Log Converter to operate Below are the parameters for the calculations and the actual calculation performed by the Nexus FREE SPACE CALCULATION PARAMETERS ITEM DESCRIPTION MINIMUM VALUE THDS Total Hard Disk Space THDFS Total Hard Disk Free Space A Minimum of Free Space of Total Space 1 MUNE FESS Min ofFreeSpace After 3 19 2002 MinSetFS Minimum Free Space MinFreeSpace 50M CalMinFS Calculated Minimum Free Space re i NOTE Min ofFreeSpace and MinFreeSpace V
214. ck on any of the settings the CT and PT Ratios screen appears Device Profile CT and PT Ratios CT Ratio __ p PT Ratio Form 95 Operational Frequency Range 20Hz to 65Hz 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e When you change a PT or CT ratio Nexus Communicator updates the corresponding Full Scale value entered in the Limits and Waveforms Full Scales setting see section 4 4 e Using the pull down menu choose the hook up service that matches the connection you have to the Nexus 1262 1272 Selections may include 9S 4 Wire Wye or Delta 36S 4 Wire Wye 39S 4 Wire Wye and 45S 3 Wire Delta or 4 Wire Wye The Device Profile screen including the Form above the connection window will reflect your selection See the Nexus 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manual for diagrams of these forms e Click OK The following screen asks you to verify the K Ke Ratio for the Test Pulse Setting KwK Ratio is Secondary Watthour Constant over kWh the energy Ce setting for KYZ test pulse Do you want to use the following Kh Ke for the test pulse setting 1000 Khike PT Ratio X CT Ratio KhiKe 1000 000000 e Click Yes Or Click No and re enter values in the CT amp PT Ratio screen 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen Click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile
215. conds Power Quality Graph PQ Counts Magnitude and Duration 6 24 2003 11 59 59 PM to 5 23 2003 7 51 55 430 PM 225 0 Counts Erint Copy Cancel Help PQ Graph 3D Power Quality Graph in 3D NOTE Use Scroll Bars on the side and bottom of the screen to adjust the view G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 29 8 14 Database Status E The Database Status screen provides statistical information about the selected log s E Click on the Database button or View Data Database Status The following screen appears y og File Edit Select Data View Data Help Data pe Database Status Device Type Device 1 Device Name Device ID File Marne Data file size umber of downloads First download Last download Nexus INP100 Unit 1 96 00000015 IMMUNICATOR Retrieved Logs NFP100 Unit 1 6 06 16 499 504 Bytes 3 6 24 2003 11 10 40 AM 6 24 2003 4 16 11 PM ite umber of data points 63 Database file version 8 2 Database file description 0103 2003 Data Log First Date Last Date Number of Days Number of F Snapshots 5 22 2003 6 25 2003 35 Limits 5 23 2003 6 25 2003 3 Status Change Inputs Grigia 6110 2003 2 Control Output Relays A NA Flicker Watin tA NYA Wiavetorms APRN APRS 1 4 Back Sort Graph Help MW A partial download consists of the newest records and captures appended to th
216. configure the Futura and DM Series Meters programmable settings which are stored in the unit s Device Setup To access this screen click on Edit Profile button of the Communicator Software main screen or Tools Edit Current Device Profile The following screen will appear To move from screen to screen click on the tabs at the top of each folder Click on the Tool Bar at the bottom of the screen to perform tasks To configure the Nexus 1250 1252 see Chapter 3 To configure the Nexus 1262 1272 see Chapter 4 Note If you cannot make a connection make sure your communication settings match those below ElG Futura Device Setup Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay i Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power m Communication Full Scales Address 0001 Voltage 120 0 e Volts C kV olts Baud Rate 38400 X Current 5 00 Amps C kAmps Power xxx y kWatts C MWatts s Communication Protocol ed SUT O o Main Port Side Port J2 1 or J2 2 Reset From Display Protection 2 Electro Industries El Protocol Open Delta Q Top Port SF485DB or SF232 Detect Phase Reversal Q Modbus ASCII y Input Flip M System Port Control m Device Firmware Printing and Communication y Communication CPU100 5 2 250 pe 4 DSP J CPU196 3 0 i Averagin
217. creen appears Communications Parameters Baud Rate 9600 Previous E Cancel 9 If you are already connected to the Nexus Monitor disregard this screen click Next and skip to step 10 If you are not connected to the Nexus Monitor e In the Address field enter the Address of the Nexus Monitor to which your computer is connected and that you want to flash upgrade e In the Baud Rate field enter the baud rate of the Nexus Monitor port to which your computer is connected and that you want to flash upgrade e In the Serial Port field enter the computer s comm port you are using e Click Next Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 12 Flashing Status Warming you are aboutto begin the Flash Process Press Startto Continue Sequence Number 10 Click Start to begin the upgrade process A final warning screen appears click Yes The following screen appears Display Location Connected to Port la J OK 11 From the pull down menus select Through Nexus and the port to which the External Display is connected Click OK In a moment the following screen appears Enter Flash Checksum Flash Checksum gt 12 Enter the checksum code from the text file accompanying the firmware upgrade file If you do not enter the correct checksum code the flash upgrade will fail Click OK Flash upgrading begins The following screen displays the progress of the upgrade Electro Industries GaugeTech D
218. ct 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 Data Bits for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Data Bits at 8 Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from 5 6 7 or 8 Parity for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Parity at None Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from None Even Odd Mark or Space Stop Bits for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Stop Bits at 1 Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from 1 1 5 or 2 TxDelay Transmit Delay leave the TxDelay at Oms unless you are using equipment that requires a delay in the response time such as a radio modem Use the pull down menu to select from Oms 10ms 20ms 30ms 40ms 50ms 60ms 60ms or 70ms Protocol Direct Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use either Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII protocol Modbus RTU is recommended Modem Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use Modbus ASCII only Use the pull down menu to select from G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 8 Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII or DNP 3 0 See Chapter 2 for details e Mode Port 4 only If you are using I O modules set one of these ports in Master mode Set the port to operate at 57600 baud To change the setting use the pull down menu to select Slave or Master Make other changes for your application e Internal Network Option If your Nexus
219. ct the calendar year you would like to edit and click Retrieve After the calendar year has been retrieved see section 10 2 for details on editing 10 11 10 4 Viewing TOU Accumulated Data 1 From the Time of Use menu select Poll Time of Use Registers The following screen appears Time of Use Readings Status Start Time Register e 01i 3 00 00 00 l ter T Register Accumulations vaRh _0000000014793518 ARh 0000000098321000 Delivered 0000000014793658 92 vah 0000000098326590 Received Watt Hour ecwh 0000000000053866 ewh 0000000000901673 Watt Hour Quadrant sh 0000000015622658 q3 vah 0000000110901673 Quadrant 243 Ah 0000000016022237 h 0000000114701673 1 4 Register Peak Demand att 0 30M 06 18 2003 09 28 00 A 17 67M 06 17 2003 17 06 30 A 21 67M 06 17 37 0 07M 06 17 2003 18 09 30 Register Cumulative Demand Continuous 2 From the Group pull down menu select the month or season accumulations you would like to view 3 From the Register pull down menu select the individual register accumulation or the total of all registers you would like to view for the selected month or season e The Nexus Meters are true four quadrant power meters They display the VARs and VA for each quadrant as illustrated below Quadrant Power Factor Watts VARs 1 Lag 2 Lead 3 Lag 4 Lead 4 Print or Export the data by clicking the appropriate button at the bottom of the screen G Electro Industr
220. ction Manager Settings to other PCs see Note on page 2 1 Nerus Connection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse 0003 Test Location 0004 Multiplexor 0005 New Location 0006 New Location 0007 Modem Card gt 4 Oldest Newest E 4 Select the New Location listing in the List of Locations Field Your selection will be highlighted 5 Click on the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears displaying the computer s communication settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 12 Connection Manager Location Editor Location Name 9 Serial Port Network U Jata Devices At Location Device Address Device Name Description i Device 1 Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 e Enter the Location Name in the field at the top of the screen e Inthe Com Port field enter the name of the computer s communication port that will be used for this connection e Inthe Baud Rate field enter a baud rate for the computer that will match the baud rate of all the devices on the bus e Data Bits for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Data Bits at 8 e Parity for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Parity at None e If you are using a modem see section 2 3 6 Click on the Add button in the Devices at Location section to add the first Nexus Monitor device 7 Click on the new device to select it then click on the edit button to edi
221. cycles and the line cycle count If the absolute difference is greater that 50 60 cycles the clock is adjusted 1 second accordingly 4 To set the Nexus on board clock use Set Nexus Time from the Tools menu see section 4 26 5 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor To Reset Logs see section 4 26 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 12 4 7 Programming Demand Integration Intervals HM See Nexus 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manual for details on Demand Integration 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the Demand Integration Intervals line The following submenu appears Demand Integration Intervals Thresholds e oom Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window Oh 5m Os Block Averaging Time Interval Window 18h 12m 158 Rolling Averaging Sub lnterval Window Oh 15m Os Rolling Sub Intervals 5 Predictive Rolling Window Average 100 00 ae Squared T Threshold 0 000 ee YW Squared T Threshold 0 000 2 Double click on any of the settings and the Demand Programming Screen appears Device Profile Demand Integration Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window t fo Hours E Minutes jo Seconds Block Averaging Time Interval Window 42 AAA ho tours pe Min
222. d 104 Address Baud Rate 57600 Transmit Delay Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 12 11 10 Configuring the KYZ Output Module 1 Be sure each module has a unique address and is connected to the Nexus Monitor s port 3 or 4 at the same baud rate as the port 57600 recommended see section 11 6 2 Retrieve the External Devices section of the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor see Chapter 3 3 After you have entered the KYZ module in the Type column and its address in the Assigned Address column click on the Edit button in the Assigned Channels column The following screen appears Device Profile KYZ Module Relay Accumulation Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 VWARhour r Quad 48RAhour r Internal Input 1 Tot 4 Assign an accumulation to each relay based on the needs of your application Click OK to return to the main I O Device Profile screen 5 Click on the Edit button in the Scale Settings Nexus Communicator retrieves the settings from the T O module The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 13 EYZ External Module Programmer Module Type KY Module Version O01 7 Build 114 Address 160 Baud Rate 57600 Transmit Delay 0 0 ms Krz Output Wat Pulse Roll Over Min Pulse Width ms 1 Quad 1 4 Watthour 2000000 9999999999999999 1000 2 Quad 1 YARhour 2000000 9999999999999999 1000 3 Quad 4 ARhour 2000000 9999999999999999 1000
223. d for the period you selected E kWh Usage by Day Graph lower right This graph shows the Aggregated Daily Usage kWh for the period you selected Generic load information is displayed at the bottom of the screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 9 14 9 Demand Statistics The Demand Statistics screen displays statistical energy data for the time period you selected Click the Demand Statistics tab in the Demand Graph screen The Demand Statistics screen appears Energy Billing Module Electro industies Gaugetech Energy data available from 5 14 2002 to 6 12 2002 Select Date Range Select parameters End Date Refresh Data Peak Time Range On Peak Mid Peak From On Peak Micl Peak Entire Duration a E 3 Average E Minimum Load Factor Total Usage KWH Peak 2 Average i amp Minimum E Load Factor Daily Usage KWH 3 Peak Intervals 10 Peak Intervals 20 Peak Intervals 30 Peak Intervals Demand Intorvole Total Intervals E Select Parameters Enter a Start Date End Date and Select a meter Peak Time Range is your Utility Time Structure setup Example Your utility has the following setup On Peak 7 00am 6 00pm Off Peak 6 00pm 7 00am To retrieve statistics for that setup 1 Select the following Select On P
224. d in section 3 5 or 4 5 e Try Pinging to a known good network device such as another computer to verify that your computer is connected properly to the network 1 Go to the DOS Prompt or Console if you are using Windows NT 2 Ping IP Address Example Ping 135 15 173 19 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 19 2 7 Changing the Primary Device E One copy of the Nexus Communicator connected to multiple Nexus devices section 2 5 may only view data or edit Device Profiles from one device at a time the Primary Device An exception is the Poll Multiple Devices screen see Chapter 7 for details To change the Primary Device 1 Select Connection Change Primary Device The following screen appears Change Device 2 Enter the unique address of the device you would like to designate as the Primary Device 3 Click OK 4 The Device Status screen reached by clicking on the Device Status button or by selecting Tools Retrieve Device Status will now list the new Primary Device first See section 2 8 for details on the Device Status screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 20 2 8 Disconnecting from a Nexus Monitor E To disconnect from a Nexus Monitor or to disconnect from a location do one of the following Click on the Disconnect Icon From the menu bar select Connection Disconnect Click on the Connection Manager icon or from the menu bar select Connection Connecti
225. d recipient s pager number NOTE Selecting All Logs from multiple events sections does not cause duplication in log retrieval Email and Pager Settings Outgoing Mail Server Enter name of Valid Email Server that does not require password and user name to send mail POP3 type Sender Nexus Communicator Pager ID User set numeric value used to identify this meter when a numeric page is issued up to 5 digits 00000 to 99999 Reply Address None or Email Address to let recipient know where to send replies Port Number 25 is normal for email servers Test Email Sends a Test Message to a recipient to test the email settings uses email of the first recipient only Test Pager Sends a Test Message to a recipient to test the paging uses the number for first recipient only Recipients List Name Email Address and Pager Number Filter Double click and the Edit screen will appear Click in front of message s you want to exclude from highlighted recipient Add Click to Add a Recipient Remove Click to Remove a Recipient User Defined Message Type in message for highlighted recipient Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 8 E Buttons OK To Save Settings and return to Nexus main screen Cancel To Exit the screen without saving the settings Print To Print the screen 9 6 Filter Screen The Filter Screen allows you to exclude a highlighted recipient from receiving one or more messages Disabl
226. date n a a a a 4 31 Update TFTP Settings in Nexus Communicator 2 Chapter 5 Configuring the Futura SHIMOVERVIEW Li A ee ee Ee BE OE ds a RA 5 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles So General Csi ed ee a ads Ra Re ee a bt So ee erai Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 VI 5 4 Programming Limits e 5 5 Alarm Limits Voltage e 5 6 Alarm Limits Current 2 2 2 ee a 5 7 Alarm Limits Power eye y te 2 aia ta a AD e o N RUT ER E E G 5 8 Alarm Limits THD e 5 9 Instantaneous or Average Limits 2 2 2 5 10 KYZ Pulse Output e SII Response Delay p iyinet dr o nd Be dy ese Oo gesta le Sl 2RandomACCess Ras etd th te ta ee fe EA ADA te ota G 5 13 Relay Logic Control 2 2 2 e 5 14 Historical Log Profile 2 2 2 o 5 15 Wayetorm Log Profile e soe acs a ie ati A Se Be Ree Ge oe a 167 Real Time Pol 4 222 lt 0 a ee ee dada ta A E A E RR E See O 5 18 Set Futura Time e 5 19 Retrieve Futura Time e 5 20 Reset El Device Informati0n s s sorce a a Aa a e 5 21 Retrieve Device Status e e deiadar a ami a aia a koe a aae 5 22 LOW LEVEL ACCESS A AD tii 5 23 Futura Analog Output Programmer 002 Chapter 6 Total Web Solutions Geb Overview si da o la as 6 2 Sys
227. ddress and communication protocol of each Nexus Meter port The settings for the Optical Port are fixed and cannot be changed Port 1 and Port 4 are the meter s RS 485 ports and are used for RS 485 communication with a variety of devices Port 3 is an Internal Modem or Ethernet Ports 1 and 4 are factory set at 115200 and 9600 baud rates Modem Gateway is 38 400 maximum See the Nexus 1262 1272 Manual for hardware details Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 7 Device Profile Communications Settings Port 4 Eot Devices Protocol Protocol Modbus RTU E Modbus RTU x Network Settings If Network Option was purchased IP Address E Subnet Mask Jess Jess Jess Default Gateway Jas is 173 Internal Modem Settings If Internal Modem Option was purchased Answer Phone on Ja gt Rings Modem Gateway Baud Rate 38400 Dial Cut Profile Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application by clicking on the box or pull down menu of any of the following settings Address Assign an address to each port to communicate with other devices Multiple Nexus Monitors on an RS 485 bus must each have a unique address set for the port that is connected to the bus Type in unique address Baud Rate The baud rate entered in this field must match the baud rate of the device that will be connected to the Nexus Monitor at this port Use 9600 for modem connections From the pull down menu sele
228. dge Event Delete Entry in Server Box Exit G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 12 Chapter 10 Nexus Time of Use 10 1 General Procedure See the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for a detailed discussion of the Nexus Time of Use TOU function The following is a general outline for programming Nexus TOU Each step is described in detail in subsequent sections From the Tool Bar select Time of Use Calendar Settings Create a TOU calendar profile using the following elements e Usage registers eg Peak Off Peak Shoulder Peak for each fifteen minute block of the day e Demand Integration Averaging for Block Fixed or Rolling Sliding Window e Programmable start dates for four seasons per year e Programmable bill dates for each month of the year e TOU schedules eg Weekday Weekend Holiday for each day of the year Send the TOU calendar profile to the Nexus Monitor TOU accumulations will begin View print or export the TOU accumulations Reset the TOU accumulations at any time by selecting Reset Nexus Information from the Tools Menu see Chapter 3 for Nexus 1250 1252 Chapter 4 for 1262 1272 for details Resetting clears all accumulations of the current month or season and causes the accumulations to use the present date as the start date and accumulate to the next new end date which is taken from the new calendar To use Daylight Savings Time you mus
229. dustries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 3 Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOWS Desktop 320run_v96 E 1 07 9 7 Previous Nex Cancel 9 When the files have been entered click Next The following screen appears Communications Parameters Serial Port COM1 A Previous ON Cancel 10 If you are already connected to the Nexus Monitor you want to upgrade disregard this screen click Next and skip to step 11 If you are not connected to the Nexus Monitor and or you have a series of Nexus Monitors to upgrade this screen avoids the reloading of files e In the Address field enter the Address of the Nexus Monitor to which your computer is connected that you want to Flash upgrade e In the Baud Rate field enter the baud rate of the Nexus Monitor port to which your computer is connected that you want to Flash upgrade e In the Serial Port field enter the computer s comm port you are using e Click Next Note If you want to Flash upgrade using a modem connect with a modem connection first then enter the Flash sequence mode G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 4 Flash Me Flashing Status Warning you are about to begin the Flash Process Press Start to Continue Sequence Number 11 Click Start to begin the upgrade A final warning screen appears click Yes Flashing Device E Warming Are you sure you want to Flash the device 12 Flash upgrading begins The following screen displ
230. e 4 24 2000 16 41 31 06 4 26 2000 10 56 25 D9 4 24 2000 16 41 31 06 4 26 2000 10 56 25 09 4 24 2000 16 41 31 06 4 26 2000 10 56 25 09 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 20 2000 13 49 12 06 4 20 2000 13 49 12 09 4 20 2000 13 49 12 06 4 20 2000 13 49 12 09 4 20 2000 13 49 12 056 4 20 2000 13 49 12 09 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 07070 00 00 00 00 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 4 24 2000 16 09 37 07 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 4 24j2000 16 09 37 D7 4 21 2000 09 05 40 08 4 28 2000 08 54 03 10 07070 00 00 00 00 4 21 2000 09 05 40 08 4 21 2000 07 43 20 10 07070 00 00 00 00 4 21 2000 09 05 40 08 4 21 2000 07 43 20 10 07070 00 00 00 00 4 21 2000 09 05 40 09 4 21 2000 07 43 20 10 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 4 21 2000 14 55 33 04 4 21 2000 09 05 51 10 4 21 2000 07 43 20 07 4 25 2000 13 02 18 06 4 21 2000 07 4
231. e Below Below C Above C Above Below Below C Above C Above Below Below C Above C Above Below Below C Above C Above Below Below AR RR A e e This screen consists of six limits for voltage two each for Volts A B and C and six for Current two each for I A B and C e For each limit specify whether it is above or below and optionally select any combination of trigger relays 1 2 and 3 5 9 Instantaneous or Average Limits ZIG Futura Device Setup General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Alarm Limits THD KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay Limits Triggered On Instantaneous Readings C Average Readings e This screen allows the user to choose Limits Triggered On Instantaneous Readings or Average Readings Click Update to update the Futura click Exit to exit this screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 9 5 10 KYZ Pulse Output EIG Futura Device Setup e General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits Response Delay r One KYZ pulse for every r Relay Output Mode kWatt Hour KYZ Disabled y a kVAR Hour KYZ Disabled Se kVA Hour KYZ Output 1 KYZ Ou
232. e will indicate 90 amps after one time interval 99 amps after two time intervals and 99 9 amps after three time intervals When applied to Input Pulse Accumulations the Average refers to the block fixed window average value of the input pulses When applied to power values watts VARs VA the average is a calculated value that corresponds to the thermal average over a specified time interval The interval is specified by the user in the meter profile The interval is typically 15 minutes So the Average Watts is the thermal average of watts over the previous 15 minute interval The thermal average rises to 90 of the actual value in each time interval For example if a constant 100kW load is applied the thermal average will indicate 90kW after one time interval 99kW after two time intervals and 99 9kW after three time intervals A unit of computer information equivalent to the result of a choice between two alternatives Yes No On Off for example Or the physical representation of a bit by an electrical pulse whose presence or absence indicates data Relating to a system of numbers having 2 as its base digits O and 1 The Block Fixed Window Average is the average power calculated over a user set time interval typically 15 minutes This calculated average corresponds to the demand calculations performed by most electric utilities in monitoring user power demand See Rolling Window Average Glossar y 1 Byte C
233. e you will not have a Nexus Unit button To Flash Upgrade Nexus Comm Only or Nexus DSP Only see section 13 3 Select NEXUS Code To Flash 9 Nexus Unit Internal Modem Nexus Comm Only Nexus DSP Only LED Display Cancel 5 Choose the type of upgrade you want to perform Nexus Unit Nexus Comm or Nexus DSP See section 13 3 to Flash Upgrade Nexus Comm Only or Nexus DSP Only See section 13 4 to Flash Upgrade the Nexus External Display section 13 5 to Flash Upgrade the Internal Modem Card and section 13 6 to Flash Upgrade the Internal Network Option Click Next The screen below appears NOTE If your Nexus has the Internal Network Option that option will appear instead of Internal Modem see example above Your Nexus cannot have both of those options G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 2 Flash Me Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOW S Desktop 320run_v96 E 10 9 7 Previous N Cancel 6 Click the Browse button beside File 1 Select Flash info file Look in E 3201un_ 96 el FE 96 ini File name a O7 9 96 ini Files of type EIG Flash Info File ini x Cancel PF Open as read only 7 Locate the firmware file on your computer You will need only one file ini file for the Nexus Unit upgrade File names and formats may vary from the example screen above Be sure to read the text file accompanying the firmware files 8 Select the file and click Open G Electro In
234. e Email 7 Page Generation when Limits status change W High speed input change gf Waveform record captured E CBEHA Power quality event gf Control output change illing of log memory gf Cycling of control power gf Password failure on a call coming into the modem Y Failure of communications channel with Nexus Hu View From the View menu on the Toolbar click Dial In Settings The Dial In Settings screen will appear Double click Filter in the Recipients section and the Filter screen will appear mM Operation This screen disables email and or page generation for one or more particular items to the high lighted recipient when one or more of the following items is checked Limits Status Change High Speed Input Change Waveform Record Capture CBEMA Power Quality Event Control Output Change Filling of Log Memory Cycling of Control Power Password Failure on a Call Coming into the Modem Failure of Communications Channel with Nexus G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 9 9 7 Modem Monitor The Modem Monitor as the name implies checks the PC for connected modems and monitors available modems for incoming calls The Status line coaches you in setting up the modem and keeps you informed of the status of the available modems Modem Monitor for Nexus Communicator AC onitoring Available Modems CIL PROA TAR IEA COM 3 LT Y 90 Data Fax Yoice Dewd Modem Version 5 31 Listening V
235. e Graph button or double click on the desired record i Waveforms Nexus_Web_1 Waveform 31 10 2 2001 1 09 27 255 PM Waveform Ven Sag Nexus_Web_1 Waveform 31 10 2 2001 1 09 27 255 PM Waveform Ven Sag m n Export Picture Interharmonic EX i Zoom Out To change the Waveform Display Settings click the Options button in the upper left corner of the screen The Waveform Options screen will appear Startup Display Mode Classic Overlay Mode Overlay Group Plot Mode Line 8 Point Point Size Small Foreground Color Background Color Futura Freq Hz 60 iy Subsets Item Names Overlay Select Item Colors ltem Line Types Item Point Types il Ya Thin Solid Plus a Vb EE Thin Solid Cross 3 Ve HR Thin Sola Circle 4 la Thin Solid Solid Circle 5 Ib Thin Solid Square 6 Ic HR Thin Solid Solid Square 7 laux HR Thin Solid Diamond 8 Input 1 HE Thin Sota Solid Diamond 9 Input 2 HR Thin solia Upward Triangle 10 Input 3 Thin Solid Solid Upward Triangle 11 Input 4 HR Thin Solid Downwared Triangle 12 Input 5 HE Thin Solid Solid Downward Triangle 13 Input 6 EE Thin Solid Dash 14 Input 7 ic EE Thin Sola Pixel 15 Input 8 HR Thin Solid Plus OK Cancel Help FUTURA NOTE To display Futura meter s waveform line 7 the user must select a system fr
236. e Server you must delete the existing file first then copy and paste the new file If the memory quota is filled before a new file is completely copied into the FTP Server that file will be deleted and an error will be sent to the FTP Client Since poll_profile xml and poll_data xml file sizes can be dynamic it s preferable to have some reserved space in the FTP Server for those files Example After a test run if poll_data xml is approximately 1k bytes you should reserve at least 4k bytes for those files The ratio is about 1 to 4 6 8 Update Network Card Firmware from a Browser in Runtime Mode ONLY Network Card Firmware can be easily updated via the Web Follow these steps 1 Start your browser If you know the meter s IP Address type it in the browsers URL Address Bar The Main WebExplorer screen appears 2 Click Tools Then click on Firmware Upgrade Or add update1 htm to the end of the URL Electro Industries Gaugefech SE The Leader in Web Accessed Power Monitoring Introduction Total Web Solutions Volts Amps Power Energy Power Quality Pulse Accumulation Inputs Meter Information Emails Diagnostic Tools Web Explorer Date Time 2003 01 17 09 31 50 640 voltage Frequency Minimum 0 00 Maximum 66 13 Instantaneous volts AN 59 75 volts aN ES ezss f som peso sais f sam peo sss f som pp ooo f 955 f sam ooo f
237. e existing database These partial downloads are listed in Log Viewer s Database Status screen see section 8 14 Snapshots or partial downloads must be a time frame within the database dates Otherwise there is no data from which to retrieve the snapshot G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 5 8 4 Manually Resetting Logs 1 Select Reset Nexus Information from the Tools Menu The following screen appears Reset Nexus Parameters E Reset Hour Squared T and Y Squared T Counters E Reset All Logs Revenue Power Quality Etc E Reset Time of Use for current season and month E Reset Internal Input Accumulations and Aggregations E Reset Internal KYZ Out Accumulations 2 Click in the box beside the Reset All Logs Click OK NOTE Anytime you update the Device Profile a pop up screen will announce that the logs are not being reset and would you like to reset them You can click Yes or use this screen Resetting the logs is recommended if you make changes to CT amp PT Ratios Limits or Limit Full Scales G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 6 8 5 Viewing Logs with Nexus Communicator s Log Viewer NW Nexus Communicator s Log Viewer displays retrieved logs in a variety of formats M To access Log Viewer either e Retrieve logs from a connected Nexus Monitor as in section 8 3 e Click the Open Log File button or from the File Menu select Open Nexus Log File Communicator will ask y
238. e existing records in the log database The snapshot must be a time frame within the database dates Otherwise there is no data from which to retrieve the snapshot E To copy the data to the computer s clipboard right click with the cursor positioned anywhere in the table E To return to Log Viewer s main screen click Back G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 30 8 15 AiReports E AiReports 2 0 is an optional power quality analysis software package used in conjunction with Nexus Communicator Logs It provides a comprehensive report on the status of the equipment being monitored and it uses artificial intelligence to diagnose PQ events and provide the possible cause of the event The screen below is an example of one of the screens Most Severe Events The following page describes the most severe power event recorded during this survey The chart on the left shows an expanded portion of the channel s rms time plot during which the event occurred The chart on the right shows a more detailed presentation of the event La Vahage 120 81 190 Oct 30 2000 07 05 05 16 Seconds Oct 30 2000 07 05 05 1 FMillizecands Even 1D 2 AS Graph2 2 Event severity factor 20 Equipment affected Computers Possible cause Local upstream load communications and network equipment switching Typical solution Apply filter surge arrestor E AiReports 2 0 must be installed on your computer for the view button to be enab
239. e four digit interval in seconds over which average readings are to be calculated for volts amps and power functions 5 4 Programming Limits Use the Limit Settings screens to program the limits and establish links between the limits and relays Each set point can be linked to any combination or relays 1 through 3 on your Futura NOTE If your Futura is set up to generate KYZ pulses the linked relays will not respond to exceeded set points Limits or set points are divided into four groups voltage current power and THD All limits all four groups can be set to be triggered by either instantaneous or average readings Exit Click Exit to save changes and return to the General EIG screen WARNING Make sure that full scales are set for the device in the EIG Programmer before you establish limits limits are dependent on full scales If you change a full scale after you set up limits the results may be unpredictable The labels and decimal point placement on the set point screens will reflect your full scale settings Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 6 5 5 Alarm Limits Voltage ElG Futura Device Setup Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile KYZ Pulse Output Alarm Limits Current Random Access Alarm Limits THD General Relay Logic Control Inst or Avg Limits Response Delay Alarm Limits Power Volts Limit 1 Trigger Relay Limit 2 Trigger Relay Value C Ab
240. e is a Visual Basic macro that runs inside MS Excel The module contains three worksheets e Demand Graphs Graphical presentations of demand and energy usage information e Demand Statistics Statistical data and analysis on demand and energy e Bill Verification Calculate and verify your electrical utility cost based on a utility rate structure Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 7 Start Up First make sure that your meter is connected to the PC To start the Energy Billing Module simply go to the bottom left corner of your Windows main screen and click through the following e Start gt Programs gt Electro Industries gt Log Viewer the Log Viewer screen appears e Click Bill button MS Excel will start automatically A message box will appear to ask if you want to enable the macros e Click on Enable Macros Your screen will display the Demand Graphs screen 14 8 Demand Graphs First make sure that the CAM Logger is running at the bottom of your screen Available Energy Data will be shown above the Demand Graph indicating the start and end dates of the data If you just installed the system No Data Available will appear in this section Select Date Range To view the graphs enter your start and end dates in the Start Date and End Date fields Ranges are limited to days only For example if you want to view data from January 1 2002 3 00pm to February 23 2002 6 00am enter 1 1 2002
241. e often confused for zeros and ones 4 Connect to the Nexus Monitor From the Tools Menu select Flash Me amp Nexus Communicator Fie Connection Real Time Poll Tools 1 0 Devices Time of Use Logs En EZ l Edit Current Device Profile EDIT OPEN ETT O Mm Enorme Los FILE Mek fcc Set Nexus Time Retrieve Nexus Time Reset Nexus Information Passwords Retrieve Device Status Pulse Test Low Level Access If the Password Feature is Enabled the following Password screen appears Enter Password 5 The Password is the number 2 Enter 2 and click OK The Internal Modem Flash Programmer screen appears Enter Command Mode is highlighted Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 15 nternal Modem Flash Programmer Status Program Flash 6 Click on Enter Command Mode In the Status windows the words Entering Command Mode and Sending Escape Sequence will appear Then In Command Mode appears on the screen nternal Network Option Flash Programmer Sime Command Mode nter Command Mode Program Flash 7 Click on Program Flash The following screen appears Look in a Hex Files j ex E eh resource frk A102 hex File name A 02 hex Files of type Hex File hex hi Cancel Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 16 NOTE In this example the hex file is in a file on the desktop The hex file may be stored anywhere in your system on disk or
242. e rejected Determine the correct address of any missing I O using the Query I O function section 11 14 Port 4 Only or the Locator Utility section 11 15 11 16 and enter the cor rect information in the External Devices section of the Nexus Device Profile 9 You MUST now Update the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile to enter the Modules Click on Update Device This sends the new Device Profile with the I O information to the Nexus Monitor e Click Report to print out a copy of the I O information e Click Save to save these parameters to your computer e Click Load to enter a previously saved set of parameters G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 8 11 8 Configuring the Analog Output Module 1 Be sure each module has a unique address and is connected to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s port 3 or 4 or the Nexus 1262 1272 Monitor s Port 4 at the same baud rate as the port 57600 recommended see section 11 6 Retrieve the External Devices section of the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor see Chapter 3 1250 1252 or Chapter 4 1262 1272 for more detail on the Device Profile and section 11 7 After you have entered the type of Analog Output Module in the Type column and its address in the assigned address column click on the Edit button in the Assigned Channels column The following screen appears Device Prohle Analog Uutput Output Type Channel Volts AN lsec 4 Uncompensated Power va
243. e shipped with a pre set address and a baud rate of 57600 See section 11 5 for a list of factory set addresses and baud rates To assign or change I O addresses see section 11 6 Write down the name and unique address of each I O you will be using You will need to know the addresses for the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile Connect the I O or group of I Os to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or 4 or Nexus 1262 1272 Monitor s Port 4 You must use the correct port Be sure ports are set to operate at the same baud rate as the I O modules The ports must also be configured as Masters See Chapters 3 Nexus 1250 1252 and 4 Nexus 1262 1272 for how to configure the communication ports Retrieve the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile In the External Devices section enter the name of each T O and its unique address Use the Edit buttons to configure the I Os Each I O connected to the unit must be included in the Device Profile Update the Device Profile to record the changes See section 11 7 NOTE Updating the Device Profile will reset all logs This chapter also covers the following I O utilities e Nexus I O Device Status section 11 13 lists all registered I Os currently in use e Query VO Module section 11 14 locates an I O s address and baud rate e Locator Utility section 11 15 16 locates an I O s address and baud rate without using the reset button e Stand Alone Programmer section 11 17 allows you to configu
244. e sliders Create black by moving all sliders down white by moving all sliders up Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 14 The large square on the right shows the color you have created Click OK to return to the graph Log Viewer will redraw using the new color scheme Click the Restore button to return all color schemes to default values e To create a label for the graph select User Labels from the Options menu The following screen appears Graph Labels Electro Industries Power Graphs 1998 Advanced Tools for Reporting and Analysis a co Enter a label in each line and click OK The two line label will appear on the right side of the graph Click Restore to enter the previous label e To view a summary of data for any point on the graph position the curser on the graph and hold down the mouse button Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 15 8 9 Viewing the Limits Log E From Log Viewer s main screen click on the Limits button or View Data Limits Log Viewer displays limit information for the selected log file s based on the time range specified in the Select Time Range section of its main screen see section 8 5 El og 5 x File Edit Select Data View Data Help eria Up Down St
245. e status screen From the I O Devices menu select Stand Alone Programmer Nexus Communicator retrieves the current settings from the specified 1 O and displays them in the Module Programmer screen The contents of this screen will vary depending on the type of module in use The example below shows the Digital Output Module Programmer screen See sections 11 8 11 12 for details on the specific programming functions of each module Digital Dutput External Module Programmer Module Type Digital Output Module Wersion 0020 Build 117 Address Baud Rate Transmit Delay 7 Make changes to this screen according to the needs of your application 8 When you have finished configuring the address baud rate and other programmable settings click Send to send the new settings to the I O module 9 If you have connected a group of I O modules to the computer click Retrieve At the prompt enter the address of the next module you wish to program Click OK Nexus Communicator will retrieve the programmable settings of that device 10 When you have finished with all programming click Exit Be sure to enter any I Os in the External Devices section of the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile when you connect them See section 11 7 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 28 Chapter 12 Passwords 12 1 Overview Note The use of the Password feature is recommended ONLY if there are security issues and ONLY if you have a s
246. e the change s Click OK MW Editing a Data Switch or System Device Command If you select a Data Switch or System Device Command to edit the following screen will appear Edit Script Command E A DO 1000 System Device ad Number of Retries Primary Commands Send switch string y Secondary Commands 1 System data switch string PTO2 Use amp for line feed use for carriage return If you edit a Data Switch or System Device Command the Primary Command will be Send Switch String and the Secondary Commands will request a System Data Switch String A tool tip screen will display special characters to be used in the Data Switch Strings line feed I carriage return Select or deselect to make changes Click OK E Editing a Futura Device Command If you have a Futura Device connected to the EIG Script amp Scheduler the above screen will appear slightly different The editing process is the same as for a Nexus device G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 16 15 12 Delete a Script Command Commands for script Device Device Name Device Index Address Command Description Nexus Device_1 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 Limit Log PO Mavet Nexus Device_2 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Digital Input Log Device_3 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 POWVaveform Log nit ital Input Log gt E Select a command you would like to de
247. e to a Futura Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Use the Update button on any of the Device Profile screens to update the Futura Updating the Futura can be done at one time for all changes made to the Device Profile After you have made any changes to any or all of the Device Profile screens click the Update button Futura will remember all your selections 5 15 Waveform Log Profile EIG Futura Device Setup Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile A Yoltage High Speed Value Limit 1 110 4 92 C Above Below Limit 2 129 6 108 Above Below r Current High Speed Value Limit 1 0 00 0 C Above Below Limit 2 0 00 o C Above Below Waveform Capture Number 3 X Waveform Mode Normal C Extended AA A rl er The Futura stamps waveform information with the date and time The waveform log file WLG is a collection of time stamped records Each record contains six 960 point waveforms in Wye configuration or five 960 point waveforms in Delta configuration Waveforms are captured when the RMS calculated over two cycles exceeds the high speed limits set in the waveform profile The voltage channels Van Vbn and Ven or Vab and Vbc share two limits and the current channels Ia Ib and Ic share two limits A wav
248. eak from 7 00 to 18 00 in Range 1 and N A s in Range 2 Since no Mid Peak is given select Mid Peak from 6 00 to 6 00 in Range 1 and 18 00 to 18 00 in Range 2 Select Off Peak from 18 00 to 0 00 in Range 1 and from 0 00 to 7 00 in Range 2 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 10 2 Click on Refresh Data to get statistical results Data will appear for each time period and for each day Warning DO NOT click anywhere on the spreadsheet while the system is in Calculation Mode 14 10 Bill Verification The Bill Verification screen calculates and displays cost analysis results for a billing period you selected Click the Bill Verification tab in the Demand Graph screen The Bill Verification screen appears Energy Billing Module Electro industriesEaugeTedh Energy data available from 5 14 2002 to 6 12 2002 Select Date Range Start Date End Date On Peak 05 13 2002 06 13 2002 Select parameters EEE Calculate Peak Time Range Mid Peak Distribution Transmission Generation Misc Please enter your rate information on the white area Demand Energy 3 Demand Energy Transmision Demand Energy Generation Demand Energy Demand Energy First On Peak Charge Actual kW Total KWH On Peak Mid Peak Off Peak Sum 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Mid Pea
249. ech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 23 3 12 Programming the Trending Setup for Historical Logs 1 and 2 MW The Trending Setup controls the channel assignments for Historical Logs 1 and 2 To set the Time Intervals for these Logs see section 3 12 See Chapter 8 for how to view logs 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Trending Setup or double click on the Trending Setup line The following submenu appears E ae INN Trending Setup 2 To change the settings for Log 1 double click on Log 1 To change the settings for Log 2 click on Log 2 The Snapshot Channel Assignment Log 1 or 2 screen appears 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e Type Using pull down menu select the type of Vevice Frome fending Lhannel Assignment Log snapshot e Channel Using pull down menu select a channel A for the snapshot e Click on Add to include the selections in the Log click on Remove to delete e To Remove multiple items hold Control while le BC clicking items to be removed Click Remove Bes R Total E N Watt Total e To Remove a range of items click the first item Frequency hold Shift then last item Click Remove Total bytes used 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the Bytes remaining main Device Profile screen Click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile Reset Logs see
250. econd Readings Harmonic Magnitudes Harmonic Phases External Analog Inputs Time of Use Binary States Action Block Time Stamps Energy and Pulses in the Interval Flicker Miscellaneous G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc t E107 7 07 V1 24 E 2 0 1 Second Values 1 Second Values Alarm Annunciator Average Current Average Input Pulse Accumulations Average Power Bit Binary Block Window Avg Power G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Glossary These values are the RMS values of the indicated quantity as calculated after approximately 50 milliseconds 3 cycles of sampling These values are the RMS values of the indicated quantity as calculated after one second 60 cycles of sampling An event or condition in a meter that can cause a trigger or call back to occur A short label that identifies particular quantities or values displayed for example kWh When applied to current values amps the average is a calculated value that corresponds to the thermal average over a specified time interval The interval is specified by the user in the meter profile The interval is typically 15 minutes So Average Amps is the thermal average of amps over the previous 15 minute interval The thermal average rises to 90 of the actual value in each time interval For example if a constant 100amp load is applied the thermal averag
251. ect 32 Li 8 0 Current Day of the Week 5 00 No Class 1 18 D Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Wolts AN 5 00 Class 1 2 18 1 Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Volts BN 5 00 Class 2 3 18 2 Tenth Second Phase to Neutral Volts Volts CN 5 00 Class 3 4 19 1 Tenth Second Auriliary Yolts V Aux 5 00 No Class 5 20 0 Tenth Second Cunent B C 1A 5 00 Class 1 6 20 1 Tenth Second Curent 4 B C 1B 5 00 Class 2 7 20 2 Tenth Second Curent 4 B C1 C 5 00 Class 3 8 21 0 Tenth Second Measured M Current Nm 5 00 No Class x Enter EIG Line and Point assignments directly from the DNF Table or double click the Description Field for a list of Selections Enter a dead band percentage to be used in causing an associated Object 32 value See Manual for Description of base values used bythe dead band percentage For the associated Object 32 assign a class OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear Line Point Description Double click on the box under Description A pull down window will appear Choose a Type of reading and a Channel and click OK The corresponding numbers for the selected reading and channel will appear in the Line and Point columns Line and Point Numbers can also be found in the DNP Object Mapping Chapter 7 of the DNP V3 00 Level 2 Protocol Assignments for Nexus 1252 1262 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 For example One Second Phase A N Voltage is EIG Line Number 34 and Point Number 0 in the DNP Object Mapping Write these numbers into
252. ect Tools Test Internal KYZ Pulse The following screen appears Test Internal KYZ Pulse ES Min Pulse Pulses per Watt 1 100 5Sms 1 200 10 2 The Min Pulse field represents how long the heart beat light will remain illuminated from a minimum of 5 ms up to a maximum of 500 ms 3 The Pulses per Watt field represents how many pulse flashes will occur per watt hour up to 2000 pulses maximum This pulse is based on secondary watt readings Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 42 4 Click On to enable the pulse function Click Off at any time to disable it Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Note For Nexus 1250 1252 Only If settings from section 3 21 are being used ignore the settings displayed on this screen 3 28 Low Level Access M Select Low Level Access from the Tools menu Low Level Access is not required for normal operation Low Level Access is a diagnostic tool for third party software and devices It is designed to be used ONLY by appropriate level Programming Personnel in conjunction with the Modbus Map The latest version of the Nexus Modbus Map can be downloaded from the Free Downloads section of our website www electroind com 3 29 Options E Select Options from the View menu Click tabs to show the following screens Ax Uptions Bo Paths Data Sean Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous Paths View or change the paths Ne
253. ectroLogic Status screen appears Nexus Electro Logic Relay Control Status M This screen displays the Status of the ElectroLogic Settings set in the Programming ElectroLogic Relay section of the Device Profile sections 3 11 and 4 11 Up to 8 assignments can be set per relay If there are no relays installed a note Relay Module Not Installed will appear on the screen E To print this screen click on the Print button M This is a Read Only screen To change any of the settings click OK which will return you to the main Nexus Communicator screen Click Edit Profile Double click on ElectroLogic Relay to access the programming screen E To select a different relay click on the pull down menu in the upper right corner of the screen Click on your selection Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 14 7 13 Poll Internal KYZ Output Accumulators E To view the Internal KYZ Output Accumulators of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Internal KYZ Output Accumulators from the Real Time Polling menu The following screen appears nternal KYZ Output Accumulation Accumulator Channel Hour Reading WH per pulse Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 4 Watthour Quad 1 4 Watthour E This screen displays the Positive and Negative Energy Readings from the Internal KYZ Outputs The screen for the Nexus 1250 1252 only displays the HeartBeat LED Pulse
254. ecure place in which to save the password If you have forgotten your meter password you cannot call the factory for help There is no back door If you lose or forget your password you must send the unit back to the factory to have the Flash RAM that stores the password replaced If you are not using this meter for primary revenue metering or for protective functions you do not need to put a password protection scheme in the unit If you do make sure you archive the meter location and associated passwords carefully E Nexus Communicator s password feature protects the following from unauthorized use e Changes to the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile e Setting Nexus Time e Resetting Nexus Information Max Min Demand Hour Counters Logs and Time of Use e Flash Upgrades e Pulse Test e Relay Control and I O Utilities e Time of Use Accumulations and changes to the Time of Use calendar settings E Password protection has two levels e Level 1 accesses Time of Use Accumulations Only These are billing functions e Level 2 accesses all password protected functions listed above The Level 2 Password also allows a user to enable or disable the password function E When the password feature is enabled Nexus Communicator will ask for the appropriate password each time a user attempts to perform a protected operation E The password feature is on a two minute timer after exiting from a password protected area the user has two minutes to
255. ed or Not Found e Communication Port displays the computer port currently in use for the connection e Baud Rate displays the baud rate of the computer s communication port e Device Address displays the address of the connected Nexus device e Device Name displays the name of the connected Nexus device e Communication Protocol displays the communication protocol currently in use e Date and Time displays the computer s current date and time e Protection Status displays whether the password protection feature is enabled or disabled Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 4 E Computer Status Bar When using Network Connection to the Nexus Monitor Connection Status Communication Port Network Protocol Nexus Device Name Communication Protocol Protection Status Low Battery Status Only if Battery is Low e Connection Status displays either Connected Disconnected or Not Found e Communication Port displays the computer port currently in use for the connection e Network Protocol displays the protocol for communication to the network e Device Address displays the address of the connected Nexus device e Device Name displays the name of the connected Nexus device e Communication Protocol displays the protocol used for communication to other devices e Protection Status displays whether the password protection feature is enabled or disabled e Low Battery
256. ed on existing open standards DNP 3 0 is used to operate between various systems in electric and other utility industries and SCADA networks Nexus 1250 supports Level 1 Nexus 1252 supports Level 2 Nonvolatile memory Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory that retains its data during a power outage without need for a battery Also refers to meter s FLASH memory Programmable record that monitors any energy quantity Example Watthours VARhours VAhours A type of LAN network connection that connects two or more devices on a common communications backbone An Ethernet LAN consists of at least one hub device the network backbone with multiple devices connected to it in a star configuration The most common versions of Ethernet in use are 10BaseT and 100BaseT as defined in IEE standards However several other versions of Ethernet are also available Error Code Modbus communication transmitted in a packet from the Slave to the Master if the Slave has encountered an invalid command or other problem Glossar y 2 Flicker Form Harmonics Heartbeat Pulse Infrared Test Pulse Integer Internal Modem Invalid Register ITIC Curve Kg kWh KYZ Output LCD LED Master Device Maximum Demand G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 Flicker is the sensation that is experienced by the human visual system when it is subjected to changes occurring in the illumination intens
257. eform profile is used to specify the conditions that will trigger a waveform capture The profile consists of two limits for voltage channels and two limits for current channels Each limit can be set to trigger either below or above the limit value To disable a limit set it to 0000 and below or 9999 and above E Creating a Waveform Profile e Use the Waveform Profile screen to specify Voltage Limit 1 its trigger state above or below and whether a snapshot is to be taken if this limit is exceeded Voltage Limit 2 its trigger state above or below and whether a snapshot is to be taken if this limit is exceeded Current Limit 1 its trigger state above or below and whether a snapshot is to be taken if this limit is exceeded Current Limit 2 its trigger state above or below and whether a snapshot is to be taken if this limit is exceeded Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 17 E The waveform capture number the number of waveforms that will be stored depending on the waveform mode In Normal Mode this specifies the maximum number of consecutive waveforms that will be captured while a given limit is being exceeded Fewer waveforms will be captured if the limit does not remain exceeded In Extended Mode this specifies the absolute number of consecutive waveforms that will be captured when a given limit is exceeded This number of captures is guaranteed even if the limit does not remain exceeded E The wavefo
258. en all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter Note If your Nexus 1262 1272 meter is equipped with the KYZ Output Option the KYZ Output Settings will appear Otherwise just the Test LED will appear on the screen 4 22 Accumulations Rollover MW The Accumulations Rollover screen in the Device Accumulations Rollover Profile section 4 2 allows you to enter a value at which the accumulations will rollover Enter the Number at which roll over will occur If the number that appears on this screen is too 10000 large a warning screen will ask for a smaller number Click OK Example Entering 10000 the displays will show 0000 9999 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 33 4 23 Custom Modbus Map MW With the Custom Modbus Map for Nexus 1262 1272 you can select up to 256 Registers or the equivalent of 2K whichever is lower to provide the functionality you want from your Nexus In addition you can customize selected values for Format Type Scaling Byte Order Data Size etc From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the button beside Custom Modbus Map or double click on the Custom Modbus Map line The screen appears Nexus Custom Modbus Map Modbus Map Number of Line Point Registers Register 255
259. en appears Nexus Polling Volts Current I Maximum Volts A Waveform A N 317 3 B N 317 0 C N A B B C C A AUX 120 0 Frequency Real Power W a gt a a gt 7 3 Pa 5 Inst Average 17 16 Maximum Maximum A B Reactive Power vars Apparent Power VAs Total Total A B c 116 42 EXEN 38 79k 26 32 26 29 Average 80 821 26 92 gt Maximum i o N wo w eel w pas Le w Y w et e N w c x Ed a Maximum 1 Second Hep IZ niece Polling Device 1 g A ID 2 E The graphic representation on the right side of the screen displays any of the options listed in the pull down menu beneath it Volts A B C Current A B C Select either spectrum or waveform view by clicking on the Spectrum Waveform button e Click the radio button in the lower right corner to select either 1 Second or 0 1 Second measurements for all data e Click Print to send a copy of the screen to a printer e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 4 7 4 Poll All HM To view all available polling data of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll All from the Real Time Polling menu The Poll All screen appears w Nexus Pollling Grid BE
260. en at fifteen minute intervals and a dip or surge occurs during the interim the voltage drops five minutes after a scheduled recording was made the Futura will also take a snapshot when the voltage drops below your set limit and when it returns to within limits NOTE For the snapshots discussed above to be taken you must also have your limits set to trip see sections 5 4 5 9 e A Futura stores up to 101 171 pieces of historical data in its mass memory For example if your historical profile has ten values logged every fifteen minutes it would take from three months to nearly a year depending on its memory option to fill the Futura device s memory MW Creating an Historical Profile e In the Historical Profile screen use the check boxes next to the channel name to specify the recording the taking of a snapshot of instantaneous and or average readings e In the Exceeded Limit column check the box next to a channel name to have a snapshot stored when the channel s limit is exceeded e Enable or disable the recording of hour counters Instantaneous THD and Limit THD e Specify the recording interval in seconds and enable or disable Sync Time Without Sync Time the first recording will occur immediately and recordings will continue to be made at the specified interval With Sync Time The first recording will be made immediately Subsequent recordings will be made starting at the next point in time that the end of an
261. en becomes the previous standard value for future scans Hlectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 3 Analog Input Points have various Full Scales values due to different data types Volts Amps Watts etc These Full Scale values are used for Exception Polling in DNP Some Full Scale values are programmable by users and others have fixed numbers See the chart of Full Scale Values below The Clear All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view Full Scale values are 4 byte integer numbers The units are as follows Analog Input Full Scale Unit IA B C Ne Programmable 1 65536 Amps INm Programmable 1 65536 Amps V AN BN CN Programmable 1 65536 Volts V AB BC CA Programmable 1 65536 Volts V Aux Programmable 1 65536 Volts Power Phase Programmable 1 65536 Watts Power Total Programmable 1 65536 Watts Frequency Programmable 1 65536 Hz Power Factor 4000 0 001 PF Angles 18000 0 001 PF Percent 10000 0 01 K Factor 500 0 01 TOU Ratio N A N A Temperature 10000 0 01 Flicker 65536 0 0001 In Interval 1000 1000 Day of Week 6 1 Sequence 1 1 Status 100 1 Avg Select 100 1 Delay 100 1 Log Index 100 1 Countdown 100 1 Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 4 For example in order to find out if there is new log data use a Log Index Number One
262. enter 1 In the Host field enter an IP Address or a Registered Protocol Name see your Network Administrator In the Network Port and Protocol fields the example Leones settings are fixed Network Port Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 3 3 Click Connect Nexus Communicator locates the Nexus Monitor and the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection 4 Click OK The computer is now connected to the Nexus Monitor 5 The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computers connection parameters Status Bars vary depending on the connection parameters NOTE You may use a connected Nexus External Display to view the baud rate address and communication protocol of each port See Chapter 3 for details of how to configure the Nexus Monitor s communication ports El Comnection Manager Connect a Nexus to a computer using Port 1 1250 1252 or Port 3 1262 1272 to configure the network parameters and add a network connection The Nexus must be configured to speak Modbus TCP Modbus TCP is the common protocol used for Modbus communication over a network NOTE The Gateway operates as a Modbus RTU Master with programmable Baud Rate up to 115200 A E lexus Connection Manager Aaa 1 Click the Connection Manager Ls of Locations dedo EEEE icon or select Connection 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse j Connection Manager The example screen appears 0009 New Loca
263. equency on the Waveform Display Settings screen before displaying the waveform If the setting does not match the user s system incorrect time labels will be displayed for the x axis Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 18 Configurable options include 1 Start Up Mode Classic Overlay or Overlay group Overlay Mode Overlay or Group Plotting Method Line Point or Line and Point Line and Point is slower than the other two options Colors Background Foreground Subsets User can reverse the colors Point Sizes for Each Subset Small Medium Large or Micro Line Types for Each Subset Pull down menu offers Dashed Dot Dash Dot Dash Dot Dot Medium Solid Thick Solid Medium Thin Solid Medium Thick Solid Extra Thick Solid Item Point Types for Each Subset Pull down menu offers Plus Cross Solid Circle Square Solid Square Diamond Solid Diamond Upward Triangle Solid Upward Triangle Downward Triangle Solid Downward Triangle Dash or Pixel To include the Iaux in the graph click the Iaux On button click the Iaux Off button to remove Double click on the Iaux graph for a closer view To include the High Speed Inputs in the graph click the Inputs On button Double click on the Inputs graph for a closer view Each input is listed on the Y axis followed by a 1 or O a 1 denotes that the input is open a 0 denotes that the input is closed Click Inputs Off to remove To Print the graph clic
264. er Program and their default locations see Appendix A E Default locations can be changed but you must also change the associated programs so they know where to find the files E To change default locations EIG Communicator View Options E Scheduler Auto Run and Hide on Windows Start up The Scheduler runs automatically whenever Windows starts up if desired The program will hide the main screen and add an icon to the system tray lower right hand corner of your screen and will run unattended To open the main screen click on the icon in the system tray The following are the procedures to set up Auto Run and or Hide 1 Create a shortcut for this program and place it in the Windows Startup folder 2 Add the following to the command line auto hide After the Windows operating system has restarted this program will automatically start G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 4 15 3 Scripts This application will enable you to set up as many as 300 independent scripts Each script tells the software to make a connection to a particular EIG device and retrieve data from that device By making selections from the windows on the script screens you can easily create scripts that automatically retrieve the data you need This screen is a window to the other script screens Note Each single script can be used to retrieve data from multiple EIG monitors You need to assign one script for each telephone numbe
265. er cannot find the Stage 1 record the Inputs Gates and the Relay Start State will not be displayed e If the Log Converter program cannot find the Stage 2 record the Command date time will not be displayed e If the Log Converter cannot find the Stage 3 record the Acknowledgement date time and End State will not be displayed and the appropriate duration will not be calculated e If any one stage is missing the appropriate duration will not be calculated E To view the ElectroLogic Graph click on an event and click on the Graph button The following screen will appear Analog Input Module 1 Input 1 Limit 1 Above 96 or 80 36 204 Analog Input Module 1 Input 4 Limit 1 Above 96 or 80 36 192 Analog Input Module 1 Input 8 Limit 1 Above 96 or 80 36 192 Analog Input Module 1 Input 1 Limit 2 Below 40 or 40 36 204 Analog Input Module 1 Input 4 Limit 2 Below 40 or 40 36 192 Analog Input Module 1 Input 8 Limit 2 Below 40 or 40 36 192 OK Print Previous Start E Key Functions for the ElectroLogic Graph e PageUp Previous Relay Record e Page Down Next Relay Record e Home Current Relay Start State e End Current Relay End State End Next Help 8 35 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Chapter 9 Modem Dial In Dial Out
266. er of the number of bytes selected by the Data Size field Example For a four byte Data Point the bytes can be arranged in any order for polling purposes E Display Modulo Offset Depending on the Data Point selected you may select one or more additional options with the appropriate subselections Descriptions continued on page 4 37 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 35 34 34 34 35 36 36 36 37 38 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 42 42 42 43 44 44 44 45 46 47 47 47 48 49 49 216 217 217 218 218 194 195 196 197 198 199 Line CUSTOM MODBUS READINGS One Second Current A B C IB One Second Current A B C IC One Second VAR Total VAR Total One Second Watts A B C Watts A One Second Power Factor A B C PFA One Second Power Factor Total PF Total G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 109 Display For certain Data Points interpretation and display options are offered Example For An Angle values you can represent and display as 0 to 360 degrees or 180 to 180 degrees etc Selections will appear in a pull down menu for the associated point Modulo Certain values are cumulative and can roll over and start recounting from zero For those values where required you can enter a point at which the rollover will occur Offset Where allowed you can enter a value offset which will be added to the data point when it is computed 4 24 Flicker
267. ere e id dodo 12 3 12 4 Disabling Passwords e 12 4 12 5 Logging On add Of e 12 5 12 6 Changing Password e 12 6 Flash Upgrading IA Overview a a Ba eae a a ee Ge re 13 1 13 2 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Unit 2 2 ee 13 2 13 3 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Communicator and Nexus DSP Firmware 13 6 13 4 Flash Upgrading the Nexus External Display 2 13 10 13 5 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Internal Modem Card 2 2 2 2 13 15 13 6 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Internal Network Option 2 2 13 18 Energy Billing Module VA TR OVERVICW sto tl e a Hea shes Mato A A a DAA 14 1 14 2 Basic Energy Management 14 2 14 3 Cost ANOcationy io e e a A aa a 14 5 14 4 System Configuration 14 5 14 5 Operation Overview 14 6 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 IX 14 6 Hardware and Software Installation and Setup 14 7 14 7 Using the Energy Billing Module 14 7 14 8 Demand Graphs a h ai 405 408 a a ic Bok Be ce da bo des ets 14 8 14 9 Demand Statistics 2 o 14 10 14 10 Bill Viertication lt 0 0 Your oo A eek Pak e A i R S 14 11 VAN Olesa ance ee EL oh Shee ee ep ee I eee Se ey ey Se Me 14 12 Chapter 15 EIG Script amp Scheduler Program TS AROVERVIEW 60 a Gio as a a AR AAA fate he da BAe A ie Be ee eg 15 1 15 2 Operational Overview 2 e 15 3 ON e ae toh TS Ge ay ON in ae
268. ersion 1 0 4 March 22 2002 09 00 Mm Start Up To Start the Modem Monitor screen click Start Programs Electro Industries Modem Monitor icon After the screen appears press Start to allow the Modem Monitor to monitor available modems After a search for modems the software will continue to locate the modems that were found for a Call Back E Operation The main screen lists the available modems with the Ports to which they are connected and the Status When an incoming call is detected the Modem Monitor starts Nexus Communicator which answers the call and processes it E Command Line Switches IS Autostart Modem Monitoring when program is started M Minimize program when started Program will appear as icon in the system tray on your computer screen NOTE When program is minimized it appears as an icon in the system tray Click on this icon to restore to normal size window Example Command Line Switches Nexusmonitor exe S Nexusmonitor exe M Nexusmonitor exe S M NOTE Spaces are required between the components E Buttons Click Stop to disconnect the Modem Monitor Click Start to connect the Modem Monitor G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 10 9 8 Nexus Alarm Server Nexus Alarm Server lists on the main part of the screen all Call Back Events that have occurred Data included with each event entry Number of the Alarm on the list Date Time of the Call Back Event Name of Modem Type of E
269. es vos ves Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes es Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Script 8 Scheduler Y 17V Internal Power for I O Modules to 12VA to 12VA E With 512 K or higher memory With 2 MEG or higher memory xxx INP10 amp INP100 Only NOT Available using Nexus Programmer MUST use Nexus Communicator NOTE Nexus 1262 and 1272 have replaced Nexus 1260 and 1270 and have additional features as noted above Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 7 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 8 Chapter 2 Connecting to the Nexus Monitor 2 1 Overview There are six ways to connect to a Nexus Monitor e RS 232 Direct Connect section 2 2 e RS 485 Direct Connect section 2 2 e RS 232 Modem Connect section 2 3 e RS 485 Modem Connect section 2 3 e RS 485 Internal Modem Option section 2 4 e RS 485 Internal Network Option section 2 6 Direct Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use either Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII protocol Modbus RTU is recommended Modem Connections Internal or External made through Nexus Communicator must use Modbus ASCII only Network Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use Modbus TCP Section 2 5 details connecting to multiple Nexus Monitors on an RS 485
270. eselect the item s you would like to change E Edit the items E Click OK G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 12 15 9 Script Commands Ml This screen lists all the current commands for a particular script You can enter up to 1000 commands for each script and each command is assigned to a selected device for that script Each device is listed by Index Number Type Name and Address and the Command Description follows the device information M You cannot set up multiple retrieve commands for a single device But you can have up to 256 devices for each script Commands for script Index Device Device Name Device Index Address Command Description Device_1 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 Limit Lag PO Mavef Device_2 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Digital Input Log Device_3 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 PQMaveform Log Device_4 1 Retrieve Limit Log Digital Input Log E The sequence of the commands listed on the screen must be valid To move a command record to a different sequence click on the command then click the Up or Down buttons to move it The new sequence will be saved to the database when the window is closed Note If the sequence is not correct you may clear the device s log before retrieving it MH To add a command click Add The Edit Script Command screen will appear H To edit a command select a command by clicking on it Click Edit The Ed
271. for the Channel selected This screen is set in the Internal KYZ Settings section of the Device Profile M This is a Read Only screen To change any of the settings click OK which will return you to the main Nexus Communicator screen Click Edit Profile Double click on Internal KYZ Settings to access the programming screen See section 3 21 for Nexus 1250 1252 section 4 21 for Nexus 1262 1272 E To return to the main Nexus Communicator screen click OK 7 14 Poll Flicker E To view the Flicker readings of the i Instantaneous Short Term Long Term currently connected Nexus Monitor 7 E yonage Feeding select Poll Flicker from the EE Volts B 14396 360Y 14359 710 Real Time Polling menu Sa E Yolts C See Chapter 16 for a complete discussion on Flicker This screen appears Flicker Monitoring Start Stop Reset G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 15 7 15 Poll Energy Pulse amp Accumulations in the Interval E To view the Energy Pulse amp Accumulations in the Interval of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Energy Pulse amp Accumulations in the Interval from the Real Time Polling menu The following set of screens appears Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval These screens are Read Only 18 Squared T Uncompensated Energy if Q Hours They display the readings il KYZ Pulse Output Pulse Accumulations
272. from the Interval set on Primary several screens Wh ME MARh Wh VARh DERERE EELS 02 Q1 VARh 0909057372 VAh VAh Demand Integration Intervals I Rec Wh EEEEE SEY Ah MENTE Del Wh 0091166718 3 7 4 7 VAh ne aa va 0904987335 Primary Current amp Voltage eee VARh rape Thresholds Wh tie YARh 0904981951 Wh Seconda Interval in minutes 15 dd e wh MATT vARh wh TEE Initial setting 0000000000 0000000015 0000000359 VARh 02 VARh VAh Ql VAh Internal KYZ Outputs 3 21 Rec wh EET van TEE De wh 4 21 van as van VARh 04 VABh Pulse Accumulations 3 15 Wh VARh 0000000000 Wh 4 15 Polling 1272 7 07 22 2003 10 00 00 00 Interval 115 min E To change any of the settings that effect the readings click OK You will return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Click Edit Profile Double click on the appropriate screen to access settings and make adjustments Click Update Profile to send the new settings to the Nexus Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval nergy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval L amp V Squared T Uneamp rsatsd Enea Hours 18 Squared T Uncompensated Energy Q Hours Hour Counters KYZ Pulse Output Pulse Accumulations Hout Counters Pulse Accumulations Internal KYZ Relay 1 Internal Input 1 0000000001 Internal KYZ Relay 2 Internal Input 2 0000000001 Internal KYZ Relay 3 Internal Input 3 000000000 Internal KYZ Relay 4 Internal Input 4 D00000000 ien EIR TED Internal Input
273. g Time Intervals X PQ Thresholds Waveform Recording X Pulse Accumulations vows Display Programmable Settings TES Labels DNP Custom Classes Map A Intemal KYZ Settings Accumulatians Rollover AS eS X a X Custom Modbus Map X Flicker Settings 3 This screen contains all the programmable settings currently stored in the connected Nexus Monitor Configure each of the programmable settings by clicking on the icon and then double clicking on the selected parameter See sections 4 3 4 25 for details on editing each setting 4 After you have finished configuring any or all of the programmable settings use the BUTTONS at the bottom of the screen to execute the following tasks e Implement the changes by clicking on the Update Device button This sends the new edited Device Profile to the Nexus Monitor You must update the Nexus Device profile for any of the programmable settings to take effect A Warning will appear asking you if you want to Save Connected Device Settings Click on the settings you would like to save then proceed with the Update e Store the profile for later use by clicking on the Save button A dialogue box will ask where you would like to save the profile G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 2 e Open a previously saved profile by clicking on the Load button A dialogue box will ask for the location of the saved profile e P
274. g Window Interval Seconds 15 ESE Ee O ESO ESA ES E Selections you make on these screens will not take effect until you click the Update Button to send the settings to the Futura after you have already connected to the Futura If you click the Save Open or Update buttons you MUST have a unique Meter Destination Label so that the file is saved loaded or updated to the intended device Warning It is possible to make mistakes here that can only be rectified by reprogramming the Futura through the optional P34 display SPECIAL NOTES REGARDING FUTURA 1 Futura Polling screens are similar to those of the Nexus 1250 1252 meter but may contain slightly less data 2 For details on DNP refer to Futura and DMMS DNP V3 00 Protocol Rev 1 12 3 For details on the Script and Scheduler refer to Chapter 15 of this manual Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 1 5 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles MW Click on the Edit Profile button or select Tools Edit Current Device Profile Nexus Communicator retrieves the programmable settings from the currently connected Futura Monitor The following screen appears Retrieving Programmable Settings from Device Reading Programmable Settings Time Remaining METE Reading Block E A dialogue box appears to confirm that the profile was retrieved successfully Automatically the Device Setup screens appear El rutura Vevice Setup Re
275. ge a port s address be sure to update the address set tings of any device that communicates with the port The baud rate of the port used by the Nexus External Display should always be set to 9600 and the address set to 1 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 9 Modem Programming Primary phone number settings Number Retry delay hz Minutes Retry limit All Connection type Computer gt Communications settings _ Minut Activity timeout limit Call delay timer limit Ta PAN Playback Call failure reset limit fa gt Hours EN Dial out on the following conditions H Limits status change H High speed input change E Waveform record captured Log full limit threshold All Logs io H Control output change H Filling of meter memory Secondary phone number settings Number Connection type Computer Retry limit Modem settings i Rings to answer Rings Identification Password Enable password Md Violation limit iolation lockout time E CBEMA Power quality event W Cycling of control power E Modem password failure El Failure of communication with Nexus Edit gateway port devices Cancel MO EN The Edit Gateway Port Devices button at the bottom of the screen is used to Enable up to 8 devices that are connected the gateway and are to be monitored When the user clicks the Edit Gateway Port Devices button the following screen i
276. ght will remain illuminated from a minimum of 5 ms up to a maximum of 500 ms The Pulses per Watt field represents how many pulse flashes will occur per watt hour up to 2000 pulses maximum This pulse is based on secondary watt readings Click On to enable the pulse function Click Off at any time to disable it Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 41 4 29 Low Level Access E Select Low Level Access from the Tools menu Low Level Access is not required for normal operation Low Level Access is a diagnostic tool for third party software and devices It is designed to be used ONLY by appropriate level Programming Personnel in conjunction with the Modbus Map The latest version of the Nexus Modbus Map can be downloaded from the Free Downloads section of our website www electroind com 4 30 Options E Select Options from the View menu Click tabs to show the following screens W Uptions E Paths data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Paths View or change the paths Nexus Communicator uses to store any copied Roto Logs EXPROGRAN FLES ELECTRO NOUSTE NES ONKUNDE powe exported or retrieved data Device Profiles E APROGRAM FILESSELECTAO INDUSTRIESSNEXUS COMMUNICATOR Browse Scripts EAPROGRAM FILESSELECTRO INDUSTRIESSNEXUS COMMUNICATOR Browse Polled Data Je SPROGRAM FILESSELECTAO INDUSTRIESSNEXUS COMMUN
277. grade process Flash upgrading will fail if an incorrect checksum code is entered Note The checksum code consists only of the digits 0 9 and the letters A F The checksum will never contain the letters O or 1 which are often confused for zeros and ones 4 Connect to the Nexus Monitor From the Tools Menu select Flash Me The following screen appears If you have not upgraded your software you will not have a Nexus Unit button Select NEXUS Code To Flash Nexus Unit Internal Modem Nexus DSP Only LED Display 5 Choose the type of upgrade you want to perform Nexus Comm or Nexus DSP See section 13 2 for how to Flash upgrade the Nexus Unit See section 13 4 to Flash Upgrade the Nexus External Display section 13 5 to Flash Upgrade the Internal Modem Card and section 8 6 to Flash Upgrade the Internal Network Option Click Next The following screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 6 Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOWS Desktop 320run_v96 E 10 9 File 2 6 Click the Browse button beside File 1 Select file to be flashed el E 107 9 7 96 2 1 2 96 hex E 107 9 7 96 2 1b 96 hex Files of type Intel Hex File hex gt Cancel I Open as read only 7 Locate the firmware files on your computer File names and formats may vary from the example screen above be sure to read the text file accompanying the firmware files 8 Select the file and click Open If you
278. gs This is true even though the CT and PT Ratios change when the meter or a new meter is placed in a different location Changing the CT and PT Ratios will not effect the of full scale limits previously set This is useful when using large numbers at meters Device Protile Limits Limit 1 Limit 2 Channel Setting Setpoint Setpoint Primary Primary 0 01 Above Y 0 01 AND 0 01 Above 0 0 01 OF 0 01 Above O 0 01 OF 0 05 Above bove bove bove bove bowe Combination Limit 3 Setting ts AN ts BH ts CN sec ts AUS Block Win Avg Status Rolling Win Ay Status Volts ANAAB Volts BNBC Volts CN ACA Pur Factor A Pwr Factor B Pwr Factor E WA Total Phase Angles Volts BN bowe bowe Dowe Dowe Dowe breed W Phase to Neutral W Phase to Phase Power Phase Power Total Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 17 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e To set the type of limit and the channel assigned to it double click in either the Type or Channel column From the pop up menu choose the desired settings and click OK e To designate the limit as either Above or Below a percentage of the Full Scale click once in each Settings column and select the desired setting from the pull down menu e To set the percentage of the Full Scale at which the limit will trip enter the value in the of FS colu
279. gs Binary YVAhour 01 0 2 Class 1 Class 2 Enter EIG Line and Point assignments directly from the DNP Table or double click the Description Field for a list of Selections Enter a Digit Scaling NumbertO ta 15 forthe point Each Object 20 assigned has an associated Object 22 and 23 Forthe associated Object 22 enter a delta value to trigger the DNF event and assign a claass Forthe associated Object 23 assign a class OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear Line Point Description Double click on the box under Description to Add Delete or Modify DNP Points A pull down window appears Choose a Type of reading and a Channel and click OK The corresponding numbers for the selected data and channel will appear in the Line and Point columns Line and Point Numbers can also be found in the DNP Object Mapping Ch 7 of DNP V3 00 Level 2 Protocol Assignments for Nexus 1252 1262 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 For example VA hour has Line Number 133 and Point Number 0 in the DNP Object Mapping Write those numbers into the Object 20 Binary Counter window of the Nexus Communicator When the Line and Point Numbers are written the software fills in the description on the screen Repeat for each desired Binary Counter Point Update the device The Nexus meter scans those points every second S Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 5 Scaling A Nexus meter can measure its Binary Counter value using up to a 16 digit number 0 to 9 99
280. h KW lt Value Ph oss 1 Ph Watt Full Load Loss Watts 3 040 1013 33 Phase to Phase Phase to Grd Test Voltage 138000 79674 Full Load Current mn Publishing and duplicating nights are property of Electro In dustriesiS augetech This spreadsheet is designed only to be used with BG Nexus based metering equipment G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 12 Appendix C Nexus Communicator Command Line Arguments Version 1 08 Current 6 26 2003 C 1 Script Command Line Methods Tells Communicator to perform a task corresponding to the Script ID Number snnnn Script ID Number e Example Nexus Communicator s1234 s Script ID Number uc Start Log Converter 0 Do not start log converter 1 Start log converter If left out of command line Start Log Converter assumed e Example Nexus Communicator with Script 1234 will Start Log Converter if Log Retrieval is in the script Nexus Communicator s1234 uc 1 C 2 Application Command Line Methods Tells Communicator to make a connection and display a particular application screen c additional arguments with a space between each argument e Example 1 Nexus with address 2 on network with IP address 10 0 0 1 using Modbus TCP Start on device status screen Nexus Communicator c cm 1 ad 2 pr 3 1p 10 0 0 1 np 502 e Example 2 Nexus with address 2 at remote location with Phone Number 555 545 5110 using Modbus ASCII Start on device status screen
281. h Nexus td Generate email gf Call pager fd Generate email gf Call pager Generate email gf Call pager Cycling of control power y Email and pager settings Outgoing mail server mailerols cor Sender Pager ID a a Name Mail address Pager number Filter D ouble Click to Edit John Smith jamith electricity com 1 732 323 3444 0 Add Jim Jones jonesBaol com tet o Please contact the main office a 1234 4301 Test pager Recipients Remove User defined message The settings on this screen tell the PC what to do when the Modem calls with one or more problems Who to call where and what message to send NOTE The user must have installed Dial In Server software for the Dial In screens to work AM View From the View menu on the Toolbar Click Dial In Settings Settings Events Problems Limits Status Change Nexus contains up to 64 monitored limit conditions One or more limit states had a change High Speed Input Change One or more of the 8 High Speed Inputs had a change Control Output Change When a control event occurs an integer counter increments range of 0 65 536 Waveform Record Capture A Waveform Record Capture was triggered in response to observed transient conditions An integer counter increments each time a waveform record is captured range of 0 65 536 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 9 7 CBEMA Power Quality Event Nexus captures CBEMA event records in re
282. h Second Measured M Current Nr Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 No Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 No Class x 5 00 Enter EIG Line and Point assignments directly from the DNP Table or double click the Description Field for a list of Selections Enter a dead band percentage to be used in causing an associated Object 32 value See Manual for Description of base values used by the dead band percentage For the associated Object 32 assign a class OK Cancel Help Clear All Clear G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 32 4 21 Internal KYZ Outputs E The Internal KYZ Outputs Settings allow you to assign channels to the KYZ Outputs and to the Test LED Test The settings also allow you to determine the frequency and the duration of the pulse for each output and for the Test LED 1 From the Device Profile screen section 4 2 click on the button beside Internal KYZ Settings or double click on the Internal KYZ Settings line The screen appears Nexus Internal KYZ Outputs KYZ Assigned Channel Watt Hour Pulse Mode Form Output Fer Pulse Width ms ouea a Wathour loson eo eree e EIT KE E E E SELECT CO E E E ETA E E E E EE E oe 2 Click on the arrow of the pull down menu next to KYZ Output you would like to assign a channel Make changes to Watt Hour per Pulse Pulse Width Mode and Form for each output and for the Test LED Note on Form Form A Transition Form C Pulse 3 Wh
283. her components of the the Nexus System include the Nexus External Displays and the Nexus External I O Modules E The following is an outline for using Nexus Communicator 1 Install Nexus Communicator software on your computer Chapter 1 2 Connect your computer to one or more Nexus Monitors Chapter 2 3 Configure the Nexus Monitor s Chapter 3 Nexus 1250 1252 Chapter 4 1262 1272 4 Configure retrieve and view data from the Futura Monitor Chapter 5 5 Retrieve and view data from the Nexus Monitor s Chapters 7 8 and 10 6 EIG Script and Scheduler Program for Automated Data Retrieval and Processing Chapter 15 NOTE See the Table of Contents for specific topics G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 XII Chapter 1 Installing Nexus Communicator 1 1 System Requirements IBM PC Compatible Pentium 200MHz or better Windows 98 with Service Pack 1 or Release 2 NT 4 with Service Pack 5 Windows 2000 with at least Service Pack 1 32 MB RAM XVGA Card and Monitor with 1024x768 and 65k colors Available RS 232 Serial Port 1 2 Installing Nexus Communicator Software l eo Start Windows Insert the Nexus Communicator CD into your computer s CD drive Double click on the Nexus Communicator 2 Read Me File Setup n icon and follow the on screen Nexus Communicator Unicode Release Info instructions Nexus Communicator and Log A Viewer will be installed on your computer The Nace as Re
284. hermal Average Block Window Average and Rolling Window Average readings Average Total Q and corresponding Max and Mins are computed on those screens Click on tabs at the top of each screen to move from screen to screen The screens are the same the readings will differ G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 18 7 17 Poll External Digital Inputs E To view the polling screens for the External Digital Inputs select Poll External Digital Inputs or from the I O Devices menu shown below Nx Nexus Communicator File Connection Real Time Poll Tools 1 0 Devices Time of Use Logs View Help EDIT PROFILE MH The following screen appears External Digital Inputs Query 1 0 Module Change 1 0 Module Address Baud Rate Nexus 1 0 Device Status Stand Alone Programmer Relay Control E gital Inpu Poll External Analog Inputs Locator Utility 000000000002 Modue 1 Reset 000000000028 00000000000 00000000001 En Counters 00000000000 00000000000 000000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000005 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000003 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 Closed Closed 00000000001 00000000000 000000000001 000000000028 000000000000 000000000031 000000000011 000000000001 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24
285. icator Connect icon on the tool bar or select Connect Quick Connect The following screen appears Device Address ET Baud Rate 67600 Mi Serial Port COM2 Protocol Modbus RTU e This screen displays your computer s communications settings e Inthe Device Address field enter the current address of one of the I O modules in the group If you do not know the address use the Stand Alone Locator utility section 11 16 e Inthe Baud Rate field enter a baud rate that matches the baud rate of the I O s 57600 recommended If you do not know the baud rate use the Stand Alone Locator utility section 11 16 e In the Serial Port field enter the computer s communication port into which the RS 232 cable is inserted e Leave the Protocol field set to Modbus RTU 4 Click Connect Nexus Communicator searches for a module at the specified baud rate and address 5 When it has located the I O s the following screen appears see NOTE below Nexus Device Status 1 0 MODULES List of Currently Connected Devices Device Device Type Boot Run time DSP Boot DSP Run time Comm State DSP State On Time Device 1 Digital Output Module 0020 117 Healthy Device 2 4 20 mA Analog Out 0014 106 Healthy Al NOTE Nexus Communicator will find a group of I Os if they have been added together on the Connection Manager screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 27 6 Click OK to to close th
286. ice Profile A copy of the MS Excel Spreadsheet with Example Numbers on the following pages will assist you G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 8 Electro industries baugeTech Westbury NY 877 EIMETER 877 346 3837 Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation Calculation Three Element Meter with 3 VWye connected PT s and 3 CT s re Tf Manti Y CN O Loss Factors for Nx Communicator Software ri Ne Load Loss VARs 1 ROMI AOI Ek FullLoad Loss VARs wveu somo sowo MVA Ratings HV Po E A _3Phase 1 Phase Calculated Calc kVA No Load Loss wais T ooo ooo Full Load Loss Watts LY oo oo Exciting Current pd Phase 1 Phase Calculated elt Cooled kVA Rating EO O E Phaseto Phase Phase to Grd Test Voltage A O Ful Load Curent FDIV 0 o Installation Data Instrument Transformers Numerator_____ DenominatorMultiplier o o O Cuat E O Power Multiplier A Meter Secondary Voltage 120 120voltsforNexus Meter Secondary Current 6 S amps for Nexus Publishing and duplicating rights are property of Electro Indu stnesiGaugetech This spreadsheet is designed only to be used with EIG Nexus based metering equpment G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 9 Electro Industries GaugeTech Westbury NY 877 EIMETER 877 346 3837 Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation Calculation Example Three Element Meter with 3 VWye connected PT s and
287. ick OK to return to the Modem Programming screen Click Cancel on either screen to cancel changes and return to the previous screen Cancel oo ia 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 6 9 5 Dial In Settings The Nexus Dial In Settings screen is divided into 9 possible event or problem sections Any one event problem or a combination of event problems can trigger a call Nexus Communicator Dial In Settings Limits status change Retrieve Limit log bd gf Reset all logs after retrieval Tj Generate email Wf Call pager Wavetorm record capture AS waveform log r gf Reset all logs after retrieval E Generate email gf Call pager High speed input change UN Digital input log bi gf Reset all logs after retrieval Td Generate email Wf Call pager CBEMA Power quality event eu a PO CBERA log bd Ml Reset all logs after retrieval El Generate email gf Call pager r Modem password failure y Control output change GET PQ CBE MA log X E Reset all logs after retrieval Y Generate email gf Call pager y Filling of log memory Pett Filled log Y E Reset all logs after retrieval Y Generate email J Call pager y Failure of communication wit
288. ick the Settings button The Tftpd32 Settings screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 D 1 Tftpd32 Settings Security Server configuration O None Timeout seconds Standard Wax Retransmit High Titp port Base Directory E AProgram FilssATFTROS2ATETRD32 files Advanced Options I Option negotiation 7 Hide window at startup M Show Progress bar J Create dir txt files M Translate Unis file names 4 Beep for long transfer PF Activate Tfipd32 on this interface gt FF Use anticipation window of fo Bytes OK Default Help Cancel NOTE The screen shown here displays EIG s recommended settings NOTE All firmware files for INP100 should be placed inside the C Program Files TFTPD32 TFTP_files folder before updating firmware WARNING It is not recommended to check the Activate Tftpd32 on this interface box Once that box is checked and your computer s IP is changed the TFTPD32 program may not work properly To fix the problem you may have to disable this feature inside the Windows Registry D 2 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 Appendix E DNP Custom Class Map Readings E 1 Available DNP Class Map Readings for Nexus 1250 1 Second Readings Thermal Readings Accumulations Maximum Readings Minimum Readings Block Window Average Rolling Window Average THD and K Factor Phase Angles and Voltage Sequence 0 1 S
289. ies GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 12 Chapter 11 Nexus External I O Modules 11 1 Overview I Os must use the Nexus Monitor s Port 4 Nexus 1250 1252 can also use Port 3 Set the port to 57600 Baud Master RS 485 Cable Nexus 1250 1252 Use these Edit buttons to configure the connected I Os Assigned Assigned Scale Nexus Address Chay al Settings Port 60 fa La to 56 iaj The External Devices section of the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile Chapter 3 1250 1252 Chapter 4 1262 1272 tells the Nexus which I O Modules are connected to it at which addresses This profile must reflect what is physically attached to the unit Revise the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile each time an I O is added removed or configured G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Group of 3 I Os Addr Addr Addr 160 128 156 The Nexus Monitor recognizes I O modules by the unique address assigned to each one Use the Change I O Module Address Baud Rate func tion to assign a unique address to each I O before connecting the group to the Nexus Monitor 11 2 Outline of the Procedure for Installing 1 0 Modules 1 2 The steps below are detailed in subsequent sections of this chapter Review I O hardware details in the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals Before connecting any I Os to the Nexus Monitor you must be sure each one has its own unique address All I Os ar
290. ile xml lt item D_UID 1_1 D_LABEL Inst Van D_VALUE 126 06 Data value gt lt item gt ctro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 06 1 24 6 6 3 Configuring WebReacherO Through the configuration of poll_profile xml you can poll up to 8 individual devices or up to 512 unique items via Modbus RTU protocol or Modbus TCP protocol Devices supported any device that supports Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP protocol with at least one available socket Devices supported for Advanced Features Nexus 1250 1252 1262 1272 CPU 1000 DMMS300 350 425 System set up Set DATA_POLL_DELAY in milliseconds the system will pause between each Modbus poll Set SYSTEM_COMM_TIMEOUT in milliseconds Example lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt item DATA_POLL_DELAY 400 SYSTEM_COMM_TIMEOUT 500 gt lt Item gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt Device Set up within the boundary of lt DEVICE_X gt and lt DEVICE_X gt 1 Assign a device type DEV_TYPE 2 Assign a protocol DEV_PROTOCOL 3 Assign user defined device name DEV_NAME should be unique in a system 4 Assign Modbus device address DEV_ADDRESS 5 If protocol is Modbus TCP assign the remote device s IP address and the TCP port number DEV_IP and DEV_TCP_PORT Set max Modbus packet length in number of registers DEV_MAX_PACKET_LEN 7 Set device s communication timeout in milliseconds DEV_COMM_TIMEOUT The
291. ill do the calculations for you once the required Due to Copper data is entered A copy of the Excel Spreadsheet is in Appendix B Percent Loss of VARS l l l Due to I Warning Communicator will automatically launch DAS IE the Excel Spreadsheet as part of its software package puedo Conner But for the TLC Button to work you must have the Excel program in your system If you do not have Excel software or if the spreadsheet file is not in the Communicator directory a Warning will be displayed instead of the worksheet You can do your own calculations using the hardcopy Transformer Loss Compensation Worksheet in Appendix B 6 Enter the percent Loss of Watts and Vars for copper and iron in the appropriate fields Enable Transformer Loss Compensation by selecting Iron only Copper Only or Both Iron and Copper from the pull down menu at the bottom of the screen Transformer Loss Applies to Both ietts and Watts r 7 With the second pull down menu select from the following Add to Watts and Subtract from VAR Subtract from Watts and Add to VAR Add to Watts and VAR Subtract from Watts and VAR 8 The Enhanced Nexus 1262 and 1272 have a third pull down menu to apply the loss based on the power flow direction From the menu select one of the following e Both Watts and Watts e Watts only e Watts only WARNING Do NOT use the last settings if you do not have the appropriate firmware Check with Technical Sup
292. in the settings windows In the text boxes provided enter the name of the Runtime Update File and or Boot Update File Check with your Network Administrator and make any changes necessary to the network settings Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 4 44 NOTE These changes facilitate file transfers while in Boot Mode there is no permanent change Click on Write Settings to send the updated settings to the Nexus A screen will ask Are you sure you want to Update the Flash File Settings Click Yes to update The sub window will display Write Completed 7 Start up a TFTP server on your computer Set the default file path for the TFTP server to the location of the Runtime Boot Flash file location TFTP server software is available from EIG 8 To update Runtime Boot click on Update Runtime or Update Boot Click Yes to verify that you would like to update the Runtime Boot firmware After the update is completed the message Update Completed will appear in the sub window 9 To Change the Username and Password type in the Current Username and Password then the New Username and Password The Initial Username and Password are eignet and inp100 You will not be able to change the Username and Password unless you know the Current Username and Password A screen will ask Are you sure you want to change the Username and Password If you click Change Password a note in the sub window wil
293. including the End Address Set the Address range as small as possible to limit the time of the search Device Locator lists any device it finds Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 21 Through Nexus Device Locator Start Address 128 End Address 5 devices found Device Type 0 1 mA Analog Out BAI O to SY Digital Output Module KYZ Module Digital Input Module 6 Device Locator will continue to search for devices until it reaches the end of the specified criteria or until you click Stop Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 22 11 17 Locator Utility Stand Alone Method E The Stand Alone Locator utility searches for any I O device connected directly to your computer it 1s not for use with remote connections The search criteria is a programmable range of baud rates and addresses When a device is found Locator displays its name baud rate and address E To make a Stand Alone connection you will need the following e RS 232 Cable e EIG s Unicom 2500 or similar RS 232 RS 485 converter e An RS 485 cable with power wires separated from communication wires see diagram below e A 15 20V DC at 50 200 mA power source for the I O module such as EIG model PSIO you may also use any port on a Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor as a power source 1 Wire the Unicom I O module and computer as shown o Nexus 1250 1252 Part1 P
294. interval would have been reached had recording started at the top of the current hour based on the meter s clock Recordings will continue to be made at the specified interval until the end of the hour The start of each new hour will trigger a recording and restart the interval counter Example If it is now 06 04 and the interval is 0900 seconds or 15 minutes recordings will be made at 06 04 immediately 06 15 the first end of an interval had recording started at 06 00 06 30 and 06 45 Recordings will start on the hour at 07 00 and continue with 07 15 07 30 07 45 etc Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 15 Once you ve specified all your choices click Save In a waveform profile you can select a link to an historical recording if a particular limit is exceeded see Waveform Profile E Editing an Historical Profile In the Historical Profile screen use the check boxes next to the channel name to specify the recording the taking of a snapshot of instantaneous and or average readings In the Exceeded Limit column check the box next to a channel name to have a snapshot stored when the channel s limit is exceeded You may find it expedient to make use of the Check All or Uncheck All buttons Enable or disable the recording of hour counters Instantaneous THD and Limit THD Specify the recording interval in seconds and enable or disable Sync Time E Updating Sending an Historical Profil
295. inutes 7 EIG s EBM Excel worksheet 8 Must set Time Sync for Historical Logging 9 Firmware must support Time stamped Record 14 5 Operation Overview E Creating a Demand Database Click View gt Options gt Energy Billing Module and the screen below appears Click to Enable If the Enable Box is not checked no data will be processed by EBM If the option is set Log Converter will store the Avg Watt values from the log into the new Demand Database The new database will carry the same file name as the regular meter database except the file extension is EBM DB If the file does not exist Log Converter will make a duplicate copy of the template database and rename it Device_Name EBM DB There should be no more than 96 records per day in the database EIG s EBM Excel worksheet can be used to load and view the Demand Database System Requirement MS Excel 97 or 2002 installed NOTE The EBM Excel Spreadsheet File Location is C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Add Ins EIG_EBM xls shown below Click Select for a different location Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Billing Module Miscellaneous Enable Energy Billing Module EBM Excel Spreadsheet i C Program FilestElectro Industies Nexus Communicator 4dd InsElG_E Select File Location ME Using the Excel Spreadsheet 1 On startup the user must select a valid EBM database file or click the Load D
296. ions speed is typically in the range of 1200 bits per second to 57 600 bits per second RS 232 connection can be accomplished using Port 1 of the Nexus 1250 1252 or the Optical Port on the face of the Nexus 1260 1270 A type of serial network connection that connects two or more devices to enable communication between the devices An RS 485 connection will allow multi drop communication from one to many points Distance between devices is typically limited to around 2 000 to 3 000 wire feet Communications speed is typically in the range of 120 bits per second to 115 000 bits per second A voltage quality event during which the RMS voltage is lower than normal for a period of time typically from 1 2 cycle to 1 minute Any Register or pulse output that does not use any CT or VT Ratio The type of port used to directly interface with a PC In Modbus communication a Slave Device only receives a Request Packet from a Master Device and responds to the request A Slave Device cannot initiate communication A voltage quality event during which the RMS voltage is higher than normal for a period of time typically from 1 2 cycle to 1 minute Glossary 5 THD Total Harmonic Distortion is the combined effect of all harmonics measured in a voltage or current The THD number is expressed as a percent of the fundamental For example a 3 THD indicates that the magnitude of all harmonic distortion measured equals 39 of the magnitude of the fundamental
297. ipt4 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 9 5 2001 3 15 58 PM 9 4 2001 3 15 59 PM New script5 Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM New script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM New script8 Weekly Day of week Wednesday Time 9 00 00 AM 9 12 2001 9 00 00 AM 9 5 2001 10 47 20 AM New script6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 25 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM New script Daily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM New script8 Daily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 er Current status 9 5 2001 11 18 43 AM Cleared current status SCRIPT SCHEDULER STATUS Note Individual logs for each script can be found by the name of the script in Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Communicator Script Logs G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 23 15 17 Exit How to Exit The best way to Exit the EIG Script amp Scheduler software program is to click the Exit button on the main Scheduler screen First you must Stop the Scheduler If you are on a screen other than the main Scheduler screen click the Close button until you return to the main Scheduler screen Click Close Click Exit A Warning window will appear Nexus Script amp Scheduler Click Yes to Exit Click No to remain on the screen Note You can also Minimize the program if you want the Scheduler to continue to run but not appear on your PC
298. is finished COM Port COM1 Baud Rate 9600 Flow Control None Data Bits 8 Parit None Device Settings ID Address Type Name Connection Protocol PW 1 PW 2 q 2 1 Nexus Device 2 COM Port Modbus ASCII Not set Not set 3 Device 3 Modbus ASCII Print pages To Page 1of1 CO Zoom mE E The Script Report provides a detail of a particular script For scripts that have many devices and or many commands the report may be quite lengthy MW Features Print To print all or part of the report type the page numbers and click on Print Save To save the report to a particular file click on Save Cancel To exit the report and return to the main screen click Cancel Scroll Bar To move from page to page in the report click the Back or Forward Arrows Zoom Use the pull down menu to select from a variety of magnifications from Thumbnail to 400 The screen capture above shows a Zoom of 100 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 6 15 5 Set Up a Script E In the Script Name window type in a name for the script Each script must have a unique name Tf the script is not named a default name is assigned by the software Most users assign the name of the substation where the device is located as the name ff is not a valid character for a script E To select a Connection Type use the pull down menu to select either Remote Dial Up or Direct Single COM Port The Script Connection Properties are di
299. it Script Command screen will appear E To delete a command select a command by clicking on it Click Delete A Warning window will appear which asks Are you sure you want to delete this command Click Yes or No E To exit the screen click Close G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 13 15 10 Add a Script Command M This screen enables you to add or edit a script command This section will discuss adding a script Section 15 11 will discuss editing a script command Edit Script Command PO 000 System Device Number of Retries Primary Commands Send switch string x Secondary Commands 1 System data switch string PTO2 Use amp for line feed use for carriage return E Add a script command se the pull down menu to select a Device The device you choose in this window will determine the choices available for the other screens a se the pull down menu to select the Number of Retries from 0 to 5 This is the number of imes the software will attempt to connect se the pull down menu to select a Primary Command Type in or click to select the Secondary Command s When you add a Nexus Device the Primary Command will be Retrieve and the Secondary Commands will be a selection of logs Click OK E Add a Futura Device script command If you have a Futura Device connected to the EIG Script amp Scheduler the above screen will appear slightly differe
300. itch String appropriate for the device 6 Click on the Add button in the Devices at Location section to add up to 31 additional Nexus units at that location Use Port 2 1250 1252 or Port 3 1262 1272 of the Internal Modem Option Nexus to add additional units Each unit must be configured to speak Modbus ASCII and set to the same baud rate as the Nexus NOTE Additonal units DO NOT have to be Internal Modem units G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 9 7 Select the new device and click on the edit button to edit its location information The Location Device Editor screen appears displaying the Nexus unit s communications settings Connection Manager Location Device Editor Device Properties Address Name Device 1 Description Device 1 Protocol Modbus ASCII Device Type NEXUS e Inthe Device Address field enter the address assigned to the additional Nexus unit Again each unit MUST have a unique address other than 1 see section 2 5 e Inthe Name field enter a name for the device that will differentiate it from any others at that location e IN THE PROTOCOL FIELD SELECT MODBUS ASCII e Leave the Device Type field set to Nexus e Click on the Close button when all information is entered 8 If you are connecting to multiple Nexus units at this location repeat the above process for all Nexus units that are on the bus Each Nexus device MUST have a unique address To remove devices select and click Remove
301. ith NEXAIPWR DII file version 2 1 0 8 or higher PQDIF Viewer Program optional e Meters Supported Electro Industries Nexus Series e Operation 1 Use the Meter 1 button select a DB file with waveform data 2 Select a Time Range 3 Press the PQDIF Format button 4 Select a PQDIF file name PQD to which you will export data 5 Click OK PQDIF exports the waveform data and converts it to PQDIF format Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 32 8 17 Status Change Log Inputs E The Status Change Log Input Log displays the input change status for a selected meter file and time range EIG Log Viewer Data Type Time Range SS Sort Criteria Down H Show Snapshots H Show Input Settings Start Date Time End Date Time Device Name Module Nar Input Na State State Nam INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6110 2003 10 00 06 960 Ph INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6110 2003 10 00 06 890 Ph INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input Open 6110 2003 9 59 41 310 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6110 2003 9 59 41 170 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 59 29 150 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6110 2003 9 59 26 420 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 58 57 820 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6 10 2003 9 58 57 770 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 58 57 440 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Inp
302. itioned anywhere in the table e To sort the data by record type in either ascending or descending order click on the Sort button and use the pull down menus to make your selection Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 16 8 10 Viewing the Waveform Log E From Log Viewer s main screen section 8 5 click on the Waveform button or View Data Waveform Log Viewer will display waveform information for the selected log file s based on the time range specified in the Select Time Range section of its main screen Futura Waveform Time Precision is 1 second E og Oj x File Edit SelectData View Data Help Data p a D o R g DO DO O 00 o Up Down e 1 T g Start Date Time End Date Time Duration ms Trigger Date Time Dewice Weawetorm Trig 2727 2002 11 00 37 076 AM 2 27 2002 11 00 37 212 AM 133 2 27 2002 11 00 37 095 AM Feeder la Sag lb Sac 2727 2002 11 00 36 944 AM jefe r200 11 00 37 076 AM 133 2 27 2002 11 00 36 961 AM Feeder1 la 5ag Ib Sac 2 27 2002 11 00 36 612 AM 2 27 2002 11 00 36 945 AM 133 2 27 2002 11 00 36 845 AM Feeder la Sag Ib Sac 2727 2002 10 54 19 496 AM 2 27 2002 10 54 19 630 AM 133 2 27 2002 1 511 AM Feeder 1 Sag ln Sac 2127 2002 10 54 19 362 AM 2 27 2002 10 54 19 496 AM y eeder 1 b 5a1 2727 2002 10 54 19 230 AM 2 27 2002 10 54 19 363 AM 133 2 27 2002 10 54 19 263 AM Feeder la Sag l
303. its 0 9 and the letters A F The checksum will never contain the letters O or 1 which are often confused for zeros and ones Make sure the External Display is connected to a Nexus Monitor port operating at 9600 baud See Chapter 3 for details on configuring the Nexus Monitor s communication ports Connect to the Nexus Monitor From the Tools Menu select Flash Me The following screen appears lash Me Select NEXUS Code To Flash Nexus Unit 8 liiernal oder Nexus Comm Only Nexus DSP Only Click the LED Display radio button Click Next The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 10 Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOWS Desktop 320run_w961E 107 9 File 2 6 The Nexus External Display firmware upgrade requires only one File Click the Browse button beside File 1 Select file to be flashed Look in a Nexus_Display_v26 J gl ex File name JE125932525 25 hex Files of type intel Hex File hex Cancel PF Open as read only 7 Locate the Nexus External Display file on your computer Select the file and click Open File names and formats may vary from the example screen above be sure to read the text file accompanying the firmware files The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 11 Enter Flash File File 1 CAWINDOWS Desktop Nexus_Display_v26 E File 2 8 Click Next The following s
304. ity of light sources IEC 61000 4 15 and former IEC 868 describe the methods used to determine flicker severity Wiring and Hookup configuration for the Nexus 1260 1270 Measuring values of the fundamental current and voltage and percent of the fundamental Energy indicator on the face of the Nexus 1250 1252 pulses are generated per the programmed K value Energy indicator located on the upper left side of the face of the Nexus 1260 1270 meter pulses are generated per the programmed K value Any of the natural numbers the negatives of those numbers or zero An optional modem within the meter s enclosure that connects to the RJ 11 telephone connector In the Nexus Modbus Map there are gaps between Registers For example the next Register after 08320 is 34817 Any unmapped Register stores no information and is said to be invalid An updated version of the CBEMA Curve that reflects further study into the performance of microprocessor devices The curve consists of a series of steps but still defines combinations of voltage magnitude and duration that will cause malfunction or damage kWh per pulse i e the energy kilowatt hours kW x demand interval in hours Output where the rate of changes between 1 and 0 reflects the magnitude of a metered quantity Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode In Modbus communication a Master Device initiates and controls all information transfer in the form of a Request Pac
305. ive scripts eduler sto ed Schedule Script Name Frequency Next Run Time Last Run Time New script Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM ewscript3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 97712 06 25 PM 3 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 97 3 15 58 PM 9 1 3 15 59 PM Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM ew script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM New script8 Weekly Day of week Wednesday Time 9 00 00 AM 9 5 2001 9 00 00 AM ewscript6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 25 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM ew script Daily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM ewscript8 Daily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 PM ew script Daily Time 4 00 22 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 22 PM 3 4 2001 4 00 27 PM f Current status 9 5 2001 8 23 50 AM Scheduler is running 9 5 2001 8 24 25 AM Scheduler stopped 9 5 2001 8 25 51 AM Scheduler is running k dul ned SCRIPT SCHEDULER STATUS E To delete a script that is currently running on the Scheduler first Stop the Scheduler E Next select a script from the Active Scripts window by clicking on it M Click Delete Script A Warning window will appear Click Yes Nexus Script amp Scheduler E Are you sure you want to delete this script E The script will be deleted immediately from the Active Scripts window and you will return to the main Scheduler screen G Electro Ind
306. k H us GHP check tha Enabla DF box 1 ONG IP 1 2 ONS IP 2 foptonal J Startup Directory on thee server Miles In subdirectory ara not supported 4 Uae nama anc paueword Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 29 6 12 WebAlarm Flow Chart Nexus INP100 CONFIGURATION 106 100BaseT Ethamet Card WebAlarm COMPUTER NAME DNS 1 DNS IP 1 Tab Sarven 2 ONS IP 2 fortional Seo configuring Web Explore and YWSbXML for deta 2 Alarm polling intarsala Aberin format ty patos G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 WebAkum El Freed Tiros Emal Abate Op lo 9 Simultaneous Fizi pienia Chapter 7 Real Time Polling 7 1 Overview E The Real Time Polling features of Nexus Communicator consist of fifteen data arrangements Thirteen screens appear under the Real Time Polling menu w Nexus Lommunicator File Connection RealTime Poll Tools 1 0 Devices Time of Use Logs View Help Phasors Instantaneous Polling Pall All Poll Mas and Min Readings Poll Power Readings Poll Harmonics Poll Internal Inputs Poll Multiple Devices Poll Pulse Accumulations Poll Limit Status Poll Nexus ElectroLogic Status Poll Internal RY Output Accumulators Poll Flicker Poll Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval Poll Uncompensated Power and O Readings E Two additional polling screens can be accessed from the I O Devices menu Poll External Digital Inputs Section 7 15 and Pol
307. k connect LOGS rons uuaa PHASORS STATUS STATUS Electro Industries Gaugelech AO Start Up Screen s Version 0 2 782 Release August 07 2003 11 55 Computer Status Bar se Connected COM 1 115200 Addr 1 METERS ModbusRTU PW Disabled 5 Disc E Menu Bar Icons Access to all Nexus Communicator features Edit Profile Retrieves the Device Profile from the currently connected Nexus Monitor Same as selecting Tools Edit Current Device Profile Use to configure the Nexus Monitor See Chapters 3 4 5 Open Opens a previously stored Nexus Log File Same as selecting File Open Nexus Log File See Chapter 8 Connect Establishes communication between the computer and one directly connected Nexus Monitor Same as selecting Connection Quick Connect See Chapter 2 y Connection Manager Establishes communication between the computer and multiple Nexus Monitors at local or remote sites Same as selecting Connection Connection Manager See Chapter 2 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 2 RETRIEVE LOGS FOLLING ENERGY STATUS DE FICE STATUS EXIT Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Disconnect Terminates the connection between the computer and the currently connected Nexus Monitor s Same as selecting Connection Disconnect See Chapter 2 Retrieve Logs Downloads logs from the currently connected Nexus Monitor to the compu
308. k Charge Off Peak Charge Actual KW Total KWH 270 Usage kW 530 34 Rate k4H tt Armoumt Usage kvA LALA Rate fk Amount Actual KW 2 34 UsagelkW0 Total KWH E Rate B 10W Amount Remaining First 2 85852356 Usage kKWH Rate H kwWH 0 Amount _ UsagetkWH Rate kWH Amount 2 339678955 Usage kWi Rate kWH Amount Remaining First 320 7994981 Usage kW Rate k40 0 Armoumt Usage kYA Rate hk Amount 67 99547191 Usagelkv0 Rate B1W Amount Remaining First 2 85852356 Usage kKWH Rate WH D Amount Usage k AH Rate kWH Amount 2 8396758955 Usage kWH Rate kWH Amount Remaining First 320 7998981 Usage kW Rate kW Amount Usage kW Rate ikw Amount 87 99547191 Usagelkv0 Ratei Ao LAmount Remaining First 2 85852356 Usage kKWH Rate kWH Amount _ UsagetkWH Rate kWH Amount 2 839678955 Usage kWH Rate KkWH Amount Remaining First 320 7998981 Usage kW Rate kW 0 Amount Usage kW Rate W Amount 87 99547191 Usage kv0 Ratei Ao LAmount Remaining First 2 85852356 Usage kWH Rate kWH D Amount Usage kWH Rate kWH Amount 2 839678955 UsageikWH Rate kWH
309. k and on peak Real Time Pricing The instantaneous pricing of electricity based on the cost of the electricity available for use at the time the electricity is demanded by the customer Rates are downloaded over the phone or Internet This is a customized plan Aggregation The combined total energy use of customers units cost centers for billing purposes E Energy Management Example A light manufacturer operates on two shifts The typical electricity cost is about 150 000 per year Before the installation of any energy management equipment and software the facility was paying in a typical summer month 12 000 for electricity 56 000 kWh Off Peak 2 400 120 000 kWh On Peak 5 500 480 kW Peak Demand 4 100 Total Bill 12 000 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 3 Peak Demand A When all AC and tools are switched on at the same time Load Factor 51 x v S E p a Figure 14 2 Energy Management Example Before With the Energy Billing Module plant management is able to optimize the loads Essential loads are monitored and turned on or off in sequence Simple steps are taken without jeopardizing the integrity of the manufacturing process Savings in energy costs 4 see Figure 2 56 000 kWh Off Peak 2 400 120 000 kWh On Peak 5 500 480 kW Peak Demand 3 600 Total Bill 11 500 Peak Demand A When all AC and tools are switched on at the same time
310. k the Print Graph button To Export an image from the screen click the Export Picture button To Export the data only click the Export Data button To view the previous or next waveform record click the Previous or Next buttons To Zoom In on a portion of the graph click and drag to form a box then double click To Zoom Out click the Zoom Out button To view the Waveform Properties click Waveform Properties button The following screen appears 1 Waveform Properties Property Name la Sag lb 3a9 Ic Sag laux Sa 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM 2 27 2002 10 52 31 563 AM 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1000 00 5 00 1 00 1 00 120 Number of waveform captures Total captured points Paints in trigger cycle 3 1024 Cancel G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 E To view the Advanced Waveform screen click Advanced Waveform This screen appears Advanced Waveform Analysis Setup Use Entire Capture Feeder 1 Waveform 8 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM 133 ms EZ Current Waveform Items Selected Waveform Items ltem Date Time Device ltern Type 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder Wan Complete 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder Von Complete JN 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder cn Complete 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder la Complete 2 27 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder Ib Complete 2127 2002 10 52 31 449 AM Feeder Ic Complete Original Waveform Property e The user can select a co
311. ket to a Slave Device The Slave reponds to each request The largest demand calculated during any interval over a billing period Gl ossar y 3 Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU Network NVRAM Optical Port Packet Percent THD Protocol PT Ratio Pulse Q Readings Quadrant Programmable Values and Factors on the Nexus G Electro Industries Gauge Tech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 Alternate version of the Modbus protocol that utilizes a different data transfer format This version is not dependent upon strict timing as is the RTU version This is the best choice for telecommunications applications via modems The most common form of Modbus protocol Modbus RTU is an open protocol spoken by many field devices to enable devices from multiple vendors to communicate in a common language Data is transmitted in a timed binary format providing increased throughput and therefore increased performance A communications connection between two or more devices to enable those devices to send and receive data to one another In most applications the network will be either a serial type or a LAN type Nonvolatile Random Access Memory is able to keep the stored values in memory even during the loss of circuit or control power High speed NVRAM is used in the Nexus to gather measured information and to insure that no information is lost A port that facilitates infrared communication with a 1260 1270 meter Using an
312. l External Analog Inputs Section 7 16 E Nexus Communicator polls from one connected Nexus Monitor device at a time the Primary Device To view polling data from multiple devices either select Poll Multiple Devices section 7 9 or change the Primary Device select Connection Change Primary Device see section 2 7 Note Clicking the Polling button on the Tool Bar is the same as selecting Instantaneous Polling from the menu bar Clicking the Phasors button on the Tool Bar is the same as selecting Phasors from the menu bar Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 1 7 2 Phasors E The Phasors screen displays the phase relationships of the currently connected Nexus Monitor device Note The Nexus 1262 1272 screen will display the Form and Configuration at the top of the screen MW Select Phasors from the Real Time Poll menu or click the Phasors button on the tool bar The Phasors screen appears AX Phasor Diagram Phase Angles Frequency 60 074 Hz A Phase Readings 95 Wye 3 CTs 3PTs Configured as Wye ABC IA 4 96 270 Angle 1 003 31 Lag Watt A AEL VAA 71 56k B Phase Readings Volts B EEN IB 4 99 Angle V 1 00238 Lag Watt B akra VAB 71 78k C Phase Readings Volts C ETS IC 4 94 Angle Y I CATETE Watt C 70 79k YAC 70 88k 60 Lagging 90 7 22 2003 08 28 16 E If you have an auxiliary voltage reading i e generator and bus where the V Aux
313. l Inputs line The following submenu appears iS Input 1 Lees ul Le at be ii b iipit p Input 7 FR Input 8 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 30 3 Double click on any of the Input P lines the High Speed Digital Input Assignments screen appears Jevice Profile High Speed Digital Input Assignments o pen Label Normal Condition 200000000 per orted pen orted a A A A ow wo 0560000000590 4 Double click on the Input you would like to label Enter text in each field Click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 3 17 External Devices E This setting of the Device Profile configures the Nexus External Devices a variety of I O Modules configurable using the screen below 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 double click on the External Devices line Type Assigned Address Module Settings Log f Limit ID Analog CutO 1mA 4 ch Analog Cut 1mA 8 ch Analog Out 4 20mA 4 ch Analog Gut 4 29mA 8 ch Digital Input Digital Output KYZ Output Analog InO 1mA 8ch Analog In 0 20mA 8 ch Analog In0 bv 8ch Analog In 10 8ch No Device Assigned No Device Assigned No Device Assigned No Device Assigned No Device Assigned Edit 4 AO Module 1 Edit 4 AD Module 2
314. l confirm the Password changes 10 To close the Network Card Runtime Update window click OK Nexus Communicator will update the Nexus After approximately one minute the network will resume its normal functions NOTE It is VERY IMPORTANT to store the passwords in a safe place and to change them frequently 4 32 Update TFTP Settings in Nexus Communicator 1 From Nexus Communicator click Device Profile gt Comm Ports gt Advanced Settings A series of Advanced Settings screens will appear Click on the Auto TFTP Download tab The following screen appears 2 Changes can be made to the following settings TFTP Server IP Address Client IP Address Nexus Meter 5 Advanced Network Card Settings B Services GE Protocol EGO Subnet Mask Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Gateway y N rAuto TFTP Download Firmware Filename F Enable TFTPPort s Server IP Address NOTE This information will be CientiPddress used in the Network Card Runtime Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 Update process which is detailed Defaut Gateway 13515173250 in section 4 31 above Download Filename NOTE Check with your Network Administrator before making any changes OK Cancel G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 45 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 46 Chapter 5 Configuring the Futura DM Series Meters 5 1 Overview NE Communicator Software enables you to
315. lay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power r Communication 4 Full Scales Address 0001 Voltage 120 0 Volts C kYolts Baud Rate 38400 Current 5 00 Amps C kAmps Power XXXX kWatts C MWatts r System r Communication Protocol A entog 210 Main Port Side Port J2 1 or J2 2 Reset From Display Protection Electro Industries El Protocol Dpen Delta Top Port SF485DB or SF232 Detect Phase Reversal Modbus ASCII BG Input Flip r Port Control Device Firmware j Printing and Communication i Communication CPU100 5 2 250 gt DSP CPU196 V3 0 r Averaging Window Interval Seconds 15 ETN E E E A E E E This group of screens contains all the programmable settings currently stored in the connected Futura Monitor Configure each of the programmable settings by clicking on the appropriate button selecting from a pull down menu or entering the proper data A detail of each screen follows To move from screen to screen click on the tabs at the top of each folder Click on the Tool Bar at the bottom of the screen to perform tasks Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 2 MW After you have finished configuring any or all of the programmable settings you may either e Implement the cha
316. le G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 2 4 Click on TOU Registers The following screen appears Assign Register Labels Register Label On Peak OffPeak Shoulder Peak x T a Cancel k Ea 5 A register is a type of rate structure for example Peak Off Peak or Shoulder Peak You will assign one register to each fifteen minute interval of the day when you set up the TOU schedule see below e Enter a name for each different register up to eight e Click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 6 Click Averaging The following screen appears Set Demand Window Demand Windows Rolling Window 7 Select the type of Demand Averaging to be applied to the TOU accumulations For a discussion on Demand see the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 3 8 Click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 9 Click Season Start The following screen appears Season Start a TOU Year 2003 Start Date Season 1 MIRME Season 2 1701 03 Season 3 0701703 Season 1001703 10 Assign a Start Date for up to four seasons per year All Start Dates also act as the End Date of the prior season or month A season ends at midnight of the day before the start of the next season You may double click on one of the text boxes to bring up a calendar Select the month and day you would like to assign as the
317. learn the current baud rate address and communication protocol of each Nexus Monitor port See the Nexus 1250 1252 Installation and Operation Manual for details e Port 2settings are ignored when the Internal Network and Internal Modem options are installed and the address is 1 Port 3 is factory set to the Nexus External Display s baud rate of 9600 The External Display only communicates to Address 1 You must use Port 3 or Port 4 to connect any external devices such as a Nexus External I O module Port 3 and Port 4 are Master Slave selectable If you use Port 3 as a Master Port you can use one of the other ports for the display change the baud rate to 9600 and set address to 1 For all External I O Devices set the Communication Protocol to Modbus RTU Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 8 2 Double click on any of the settings Serial Port 1 the Communications Settings screen appears Device Profile Communications Settings Port 4 Ext Devices P F ol ol Modbus ASCII hd Modbus ASCII bd Mode Mode Network Settings If Network Option was purchased IP Address pias ggg Subnet Mask p Ethernet Gateway Baud Rate Default Gateway 35 his 7 jn Ethernet Gateway Delay Internal Modem Settings If Internal Modem Option was purchased x15 ms Answer Phone on Ja Rings Modem Gateway Baud Rate EXE Dial Qut Profile 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your app
318. lectro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 7 3 Enter the Full Scale for each parameter e The Limits and Waveform settings section 3 10 and 3 14 respectively will be based on a percentage of the Full Scales entered here e Nexus Communicator automatically recalculates the Full Scales every time the CT and PT ratios change e Power Phase is the amount of power per each phase e Power Total is the power of all phases combined 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 5 Reset Logs after changing any settings that will effect the Logs From the Menu Bar select Tools Reset Nexus Information Click Reset All Logs Click OK See Section 3 25 3 5 Programming the Communication Ports 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the Communications Ports line The following submenu appears 116200 M 1 Modbus ATIJ 116200 M 1 Modbus ATIJ 115200 N 1 Modbus RTU 00 A Serial Port4 48 11520011 Modbus RTU e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for the Nexus Monitor s four Communications Ports Address Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Transmit Delay Communication Protocol Network Option and Internal Modem Option You may use a connected Nexus External Display to
319. led Medium You can choose whether or not to run potentially unsafe macros Low not recommended You are nok protected From potentially unsafe macros Use this setting only if you have virus scanning software installed or you are sure all documents you open are safe Virus scanner s installed Cancel E Trouble Shooting If you are experiencing a problem executing this module you may be missing the DAO component To add the DAO component to your system do the following Click Tools gt Macro gt Visual J E Ed Fle Edit view Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Acrobat Basic Editor Cee GSAS eh sein 7 peza Share Workbook Protection 3 Online Collaboration b Macros Alt FS Add Ins Record New Macro Customize Security Options asic Editor Alt F11 Microsoft Script Editor Alk Shift F 11 E The Visual Basic Editor screen appears Click Tools gt References gt VBA Project The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 13 Select the Microsoft DAO 3 6 Object References VBAProject Library as highlighted If 3 6 is not available References Be available select the next highest below Visual Basic For Applications Cancel 3 6 Microsoft Excel 9 0 Object Library OLE Automation Microsoft Office 9 0 Object Librar Browse
320. led Otherwise the button will be disabled E To view the AiReport From the EIG Log Viewer you must select a meter database file for Meter 1 and set a Time Range Click on the AiReports button and the report will be generated NH Once the detailed report is generated you can transmit it to a colleague modify the report with your favorite word processing software print it and or export the file using PDF format HM Reasons for Incomplete Analysis e AiReports for Nexus Communicator analyzes the voltage waveform records in the meter database file If the file does not contain any voltage waveform records AiReports will not run e AiReports will not perform a valid analysis on a waveform record if it was converted by the Log Converter program with a version of v1 0 11 June 26 2000 or older Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 31 8 16 PQDIF Converter Ml The latest release of AiReports includes a new useful feature PQDIF Converter Power Quality Data Interchange Format PQDIF is a tagged compressible binary file format which offers a platform neutral flexible means of exchanging power quality data between instruments and data management and analysis software PQDIF is currently under adoption by EPRI as the standard file format for power quality data and under consideration by IEEE as its standard file format E Using the PQDIF Export Feature with Log Viewer e System Requirements Installation of AiReports w
321. lete by clicking on it E Select a command Click the Delete button Neds Senor Shodu A warning window will appear E Click Yes or No MW Click Close to return to the main script screen Nexus Script amp Scheduler A warning window will appear Click Yes or No to return to the Set Up Script screen MW Click Close to return to the main Scheduler screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 17 15 13 Add Scripts to the Scheduler E Once you have created the scripts they have to be added to the Scheduler From there the Scheduler sends the scripts to the Nexus Communicator to be executed It is at this stage that you set the time and interval for the automatic data retrieval First Stop the Scheduler EIG Scheduler Schedul pp Run St Activ t cheduler st op ctive scripts sto ed Schedule Script Name Frequency Next Run Time Last Run Time New script Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM 7 2 Newscript3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 9 7 2001 3 06 25 PM 3 New script4 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 9 5 2001 3 15 58 PM 9 4 2001 3 15 59 PM 4 New script5 Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM 5 New script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59 PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM 5 New script8 Weekly Day of week Wednesday Time 9 00 00 AM 9 12 2001 9 00 00 AM 9 5 2001 10 47 20 AM 7 Newscript6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 25 PM 9 4 20
322. lication by clicking on the box or pull down menu of any of the following settings e Address Assign an address to each port to communicate with other devices Multiple Nexus Monitors on an RS 485 bus must each have a unique address set for the port that is connected to the bus Type in unique address e Baud Rate The baud rate entered in this field must match the baud rate of the device that will be connected to the Nexus Monitor at this port Use 9600 for modem connections From the pull down menu select 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 e Data Bits for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Data Bits at 8 Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from 5 6 7 or 8 e Parity for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Parity at None Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from None Even Odd Mark or Space e Stop Bits for Modbus RTU and ASCII leave the Stop Bits at 1 Other protocols may require a different setting Use the pull down menu to select from 1 1 5 or 2 e TxDelay Transmit Delay leave the TxDelay at Oms unless you are using equipment that requires a delay in the response time such as a radio modem Use the pull down menu to select from Oms 10ms 20ms 30ms 40ms 50ms 60ms 60ms or 70ms G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 9 e Protocol Direct Connections made through Nexus Communicator must use either Modbus RTU
323. lick OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Reset Logs see section 3 25 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 28 3 15 Pulse Accumulations E This section of the Device Profile displays a series of eight running totals Each total can be added to or subtracted from other totals This allows you to set the high speed inputs located directly on the Nexus monitor to pulse accumulate Note If you use these inputs for pulse accumulations do not set them to record waveforms If you do you will record endless waveforms 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the Pulse Accumulations line The following screen will appear Device Profile Nexus Internal Input Pulse Accumulators Setup Source Units Pulse Aggregator User Assigned Label gt fet a En 4 gt fat a at 4 o gt fet 4 dto2 gt fet 4 dta3 4 dta4 o 4 E fal dta2 E fal 4 dta3 E fal 4 dta4 SEO Source Hour Reading Aggregator Nexus Quadrant 4 Watt Hour Add to 1 i Aggregator User Assigned Label 1 2 3 4 g A E Purpose for Pulse Accumulations This feature allows users to accumulate and aggregate polls from any pulse generating device For energy other motors c
324. lick on the Time Range button in the Select Time section The following screen appears Select a Time Range A Time Range Selection Options Between 6 24 2003 12 00 AM and 6 24 2003 11 59 PM During the previous hour s During the previous day s a During the previous week s LOLO B During the previous month s EMOS During the previous year s O E o MT e To select a specific time range click the Between radio button and enter a date and time in each field Double click either date time field to bring up the following calendar Click the selected day and use the slide at the bottom of the screen to select a time Click OK lease select a start date time ee 6 24 2003 12 00 AM June 2003 June z 2003 Man Tue e To select a range of hours days months or years only click the appropriate radio button and the counter menu beside it e To return to the main screen click OK The time range you selected is displayed above the button 5 After you have loaded the log file s selected data points and chosen a time range you may begin viewing the data The following sections detail the different viewing formats for each type of log G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 9 8 6 Viewing Historical Trends and Snapshots E From Log Viewer s main screen click on the Historical Trends button or View Data Snapshots Log Viewer will displ
325. ll other settings i e all other settings are based on this setting E Miscellaneous Set Screen Settings Optical Port and User Inactivity Time Outs The Screen Settings replace Adjustments Mode in the default profile Screen Settings Back Light Level bright PA te pass is ness Back Light Time when Back Light shuts off Contrast Scroll Stop Phasor Screen Optical Port Rotation and Cumulative Demand Back Light Level 5 Baud Rate eran Cumulative Demand Settings A Back Light Time E min 00 sec Fi Optical Receive Mode Inverted a A Contrast 5 El Regular Running Total a User Inactivity Time Outs croll Stop Continuous Running Total Current Vines Cn ee Phasor Diagram Rotation Counter Clockwise BE Leave View Mode 2 After 5 minutes Max Min Saale DEMERS AE E Leave View Mode 3 After 5 z minutes Optical Port Set Baud Rate and Optical Receive Normal or Inverted Update Display Retieve from Display Cancel Save Load Help User Inactivity Time Outs number of minutes since last user action when Mode reverts to View Mode 1 Settings are 5 60 minutes Leave Test Mode After _ Minutes Reverts with or without energy accumulation Leave View Mode 2 or 3 After _ Minutes Reverts Automatically E Use Buttons for Functions below Update Display Must click to update the display After settings update View Mode 1
326. lly customizable web server provides access to real time data via Internet Explorer EIG s name for this dynamic system is Total Web Solutions This is an open design that enables you to communicate with any device via a variety of open protocols The system incorporates a highly programmable network card with built in memory that is installed in 10 100BaseT Option meters Each card can be programmed to perform an extensive array of monitoring functions NOTE A Nexus meter with the INP10 Option does not support Total Web Solutions 6 2 System Components The components of the Total Web Solutions system are detailed below Each component adds special features to this fully configurable system For Flow Charts of the components see 6 10 6 12 _ WebExplorer This component utilizes your Web Browser to provide you with direct access to all power data Using your browser you can access any data file And because it looks like a standard HTML web page to an IT department the data transmits through corporate firewalls This fully configurable component allows you to customize your own SCADA quality web pages graphics and configurations via FTP Server and or FTP Client The Main Default Page is shown below This is just an example because the web pages for your data may be changed or created to your specifications and needs H EIG Nexus 1250 Web Server Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt gt
327. ls 3 26 Set and Retrieve Nexus Time E The Nexus Monitor uses its on board clock for time stamping any logs it is recording To set the 1 Nexus clock Select Tools Set Nexus Time The Nexus On board Clock screen appears Set Nexus On Board Clock Month Day Year pate a DEN Hour Minute Second Time EN oo H Use PC Time Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 41 e To synchronize the Nexus Monitor and your computer leave the Use PC Time box checked e To set the date and time independent from the PC deselect the Use PC Time box and enter the time and date settings 2 Click the Send button to update the Nexus Monitor s time settings MH To retrieve the Nexus Monitor device s current time and date settings 1 Select Tools Retrieve Nexus Time The following screen appears Date and running time are displayed in LEDs If the IRIG B signal is present on the IRIG B Input of the Nexus Device a green IRIG B appears next to the time Current Nexus Device Time Date 06 20 2003 Friday Time 12 49 50 02 IRIG B Polling INP100 Unit 1 96 2 Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen 3 27 Test Pulse M The Test Pulse sets the Nexus Monitor s Heartbeat LED to flash in proportion to the secondary watt hours This feature is generally used to test the meter for revenue accuracy Please Note You MUST have an accurate source in order to retrieve accurate information 1 Sel
328. ls 4 27 Setting and Retrieving Nexus Time M The Nexus 1262 1272 Meter uses its on board clock for time stamping any logs it is recording To set the Nexus clock 1 Select Tools Set Nexus Time The Nexus On board Clock screen appears Set Nexus On Board Clock i Month Day Year computer leave the Use PC Time box checked Date e IE e To set the date and time independent from the Haun Minte Second PC deselect the Use PC Time box and enter the time and date settings Time H Use PC Time e To synchronize the Nexus Monitor and your G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 40 MH To retrieve the Nexus Monitor device s current time and date settings 1 Select Tools Retrieve Nexus Time The following screen appears Date and running time are displayed in LEDs Current Nexus Device Time Date 06 20 2003 Friday Time 12 49 50 02 Polling INP100 Unit 1 96 2 Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen 4 28 Test Pulse M The Test Pulse sets the Nexus Monitor s Test Pulse light to flash in proportion to the secondary G watt hours This feature is generally used to test the meter for revenue accuracy Please Note You MUST have an accurate source in order to retrieve accurate information Select Tools Test Internal KYZ Pulse The following screen appears Test Pulse ro Hin Pulse Pulses per Watt 1 100 X 5ms 1 200X 10 The Min Pulse field represents how long the heart beat li
329. lts in loss compensation be applied to the following quantities e Total Power e Demands per phase and Total Thermal Block Fixed Window Rolling Sliding Window and Predictive Window e Maximum and Minimum Demands e Energy Accumulations e KYZ Output of Energy Accumulations NOTE Loss Compensation is disabled when the meter is placed in Test Mode B 2 Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation mM The Nexus meter provides compensation for active and reactive power quantities by performing the numerical calculations using factors derived in two ways using the TLC Calculator button on the Transformer Loss screen of the Nexus Profile or using the worksheet found in section B 2 1 Calculating Transformer Loss Compensation Percentages Work Sheet Enter the derived values in the Device Profile screen of the Nexus Communicator software MW The Nexus Communicator software allows you to enable Transformer Loss Compensation for Losses due to Copper and Iron individually or simultaneously Losses can either be added to or subtracted from measured readings E Loss compensation values must be calculated based on the meter installation As a result transformer loss values must be normalized to the meter by converting the base voltage and current and taking into account the number of elements used in the metering installation For three element meters the installation must be normalized to the phase to neutral voltage and the phase current in two
330. ly displaying current from 1000 1 amps If you are not concerned with maximum accuracy you can use the standard Nexus without specially ordering the M10 0 option to display readings from a 0 1 amp CT G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 6 3 4 Programming Limit and Waveform Full Scales E All Limit and Waveform settings sections 3 10 and 3 14 respectively are based on a percentage of the Full Scale Full Scales are based on the CT and PT ratios see section 3 3 E Be sure to set the CT and PT ratios first Nexus Communicator automatically recalculates the Full Scales every time the CT and PT ratios change 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Limit and Waveform Full Scales or double click on the Limit and Waveform Full Scales line The following submenu appears E poe IN Limit and Wavetorm Full Scales oe LA B Neo 5 00 D 1 Ea YAM BN CN 120 00 dida AB BC CA 206 00 e AUX 120 00 ps Fower Phase 600 00 1 Peso Power Total 1800 00 2 sree Frequency 60 00 e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for the Limit and Waveform Full Scales The values shown are for example only 2 Double click on any of the settings The Limit and Waveform Full Scales screen appears Device Profile Limit and Waveform Full Scales lA B C Ne Y AN BN CN Y AB BC CA Power Phase Power Total 0 00 G E
331. meter elements Potential Transformer Ratio PTR Current Transformer Ratio CTR Meter Base Voltage Meter Base Current E This section is limited to application of Nexus meters to three element metering installations As a result we know that Number of metering elements 3 Meter Base Voltage 120 Volts Meter Base Current 5 amps E The loss compensation values can be calculated in two ways Click the TLC Calculator button on the Transformer Loss screen of the Nexus Device Profile The TLC Calculator button activates an Excel Spreadsheet ONLY if you have MS Excel installed on your computer A copy of the Excel Spreadsheet with Example Numbers is included at the end of this Appendix 1 Enter the required data into the Excel Spreadsheet The Excel program will calculate the values needed for the Transformer Loss screen of the Device Profile 2 Enter the values into the Device Profile Use the worksheet found in section B 2 1 1 Three Element Loss Compensation Worksheet to calculate the values by hand Notes under each section will assist you 1 Enter values based on the tranformer manufacturer s test report The worksheet is progressive and notes under each section will guide you to the next section 2 Enter the values into the Device Profile NOTE See sections 3 9 Nexus 1250 1252 and 4 9 Nexus 1260 1270 for more details Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 4 B 2 1 1 Three Element Loss Co
332. mming the Communications Ports 00 4 62 Time Setunes o ee eee eae oe te ee ee ae Ae eee ae 4 7 Programming Demand Integration Intervals 4 8 Programming Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand 4 9 Programming Transformer Loss Compensation 4 10 Programming Limits 2 2 e 4 11 ElectroLogic Relay Settings 2 2 0008 4 12 Programming the Trending Setup for Historical Logs 1 and2 4 13 Programming the Trending Log Time Intervals 4 14 Programming the Power Quality and Waveform Recording Thresholds 4 15 Pulse Accumulations 2 2 4 16 Programming Labels for the Digital Inputs 2 2 2 024 4 17 External Devices a awed og A oe OM A 83 Test Mode tio a Be a E Ge ee ag 4 19 Programming Labels 2 2 o 4 20 DNP Custom Class Map e 4 21 Internal KYZ Outputs a 4 22 Accumulations Rollover 2 2 o 4 23 Custom Modbus Map e AAS EliCkEP Seuings io nt dnd Bboy der Peres woe os cs ok i oe he Bee o 4 24 Programmable Display ao o a a e 4 25 Resetting Max Min Demand Hour Counters Logs and TOU Accumulations 4 26 Setting and Retrieving Nexus Time 0 2 4273 TESE PUSE Ca A A ee eS 4 28 Low Level Access corta ae 4 29 Options e 9 e ab a A A eh ec a aa a A 4 30 INP100 Network Option Up
333. mmunicator will exit Test Mode if there is no activity Click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 E Test Mode Preset Accumulators There are two reasons why a user might want to use the Preset Accumulators screens 1 A monitor in Test Mode is out of service and is therefore not monitoring accumulations The New Value can be used to adjust for the values not monitored while in Test Mode 2 When replacing an old meter that has accumulations with a new meter that has no accumulations the New Value can be set with the value of the accumulations of the old meter est mone rreset E Setting Test Mode Preset Accumulators 18 V Squared T Accumulators Primary Energy Quadrants KYZ Output Accumulators Intemal Input Accumulators Secondary Energy Quadrants Secondary Energy From the menu bar select Tools gt Test Mode gt Accumulator Current Value New Value Preset WAR Hour Quadrant 2 0000000000000 0000000000000000 have zeros for Current Values VA Hour Quadrant 3 0000000000000000 D000000000000000 WAR Hour Quadrant 3 D0000000D0000000 0000000000000000 Preset Accumulators The set of screens shown A o ME here Test Mode Preset Screens appears WA Hour Quadrant 1 oonoo0oogoogoogo 0000000000000000 F WAR Hour Quadrant 1 DAD0000000000000 00000000000000
334. mn Nexus Communicator automatically calculates the Primary value e The Combination Limit 3 is the logical combination of Limit 1 s state and Limit 2 s state Example 1 Limit I D Type 1 Second Readings Channel Volts AN Limit 1 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is below 12V Limit 2 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is above 132V Combination Limit 3 Setting AND If Limit 1 AND Limit 2 are exceeded then Limit 3 is exceeded Example 2 Limit I D Type 1 Second Readings Channel Volts AN Limit 1 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is below 12V Limit 2 Setting Limit exceeded if Volts AN is above 132V Combination Limit 3 Setting OR If Limit 1 OR Limit 2 are exceeded then Limit 3 is exceeded To combine Limits of different Limit IDs use the Relay Logice Diagrams e Full Scales settings are shown in the lower left of the screen These values are set in the Limits and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 4 4 e To set the Power Factor Limits double click on any of the Power Factor settings in the Limit 1 or Limit 2 column and the Power Factor Programming Screen will appear Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 18 Device Profile Power Factor 4 Power Factor is broken into four quadrants The screen lets you set a limit in two of the four quardrants To set a limit from the pull down menus select a Quadrant and Less Than or Greater Than Full Scales Type in the Power Facto
335. mpensation Worksheet Use MS Excel Worksheet discussed in sections 3 8 and 4 8 if you have Excel installed on your PC E Transformer Data from Transformer Manufacturer s Test Sheet a sl Enter 3 Phase or 1 Phase values If 3 Phase values are entered calculate 1 Phase values by dividing 3 Phase values by three Convert 1 Phase Loss Watts to 1 Phase kW by dividing 1 Phase Loss Watts by 1000 Value 3 Phase MVA 1 Phase MVA 1 Phase kVA Enter 3 Phase or 1 Phase values If 3 Phase values are entered calculate 1 Phase values by dividing 3 Phase values by three Convert 1 Phase Self Cooled MVA to 1 Phase kVA by multiplying by 1000 Exciting Current Impedance Value Phase to Phase Phase to Neutral Test Voltage volts Full Load Current Amps Test Voltage is generally Phase to Phase for three phase transformers Calculate Phase to Neutral Voltage by dividing Phase to Phase Voltage by V3 Calculate Full Load Current by dividing the 1 Phase kW Self Cooled Rating by the Phase to Neutral Voltage and multiplying by 1000 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 5 NW Meter Installation Data Instrument Transformers Numerator Denominator Multiplier 2 Power Multiplier PT Multiplier times CT Multiplier Poe Enter the Numerator and Denominator for each instrument transformer For example a PT with a ratio of 7200 120 has a numerator or 7200 a denominator or 120 and a multiplier of 60 7200 120 60 1
336. mplete or partial waveform from multiple devices different channels and different times for a single graph Up to six sets of waveforms can be graphed together e To select items for the Advance Waveform Setup 1 Use radio buttons to select the Entire Capture or a Selected Window Selected Window is enabled if if a user set mark 1 and mark 2 for a given channel The waveform for that channel between those marks will be graphed in the overlaid advanced graph 2 To add to the Selected Waveform Items list from the Current Waveform Items indexed on the left of the screen click on an item and click on Add To remove an item from Selected Waveform Items click on the item and click Remove 4 To view the Original Waveform Property of a Selected Waveform Item click on one of the list items The Waveform Property for that item will appear 9s e To return to the main Waveform Graph click the Back button e To create an Advanced Waveform Graph click the Graph button This screen appears E so a ao Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 20 e To edit the Advanced Waveform Graph click on Edit Graph The first of a series of screens appears These screens assist the user in Customization of Advanced Waveform Graphs General Plot Subsets Font Color Style Main Title a ds I Show Annotations Sub Title Viewing Style aan SS Numeric Precision Fa C1 2 C3 Grid Lines Color C Both C Y CX None
337. n Time File Update Settings Fixed Current r Firmware Update Via the Web Username and Password New Usemame I Change Password Password Fead command completed NOTE Changes made here DO NOT modify the meter s Device Profile TFTP Settings Update From Nexus Communicator click Device Profile gt Comm Ports gt Advanced Settings Click on the Auto TFTP Download tab to change TFTP settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 27 6 10 WebXML Flow Chart Nexus INP100 16 100BaseT Ethemat Card ACCESSING DATA WebxXML CONFIGURATION y Setup you FTP Savar crea an usar account with reed cniy sooo bor dica pomigurs pol proa som 1 XML editor or tent edike ME Notapad ate Pract ing 1 lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt and lt EG POLL DATA Syetem element 1 sEIG_SYSTEM gt and lt Ela SYSTEM m 4 DATA_POLL_DELAY 4 ALARM_CONTACT_PHONE ALAR 1 EMAIL_x xmi to 9 A FORMA ibe T Deria elerania 1 DEVIGE a gt and DEVICE A gt wid Devices dota olerrentt DEY DATA Seve file and sand Rio FTP server modi web page dls H necessary G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 11 WebExplorer Flow Chart Nexus INP100 10100Bas6 T Ethemat Card ACCESSING DATA WabExplorer i MML File poll_data zon CONFIGURATI N Boup your FTP sover creado on ur caut wrth chly a 1 IP address nat in DHP moda 2 rubna me
338. n a user selects a script from the list box and clicks the Report button After Communicator finishes the script the Scheduler starts the Log Converter Manager to convert the binary logs to Microsoft Access format The Scheduler automatically launches the Log Converter program which converts the log files one at a time to a database file after a download has succeeded Log Lonverter Manager SY Program Status Auto Started il Script Name s Entry Date Time Script Name 9 4 2001 4 23 14 PM New script Converting Files Message No files to convert After the Log Converter Manager finishes its conversion the Scheduler can resume its process and run the next script with the oldest run time If there are no files to convert the screen will appear as above Note on Log Converter The log converter s purpose is to convert the binary data accumulated from the EIG device into the ODBC compliant Access database for later retrieval This is done automatically within the software Note on Devices The EIG Script amp Scheduler can be used with many EIG devices including Nexus 1250 1252 1260 1262 and 1270 1272 SM1 16 Substation Multiplexor and Futura G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 3 The Scheduler Log can be viewed by clicking View Log on the main Scheduler screen The script logs produced by the Scheduler can be found in Drive Program Files Electro Industries Communicator Retrievel
339. n control 16 relays In order to do that each relay box should be checked and the Nexus meter should be updated with this profile Check the box for the Reset Enable you want to control through DNP Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 7 Example 1 The Master can control Relay 1 by sending this message Meter Address 1 Master Address 10 05 64 18 C4 01 00 0A 00 6C 1A CO CO 05 06 011701 00 03 01 01 00 00 00 00 00 3B EF 00 00 00 FF FF Example 2 The Master can control Relay 2 by sending this message 05 64 18 C4 01 00 OA 00 6C 1A CO C1 05 OC 011701 01 03 01 01 00 00 00 00 00 E2 5F 00 00 00 FF FF The Master not only controls relays but also can do various resets Each box should be checked in order for the Master to do the reset Example 3 The Master can do a Log Reset by sending this message 05 04 18 C4 01 00 0A 00 6C 1A CO C2 05 OC 011701 10 03 01 01 00 00 00 00 00 C5 1B 00 00 00 FF FF Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 8 Example 4 The Master can do an Energy Reset by sending this message 05 04 18 C4 01 00 0A 00 6C 1A CO C3 05 OC 011701 13 03 01 01 00 00 00 00 00 E7 5B 00 00 00 FF FF NOTE All above examples are done with Function 5 Direct Operate Relay using Qualifier 0x17 Relay Status and Reset Status can be polled using Object 10 For Controlling Relays and performing Resets Object 12 is used The Point
340. n page 3 27 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 double click on the PQ Thresholds Waveform Recording line the Waveform CBEMA Profile screen appears Device Profile Waveform CBEMA Profile Waveform Above Setpoint Miawetorm Below Setpoint Walue s Enable alueita Enable PQ Enable 105 00 95 0 105 00 a 95 0 vl 105 00 95 0 O 25 00 15 0 25 00 15 0 25 00 15 0 10 00 0 0 120 00 20 0 120 00 20 0 120 00 20 0 K OOOOOOfO ue of 100 prim ue Te e t ie 4400 00 A 960 00 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 26 E Software Triggers 2 To set the threshold for a PQ event and waveform capture enter the desired percentage of Full Scale in the Value column of the Above Setpoint and Below Setpoint sections Full Scales are shown in the lower right corner of the screen S lt Note on CBEMA The CBEMA plotting is a power quality standard known world wide for recording the amount of damage voltage transient conditions have done to the equipment being monitored The Nexus automatically records this information For CBEMA purposes the user programs internal set points for voltage below 90 and above 110 of full scale 10 from the nominal voltage
341. n the Set Up Script screen l a Set Up Script Devices Add edit or delete script devices sections 15 6 15 8 1 b Set Up Script Commands Add edit or delete script commands sections 15 9 15 12 2 Set Up Scheduler Once a script is created you must add it to the Scheduler Add a script to the Scheduler edit a script or delete a script from the Scheduler sections 15 13 15 15 3 Status View the Scheduler Log and clear Current status section 15 16 4 Exit Exit from the program section 15 17 Help Files appear on each page C Appendix A lists the Component Files of the EIG Script amp Scheduler program with each file s location in your system G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 2 15 2 Operational Overview The user creates the scripts with the software adding devices and commands and sets up the Scheduler Once this is accomplished the Scheduler runs automatically executing the script with the oldest scheduled run time first When the script is run by the Scheduler small windows appear on your PC to advise you that the script is running and data switch strings 1f needed and commands are being sent A new scheduled run time is calculated If the Frequency Type is Once this script will be removed from the Scheduler immediately Any failures to connect or complete commands will be noted in the Scheduler log see Process Log below A multiple page Script Report will be generated whe
342. nd baud rate 5 Click OK The Nexus Monitor will begin looking for the device at the temporary address of 247 When the I O s programmable information is located the following screen appears Query 1 0 Module Here are the communications settings SEUA ACI 7 O00 6 Write down the address and baud rate Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 20 11 16 Locator Utility Through Nexus Method 3 Use this utility if you do not have accesses to an I O module s reset button otherwise use the Query T O function The Through Nexus Locator Utility searches each address in succession only at the baud rate at which the computer and the Nexus Monitor are connected Note The Locator Utility Stand Alone Locator method section 11 16 allows you to search for an 1 O s address and baud rate without a Nexus Monitor by connecting the I O directly to the computer Connect the module to the Nexus Monitor at port 4 Establish a connection between the computer and the Nexus Monitor The baud rate at which the computer and the Nexus Monitor are connected is the baud rate Locator will use to search for the I O s address From the I O Devices menu select Locator Utility Through Nexus The following screen appears Through Nexus Device Locator Start Address End Address B Device Type Set the Address range for the search Nexus Communicator will begin at the start address searching every address up to and
343. nected Device Settings Click on the settings you would like to save then proceed with the Update Store the profile for later use by clicking on the Save button A dialogue box will ask where you would like to save the profile Open a previously saved profile by clicking on the Load button A dialogue box will ask for the location of the saved profile Print a copy of the profile by clicking on the Report button The Report screen will appear Pogetofi9 f 2 Zoom fwholePage Print Pages I to fig Copies fi Print Save Done Page Arrows Select a page to view Zoom Adjust the Viewing Magnification Print Pages Adjust the Range of Pages to be printed at 100 Print Print selected pages This screen sends you to Print Setup screen where you will select printer properties paper and orientation Click OK to Print Save Save these selections for future use Done Exit the screen and return to the Device Profile screen Note If you change the Com settings for the Nexus you will not be able to communicate with the Nexus You will have to sign off and sign on again with the new settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 3 3 3 Programming the CT and PT Ratios and System Hookup 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the C
344. nges by clicking on the Update button This sends the new edited Device Profile to the Futura Monitor YOU MUST UPDATE THE NEXUS DEVICE PROFILE FOR ANY OF THE PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS TO TAKE EFFECT e Store the profile for later use by clicking on the Save button A dialogue box will ask where you would like to save the profile e Open a previously saved profile by clicking on the Open button A dialogue box will ask for the location of the saved profile e Print or save a copy of the profile by clicking on the Print Report button NOTE If you change the Com settings for the Nexus you will not be able to communicate with the Nexus You will have to sign off and sign on again with the new settings 5 3 General E Communications Address The Futura can be programmed with a unique four digit address 0001 through 9999 Futura monitors are shipped with address 0001 and a baud rate of 9600 unless otherwise specified To change the Futura s address establish a connection using the current address and upload the new address to the device In a Modbus RTU or ASCII system valid addresses are limited to 0001 through 0247 Baud Rate From the pull down menu select the device baud rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 E System Toggle the following options on and off by selecting Yes or No If you select Yes e Blank Leading Zero Leading zeros will appear as blanks on the Futura s display e Reset Protection A password m
345. nit s is set at 57600 baud using Modbus ASCII Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 11 2 5 Connecting to Multiple Nexus Monitors on an RS 485 Bus 1 Individually program a unique address the same baud rate and the same communication protocol for each Nexus Monitor that will be on the bus Because a Nexus device s four ports operate independently you need only configure the address and baud rate of the port that will be connected to the bus To do this e First connect directly to each Nexus Monitor individually as detailed in section 2 2 e Configure the Nexus Monitor communication port you will use for the connection as shown in Chapter 3 Each port MUST be programmed with a different address Each port must be programmed with the same baud rate and protocol as the Nexus devices on the bus Modbus RTU for direct connections Modbus ASCII for modem connections see sections 2 2 2 3 and 2 4 for details on connections 2 Consult the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manuals for the hardware requirements of an RS 485 bus You must link the port of one Nexus Monitor to the port of the next throughout the chain The ports used must be those that were individually configured with a unique address in step of this section 3 When the bus is hooked up to the computer click on the Connection Manager button or select Connection Connection Manager The following screen appears To copy the Conne
346. nization Set Enable or Disable and Frequency The basic function of Line Synchronization is to adjust the real time clock to track the time based on the power line frequency For this purpose Phase A voltage ONLY is used Line Sync is disabled if a GPS signal is present How Time is Adjusted After the clock is synced to the line the Nexus periodically checks the cumulative difference between the real time clock in cycles and the line cycle count If the absolute difference is greater that 50 60 cycles the clock is adjusted 1 second accordingly 4 To set the Nexus on board clock use Set Nexus Time from the Tools Menu See section 3 25 5 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 13 3 7 Programming Demand Integration Intervals M See the Nexus 1250 1252 Installation and Operation Manual for details 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button or double click on the Demand Integration Intervals line The following submenu appears s Thresholds pe an Demand Integration Inter Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window Oh Orn 10s Block Averaging Time meral Window Oh Orn Os Rolling Averaging Sub lnterval Window Oh 3m 15 Rolling Sub lntervals 5
347. nt Allows the generation of email by this Nexus WM FTP Server F FTP Client Allows this Nexus to access supportfiles on a server M HTTP Modbus RTU Server 5 Advanced Network Option Settings E Services GE Protocol EGD Alarm Email FTP Client r Computer Name m r Domain Name Server DNS Server 1 P Address 0 0 0 0 Server 2 P Address 0 0 0 0 5 Advanced Network Option Settings y Services GE Protocol EGD Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Auto TFTP Download FP Enable TFTP Port 63 TFTP Sener IPAddress 0000 Client IP Address fa Subnet Mask psp 2552550 Default Gateway puo Download Filename mo Doc E107 7 06 1 24 6 8 6 5 5 WebAlarm Email This feature sends out email when an alarm condition occurs The settings are configured in the Advanced Network Card Settings 1 Access those settings from Device Profile Communication Ports Advanced Settings 2 Click the Services tab The Services screen appears Enable Disable the sending of Email by clicking SMTP Client The Initial Setting if OFF 3 Click on the Alarm Email tab The screen appears as it 1s shown here Enter the following settings to configure Alarm Email service Alarm Email Settings e SMTP Server IP or Name Requires DNS Setup e Email Server Port Number Initial Setting as xx Mo AUYATIGEU ELVIRA Lalu DE
348. nt The process is the same as for a Nexus device G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 14 15 11 Edit a Script Command ommands for script Device Name Device Index Address Command Description Device_1 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 Limit Lag PQ Wavef Device_2 1 Retrieve Historical Log 1 Digital Input Log Device_3 Retrieve Historical Log istorical Log 2 PQ Waveform Log E Select a command that you would like to edit by clicking on it If you click the Edit button before you select a command to edit a window will appear to remind you to select a command M Click OK Select a command Nexus Script amp Scheduf M Click Edit The command you choose will A Please select a command determine the screen that appears E Edit a Nexus script command If you selected a Nexus script command to edit the following window will appear POE D003 Nexus 1 Device_3 X Number of Retries e Primary Commands Retrieve y Secondary Commands Name Historical Log 1 Historical Log 2 Limit Log PQAWaveform Log Digital Input Log Digital Output Reley Loc MIMI IS G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 15 When you edit a Nexus device the Primary Command will be Retrieve and the Secondary Commands will be a selection of logs Using the windows available select or deselect the item s you would like to change Mak
349. nts per kWh for the remaining 3000 kWh Demand rate is 2 cents per kW for the 1st 300kW and 1 cent per kW for the remaining 100kW Double check the data entered in the table and click on Calculate Warning DO NOT click anywhere on the spreadsheet while the system is in Calculation Mode 14 11 Notes E Excel 2002 The Excel Spreadsheet used in the EBM is designed for use with Excel 97 When using this module with Excel 2002 the first time a file is opened it takes several minutes for the file to be converted into the updated format Save the file immediately after the load is completed After the initial conversion the file will open more quickly When using Excel 2002 check that a level of security is in place Click on the following Tools gt Macro gt Security EX Microsoft Excel Book1 E File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Acrobat Ce A S SQY k van 7 paz gt Share Workbook Protection b Online Collaboration P A Macros Alt Fa Add Ins Record New Macro Customize Security Options Pa qe Visual Basic Editor Alt F11 GA Microsoft Script Editor Alt 5hift F11 Y x G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 14 12 The following screen appears security Level f Trusted Sources Click Medium gt OK high Only signed macros from trusted sources will be allowed to run Unsigned macros are automatically disab
350. o Industries GaugeTech The accuracy and a calibration of our instruments are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology through equipment that is calibrated at planned intervals by comparison to certified standards Disclaimer The information presented in this publication has been carefully checked for reliability however no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 II About Electro Industries GaugeTech Electro Industries GaugeTech was founded in 1973 by Dr Samuel Kagan Dr Kagan s first innovation an affordable easy to use AC power meter revolutionized the power monitoring field In the 1980s Dr Kagan and his team at EIG developed a digital multifunction monitor capable of measuring every aspect of power EIG further transformed AC power metering and power distribution with the Futura device which supplies all the functionality of a fault recorder an event recorder and a data logger in one single meter Today with the Nexus 1262 1272 transformer rated polyphase meter EIG is a leader in the development and production of power monitoring products All EIG products are designed manufactured tested and calibrated at our facility in Westbury New York Products EIG product applications include Multifunction power monitoring Single and multifunction power monitoring Powe
351. o Hours e fice jo Seconds Log 2 Interval lo Hours ps RINGS fo Seconds 3 Enter the hours minutes and seconds for each log The logs will be time stamped based on the Nexus Monitor s time which is set using the Tools menu See section 4 27 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor It is recommended that you Reset Logs see section 4 26 when changing settings that effect the logs G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 23 4 14 Programming the Power Quality and Waveform Recording Thresholds E The Power Quality PQ and Waveform Thresholds setting determines at what point the Nexus 1272 Monitor will execute a waveform capture and or record a power quality event See Chapter 8 for how to view logs Nexus 1262 does not support Waveform Thresholds E PO and waveform thresholds are given as a percentage of the Full Scales of FS Set the Full Scales in the Limits and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 4 4 Full Scales are based on the CT and PT ratios set in the CT PT Ratios and System Hookup section 4 3 E Before programming the PQ and Waveform Thresholds set the CT and PT ratios Then set the Limits and Waveform Full Scales e Note on Sampling Rate A higher sampling rate allows for transients to be monitored
352. o access all data Note To adjust the column widths position the cursor on a line between columns at the top of the screen When the cursor changes to a left right arrow hold down the left mouse button and drag the column border left or right Release the button when the column is at the desired width e Click Pause to temporarily stop the screen update and enable the Copy button Click Resume to continue the real time update e Click Print to send the data to a printer e To Copy the data into another program click Pause to enable the Copy button then click Copy Paste into your new document e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 5 7 5 Poll Max and Min Readings E To view the Maximum and Minimum readings for the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Max and Min Readings from the Real Time Polling menu The Max and Min Readings with Time Stamps screen appears Note The Max Min is the Max Min of the Thermal Average in the profile w Nexus Max and Channel Volts AN Volts BN Volts CN Volts AUX Volts AB Volts BC Volts CA VAA VAB VAC YA Total VAR Total Watt A Watt B Watt C Watt Total Frequency Imbalance Y Imbalance THD Volts AN THD Volts BN THD Volts CN THDIA MW Scroll left right and up down to access all data 4 24 2000 16 41 31 06 Positive Minimum 4 26 2000 10 56 25 09 Negative Maximum Tim
353. o capture the waveform during that operation E Samples per Cycle 4 To choose the Samples per Cycle to be recorded at 60 Hz click on the Sampling Rate pull down menu Choose from 16 32 64 128 256 and 512 samples per cycle The number of samples per cycle you choose will inversely effect the number of cycles per capture e If you select 256 a Capture Only pop up screen will ask you to select Volts A B C or I A B C e Ifyou select 512 a Capture Only pop up screen will ask you to select one of the individual channels Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 25 As you increase the number of samples you will record more detailed information The graph below illustrates the Effects of Sampling Rate Effects of Sampling Rate Samples Samples Cycles Tim per Channels per per A oo Channel Capture PP Analog HS OO 7 1024 1024 1 Second 1 2 Second 1 8 Second 1 8 Second 1 8 Second al zz ee E AA Ea EA Ea EAN EA A Note on Waveform Event Captures A screen of data is one capture If you set Total Captures to 3 and you are recording at 16 samples per cycle you will record 16 Samples 3 x 64 192 cycles of recorded waveforms 128 Samples 3 x 8 24 cycles of recorded waveforms With the 2 meg module you have a total of 64 total captures With the 4 meg module you have a total of 96 captures You can partition the memory in any fashion required for the specific application
354. oc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 13 Flashing Status Requesting Current Operations Mode D The D Unitis Running in Normal Mode Flash Programming Complete Sequence Number 1944 13 When the Flash upgrade is complete the Cancel button changes to OK Click OK Note To upgrade additional Nexus External Displays click Previous and return to Communications Parameters screen Repeat the steps as needed entering a unique address for each unit Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 14 13 5 Flash Upgrading the Internal Modem Card 1 Contact EIG to receive the most recent Internal Modem Option Flash firmware upgrade This Flash Upgrade effects ONLY the Internal Modem Card within the Nexus This Flash Upgrade DOES NOT UPGRADE THE NEXUS UNIT To upgrade the Nexus device refer to sections 13 2 13 3 and 13 4 of this manual You can download the latest software version through our internet site at www electroind com Click on the Free Downloads button 2 Copy the new firmware upgrade file to a directory on your computer The Internal Modem firmware upgrade is a single file 3 Be sure to read the text file accompanying the firmware files for important information such as the checksum code Write down the Checksum Code You will need to verify it later in the Flash Upgrade process Note The checksum code consists only of the digits 0 9 and the letters A F The checksum will never contain the letters O or 1 which ar
355. ocation section Devices At Location select a Device click Edit button E The Device Editor screen appears T Device 1 rere 3 Device 2 4 Configure Location Device Editor screen Address will be 1 for the Primary Device Address will something other than 1 if it is not the Primary Device Connection Manager Location Device Editor Type m Name Device Properties Type in Description Select Modbus ASCII from pull down menu Address Device Type is Nexus Name Click Close Description A A Protocol Modbus ASCII You return to Location Editor screen Device Type 5 Click once on the Device to which you want to connect your computer Click Connect The computer begins dialing When Nexus Communicator locates the Nexus Monitor at that location the Device Status screen appears to confirm the connection The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters NOTE Troubleshooting the connection check the following That all cables are secure That the RS 232 cable is connected to the correct Com Port on the PC That the PC and the Nexus Monitor are using Modbus ASCII That the Gateway and Slave Port have the same Baud Rate and are set to Modbus ASCII Nexus Communicator will search for a Modem If you do not get a Modem Found message check your computer configuration or External Modem setup G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 9 2 9 3 Setting the Di
356. ocedure tells the unit what types of modules are connected to it what parameters you have set for them and at what address they may be found Write down the name and unique address of each I O you plan to use Be sure all baud rates match that of the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or 4 1262 1272 Port 4 57600 is recommended Be sure all addresses are unique See section 11 6 for how to assign addresses and baud rates Connect the I O module s to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or 4 1262 1272 Port 4 see the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for hardware installation details Be sure Port 3 or 4 is operating at 57600 baud and is in Master mode see Chapter 3 1250 1252 Chapter 4 1262 1272 Click on the Edit Profile button or select Edit Current Device Profile from the Tools Menu to retrieve the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile See Chapter 3 1250 1252 Chapter 4 1262 1272 When Nexus Communicator has retrieved the Device Profile from the Nexus Monitor double click on External Devices The following screen appears Device Profile 1 0 Modules Module Assigned Nexus Module Number Type Address Settings Settings Eos Cit 5 nalog Out 0 1mA 4 ch 128 Em i adule 3 nalog ut 1m 8 ch 128 Edit i odule 1 nalog Out 4 20mA 4 ch 132 Edit i odule 2 nalog Out 4 20m4 8 ch 132 Edit i odule 4 nalog In O 1m 3ch 136 Edit i odule 1 nalog In 0 20mA 8 ch 140 Edit i odule 2 nalog InQ 5Y 8ch 14
357. of the fifteen minute blocks in the schedule The following screen appears Set schedule s registers Schedule 4 Vacation Register Name fR2 Off Peak ok 19 From the pull down menu select the Register Name you would like to apply to this fifteen minute block Click OK 20 Repeat the above procedure until all fifteen minute blocks in the schedule s are assigned registers 21 When all schedules are formatted click OK to return to the main Edit Calendar screen 22 Click on Calendar Assignments The following screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 6 Time of Use Profile January 2003 Prev pe era as o as E Weekday f 2 Weekend 3 Holiday Js Vacation El El l e The schedules created in steps 16 20 are shown beneath the calendar Each schedule is color coded 23 Assign a particular Schedule to each day by clicking on the day The following screen appears assign a 3cnequie tO a aate Current Date ae gt Schedules 304 Vacation 7 24 From the pull down menu select the Schedule you would like to apply to this day Click OK to return to the calendar 25 To apply a Schedule to a Range of Dates or to selected days of the week click Multi Date The following screen appears amp Note With the Multi Date button you can quickly program a whole year For Example 2003 by selecting for instance all the weekdays Mon Fri and in the Date
358. of your application G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 11 e Zone Descriptor sets the Time Zone for the Nexus Monitor 0 Greenwich Mean Time 6 00 Central Time US amp Ca Mx Ciy 8 00 Dhaka 7 00 Mountain Time US amp Ca 7 00 Pacific Time US amp Ca Tijuana Beijing Hong Kong Singapore 900 Alaska eoo Osaka Sapporo Seoul 1200 12 00 Auckland i o o O e Daylight Savings Information Enable Enables an automatic adjustment for daylight savings Disable Disables an automatic adjustment for daylight savings Auto DST Sets Daylight Savings Time automatically for the United States only Time changes automatically occur at 2 00 AM your local time on the first Sunday in April and the last Sunday in October User Defined Allows you to set the Daylight Savings Time manually Start Set the Month Day and Hour when the adjustment for Daylight Savings will commence End Set the month day and hour when the adjustment for Daylight Savings will conclude e Line Synchronization Set Enable or Disable and Frequency The basic function of Line Synchronization is to adjust the real time clock to track the time based on the power line frequency For this purpose Phase A voltage ONLY is used Line Sync is disabled if a GPS signal is present How Time is Adjusted After the clock is synced to the line the Nexus periodically checks the cumulative difference between the real time clock in
359. ofile enables you to label the eight High Speed Inputs Using this storage field allows a user to label the inputs so that when the data is later analyzed the user knows the source of the status change 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the Digital Inputs line and double click on High Speed Inputs The following submenu appears E i IN Digital Inputs E E High Speed Inputs ae wer e ATA Input 2 heaves Input 3 TO Input 4 1 a Input 5 ihk Input 6 e idad Input 2 Double click on any of the Input lines the High Speed Digital Input Assignments screen appears G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 28 Device Profile High Speed Digital Input Assignments Open Label shorted Label Normal Condition 4 Double click on the Input you would like to label Enter text in each field Click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter 4 17 External Devices This setting of the Device Profile configures the Nexus External Devices a variety of I O Modules configurable using the screen below 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 double click on the External Devices line oD External De 2 The following screen appears Device Profile 1 0 Modules Type
360. ollowing screen appears Device Prohle Digital Uutput Label Common Shorted to N C Common Shorted to N O Lock to Manual Control poe Common Shorted to NC El ov DO23 Common Shorted to NC da 4 Enter label and Common Shorted to N C or N O for each output Click Lock to Manual Control if desired 5 Click OK when done 6 Click on the Module Settings button and the following screen will appear reflecting the settings for Address Baud Rate and Transmission Delay Jigital Uutput External Module Programmer Module Type Digital Output Module Version 0020 Build 117 Address Baud Rate 57600 Transmit Delay ooms gt Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 15 11 12 Configuring the Relay Outputs 1 Be sure each module has a unique address is entered in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile and connected to port 3 or 4 at the same baud rate See section 11 7 2 From the I O Devices menu select Relay Control The following screen appears dexus External Relay Control Relay Name State Change M2R1 Common Shorted to N O Locked M2R2 Common Shorted to N C M2R3 Common Shorted to N C Locked M2R4 Common Shorted to N C MIRI Common Shorted to N C M1R2 Common Shorted to N C MIR3 Common Shorted to N C M1RA4 Common Shorted to N C MARI Common Shorted to N C M4R2 Common Shorted to N C M4R3 Common Shorted to N C M4R4 Common Shorted to N C M3R1 Common Shorted to N C M3R2 Common Shorted
361. on Manager Select the location from the List of Locations and click the Disconnect button Note When using a modem it is important to disconnect from communicating so that the remote modem receives a hang up command Some modems may freeze when improperly disconnected Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2201 2 9 Device Status E The Device Status screen displays information about the Nexus devices connected to your computer To access click on the Device Status button or select Tools Retrieve Device Status Electro Industries Device Status Direct Connect to Com 1 List of Currently Connected Devices Device Device Type Boot Run time DSP Boot DSP Run time Comm State DSP State On Time 1 Nexus 1270 003 O17 0011 0152 Healthy Healthy 2 19 2002 09 4 e Device the Primary Device is listed first See section 2 5 for details e Device Name the name that you give to the Primary Device e Boot version number of the Nexus initialization and diagnostic firmware This firmware runs first on power up This firmware is not field upgradeable e Run time version number of the Nexus Communicator operating firmware See Chapter 13 for details on upgrading firmware e DSP Boot version number of the DSP initialization and Flash Reprogrammer This firmware runs first on power up This firmware is not field upgradeable e DSP Run time version number of the DSP operating firmware See Chapter
362. on the Sort button and use the pull down menu to make your selection E See the following section 8 8 for details about viewing Snapshot Graphs Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 10 8 7 Sort E At the bottom of all the display pages for the selected log file s including the Historical Trends display page you 1l find a Sort button The Sort button allows you to customize the Log Viewer data to your needs by using the pull down menus to set the criteria for the sort Sort Data Uptions Sort tem Date Time E Sort Order Descending e Click on the pull down menu next to Record Type to select from a variety of Record Types determined by the type of log being viewed For example the Historical Trends Log includes the following choices in the Record Type menu All Snapshots Group by Type Log 1 Log 2 Limits Input Relay Flicker sort Data Upton Record Type AN Snapshots E Sort kem Date Time E Sort Order Descending E e Sort Item appears on some screens Click on pull down menu next to Sort Item to select Date Time or Readings for the currently selected Meter e Click on pull down menu next to Sort Order to select Ascending or Descending Order e Click OK E Ina few moments the customized data will load on to your screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 11 8 8 Viewing Trending and Demand Graphs XY and Circular 1 To display Trending or Demand data
363. oncurrently This card must be upgraded in addition to upgrading the Nexus Comm and DSP Refer to section 13 6 Note The new Nexus Unit button upgrades the Nexus Comm and Nexus DSP firmware files at the same time and provides the checksum automatically see section 13 2 Again the optional Internal Modem Card or Internal Network Card must be upgraded separately al There are 3 ways to learn what firmware versions are currently installed in your Nexus Monitor e Click on the Device Status icon or select Retrieve Device Status from the Tools Menu The Run time field shows the current Nexus Comm firmware version number the DSP Run time field shows the current Nexus DSP firmware version number e Click on the Edit Profile icon to retrieve the current Device Profile from the connected Nexus Monitor Click on Report The Nexus Comm and Nexus DSP firmware are listed in the Runtime column e If you have a Nexus External Display connected to the Nexus Monitor see the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for details on using it to access firmware version numbers E To flash upgrade you must have the most recent upgrade file from Electro Industries E Flash upgrading erases the existing firmware and replaces it with the new version WARNING Flash Upgrading should only be done with the proper firmware Otherwise data may be lost Backup your stored data prior to installing new flash programming into your unit Elec
364. or Name requires DNS setup FTP Server Port Initial Setting is xx Startup Directory where files are located subdirectory is not supported If the file has the same name as the one in the Initial Files within the meter the new file will replace the Initial one User Name e Password FTP Client Settings Example By default Microsoft s FTP Server will use C Inetpub ftproot as the root directory When a user logs onto the FTP Server this is the initial directory the user will see 1 If the files for INP100 are stored in the root directory C Inetpub ftproot leave the Startup Remote Directory text box empty Example Files in FTP Server s Root Directory C Inetpub ftproot index htm CMnetpubMtprootipoll_profile xml C Mnetpub ftproot logo gif When INP100 starts up it will check to see what files are in the server s directory and will download them all 2 If the files for INP100 are stored in a subdirectory in the root directory such as C MInetpub ftproot nexus_meters feeder_12345 put nexus_meters feeder_12345 in the Startup Remote Directory text box Note the different 7 between directory names When INP100 starts up it will check to see what files are in the server s directory and will download them all including nexus_meters feeder_12345 If there is another subdirectory inside this directory that is not listed in the
365. orn 2 Port Porta High Spaad inputa aB s vol lira lirio ls En To run the YO take power from the Nexus or any other source supplying Use AS 242 to connect A muta 16 20 DC at 50 200m4 use any port on the Nexus 1260 1262 The WO la 2 wire AS 485 Be sure to wire minua do minua and positive to YO Module Female AS 485 Port Conad AS5 485 wines fram tha Unicom 2500 dleplay to the Unicom 2500 2 Use an RS 232 cable to connect the Unicom 2500 and your computer e Set the Unicom to operate at 57600 baud e Set the Unicom to DCE and HD 3 Click on the Nexus Communicator Connect icon on the tool bar or select Connect Quick Connect The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 23 Connect Device Address hh Baud Rate CITI Serial Port COM2 y Protocol Modbus RTU 4 This screen displays your computer s communications settings e Leave the Device Address field at 1 e Inthe Baud Rate field enter 57600 or the baud rate to which the RS 232 RS 485 converter is set e In the Serial Port field enter the computer s communication port into which the RS 232 cable is inserted e Leave the Protocol field set at Modbus RTU 5 Click Connect Nexus Communicator will be unable to locate the device after a few seconds a No Device Found At This Location dialogue box will appear click OK 6 From the I O Devices menu select Locator U
366. ort 3 cable coming from the back of the Nexus 1262 and 1272 with 10 100BaseT Option The connection using RJ 45 into the Nexus 1262 and 1272 connects the Meter to a network using Modbus TCP protocol over the Ethernet You can access the Meter with a SCADA system MV90 and PCs all at the same time RS 232 Use the Optical Port on the face of the meter to make the RS 232 connection The magnetic coupler snaps into place the other end of the cable connects to your PC This connection is necessary to set the initial software configuration For additional details on Nexus 1262 and 1272 connections and wiring refer to the Nexus 1262 1272 User s Manual 6 4 Software Connection ai Nexus 1250 1252 1262 and 1272 Connect a Nexus to a computer using Port 1 1250 1252 or Port 3 1262 1272 to configure the network parameters and add a network connection The Nexus must be configured to speak Modbus TCP Modbus TCP is the common protocol used for Modbus communication over a network NOTE The Gateway operates as a Modbus RTU Master with programmable Baud Rate up to 115200 AM Direct Connection 1 Click the Connect button on the Tool Bar or select Connect Quick Connect E Click the Network radio button The Connect screen will Serial Port 9 Network change from the Serial Port version to this example 2 Enter settings for Network Connection see your Host Network Administrator for correct settings In the Device Address field
367. ots Digital Output Digital Output Snapshots Wiawetorm Triggers PO CBEMA Foling INP100 Unit 1 96 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Records Memory Used Newest Record Time Oldest Record Time Record Size Max Records Memory 1152 100 06 25 2003 01 45 00 00 3200 MATTE 09 25 2003 01 45 00 00 252 MEG 06 25 2003 01 34 05 73 252 MEE 06 25 2003 01 34 05 73 128 TT 6 10 2003 22 00 06 98 128 TT 06 10 2003 22 00 06 396 Y 0 0 0 0 0 63 DE 05 25 2003 01 37 31 78 63 DA 05 25 2003 01 37 31 78 45 CE 06 24 2003 03 26 41 35 06 21 2003 02 10 00 00 05 22 2003 18 30 00 00 05 23 2003 19 51 55 06 05 23 2003 19 51 55 06 06 07 2003 21 12 32 35 06 07 2003 21 12 32 35 06 24 2003 02 42 06 85 06 24 2003 02 42 06 85 05 23 2003 19 51 55 43 8 3 8 3 Retrieving Logs E To retrieve logs from the Nexus Monitor and convert them for viewing and analysis 1 Click on the Retrieve Logs button or select Logs Retrieve Log s from Device The following screen appears Select Logis to be Retrieved from Nexus Weter Designation P100 Unit 96 q Type Retrieve orical Log 1 istorical Log 2 Outputs Double click on Retrieve field to toggle Yes No 2 Double click on the logs you would like to retrieve from the Nexus Monitor The No in the Retrieve column will become a Yes double click again to change the Yes back to a No Nexus Communic
368. ou man age your Load Profile see Chapter 14 Filename C Program Fles Electro Industries Newus Communicator Adelins EIG_E Select Ax Uptions a Paths Data Sean Mode Tech Made Settings Log Retievall Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Click the box on this screen to Enable the Kh Ke Test Pulse Calculation screen jane Kan ree Bula Calculate s c Set the Ethernet Packet Delay in milliseconds ASome systems may require a longer delay if they are slow Ethernet Packet Delay 0 milliseconds E Make any adjustments using the browse buttons Click Apply to execute the changes click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 43 4 31 INP100 Network Option Update 1 Using an RS 232 RS 485 converter connect your computer to the Nexus 1262 1272 Port 1 Port 1 is RS 485 so an RS 232 RS 485 Converter is required to create an RS 232 serial connection Make sure that the meter is connected to your network and is operating properly NOTE This screen is not supported by meters with the INP10 Option Ze 3 G Connect using Communicator to the Nexus over the serial port and close the Device Status window Select from the menu bar Tools Network Card Settings The following screen appears Network Card RunTime Update Connect Y Communicate through Nexus Boot Version Copyright 2002 Electro Industries GaugeTe
369. ou to select a previously stored log file Communicator defaults to the Retrieved Logs directory e Run Log Viewer from the Windows Start menu E Log Viewer s main screen appears E EIG Log Viewer File Edit SelectData WiewData Help SELECT DATA SELECT TIME iNPTOO Uni 96 El 2A031200 w aa 1159 VIEW DATA E a EY el Data ase Historical atus Trends Limits Waveform Power Quality 1 Choose the log data file s you would like to view e Ifyou have retrieved a log from Nexus Communicator that file is selected for Meter 1 as in the example above Meter6 e Or click on either Meter button 1 or 2 that displays a meter name Log Viewer will ask you to select a log database file Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8 7 select a log database file for meter 1 00005555 D8 Feeder 1 DB Test Unit 7 DB File name METERS Files of type EIG Data Log File DB FP Open as read only Cancel e You may choose a different log file for Meter 1 and for Meter 2 You may only load one log file per Meter e The log file assigned to each Meter is listed in the pull down menu above the button Select No Meter from the pull down menu to close a log file 2 Select what log data points you would like to view by clicking on the Data Points button in the Select Data section The following screen appears DeIecl Lara roints Available Data Points 18 Data Name
370. ove Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below 2 3 of FS o EN 25 00 po po Value Above Below Above Below Above Below C Above Below C Above Below C Above Below 1 pee es f oen seve f Upate etieve Print Report e This screen consists of six voltage phase to neutral limits two limits each for Van Vbn and Vcn and six voltage phase to phase limits two limits each for Vab Vbc Vca e For each limit specify whether it is above or below and optionally select any combination of trigger relays 1 2 and 3 5 6 Alarm Limits Current EIG Futura Device Setup O t F Random Access Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output General Amps Limit 1 Trigger Relay Alarm Limits Voltage Limit 2 Response Delay Alarm Limits Power Trigger Relay of FS po oo 999 9 C Above Below Above Below Above Below Above Below Above Value ZofFS Above C Below Above C Below Above C Below C Above Below 200 0 1 m m a r r r Le e e e A E E G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 e This screen consists of eight current limits two limits each for Amps A Amps B Amps C and Amps N and one phase imbalance limit
371. pdate Run Time Firmware Status screen appears It displays the current status of the update 6 If the update is successful restart the connected meter Restart one of two ways 1 Go to reset_ethernet htm Click on Restart 2 Power down up the connected meter 6 9 Update Network Card Firmware from Nexus Communicator E Jsing this screen is the ONLY way to hange the Boot Firmware and sername and Password Network Card Run Time Update Connect W Communicate through Nexus Boot Version Copyright 2002 Electro Industries GaugeTech EIG All Rights Reserved INP 100 EIG 10100 Base T Network Option Runtime Firmware v0 1 Build 26 Checksum 0X86 48 Length OxCF93C Boot Firmware v1 0 Build 40 Checksum 049230 Length 0x2B424 Flash Memory Size SDRAM Size 32MB Q NOTE While you are on this screen the Network Card is in BOOT MODE Changes can easily be made by using the Network Card Run Time Update screen Details for using this screen for Nexus 1250 1252 are offered in section 3 28 and for Nexus 1260 1262 1270 1272 in section 4 29 of this manual The use of this screen is the same for all meters The connections are slightly different Flash File Update Settings c CC Client foot Gatewy ano0 S MetMask 2552550550 Runtime Fie Bootle fT Retrieve Settings ite Settings Update Run time Update Boot Base Ee Baud Rate Tsu Read Mac Address JDOTSSFFFFES File type r Ru
372. pical voltages see Appendix 3 For more detailed information refer to the Futura Installation and Operation Manual If the PT ratio is 4 1 the CT ratio is 100 1 and the Futura is calibrated for 1200V and 5A PT Ratio V Full Scale V CT Ratio A Full Scale A 4 1 120V 480V 0480V 100 1 5 500A 0500A G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 4 Programming Full Scales for Voltage Current and Power e Because the Futura bases its power calculation on the full scales of the voltage and current you may need to adjust the resolution decimal point placement of the power e For example if the PT 480 120 the CT 500 5 and there are three phases PT CT number of phases power 480 500 3 720 kilowatts 0720kW full scale Therefore you would select XXXX kW e Resolution 2000 Counts Where the load is normally very low increase the watt resolution by moving the decimal point to the left If the FSW is too small a value for a megawatt meter move the decimal point 1 440MW 1440kW Change X XXX MW to XXXX kW If the FSW is too large a value for a kilowatt meter the range is 0000 to 2000 with the decimal point omitted change it to a megawatt meter 43200kW 043 2MW NOTE The labels on your Futura s display should reflect the selected scales FSW full scale wattage is the product of FSV full scale voltage FSA full scale amperage and the number of phases FSW FSV FSA
373. pleted will appear in the sub window 10 To Change the Username and Password type in the Current Username and Password then the New Username and Password The Initial Username and Password are eignet and inp100 You will not be able to change the Username and Password unless you know the Current Username and Password A screen will ask Are you sure you want to change the Username and Password If you click Change Password a note in the sub window will confirm the Password changes 11 To close the Network Card Runtime Update window click OK Nexus Communicator will update the Nexus After approximately one minute the network will resume its normal functions NOTE It is VERY IMPORTANT to store the passwords in a safe place and to change them frequently 3 31 Update TFTP Settings in Nexus Communicator 1 From Nexus Communicator click Device Profile gt Comm Ports gt Advanced Settings A series of Advanced Settings screens will appear Click on the Auto TFTP Download tab The following screen appears 2 Changes can be made to the following set tings Network Card Settings i GE Protocol EGD TFTP Server IP Address ame DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Client IP Address Subnet Mask Enable TFTP Part fe Gateway Firmware Filename Server IP Address Client IP Address Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 NOTE This information will be Defaut Gateway 135 15 173 250 used in the Network Card Runtime
374. port if you have a question 9 When all settings are complete click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 16 4 10 Programming Limits Limit settings are based on a percentage of the Full Scales of FS which are set in the Limit and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 4 4 Full Scales are based on CT and PT ratios set in the CT PT Ratios and System Hookup section of the Device Profile section 4 3 E Before programming Limits set the CT and PT ratios first Then set the Limit and Waveform Full Scales The software automatically updates the Full Scale However you can set it separately from the CT and PT Ratios 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Limits or double click on the Limits line The following submenu appears LimitID 01 1sec Volts AN LimitID 02 sec Volts BM e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for Limits Not all limits are shown above Limit ID extend to 32 2 Double click on any of the settings Limit ID 01 etc The Limits screen appears HM Percentage of Full Scale settings The limits are set in of full scale of FS so that when a user creates a profile he can keep his settin
375. pply correct password in three attempts before locking up to incoming calls 1 10 Modem will disconnect from the incoming call and will not accept incoming calls for a period of time equal to the Violation Lockout Time Violation Lockout Time User set time limit for the number of hours 1 32 modem will be inaccessible The Violation Lockout provides a level of security against bad passwords Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 5 Dial Out on the Following Conditions Limits Status Change High Speed Input Change Waveform Record Captured CBEMA Power Quality Event Control Output Change Filling of Meter Memory Cycling of Control Power Modem Password Failure Failure of Communication with Nexus Log Full Limit Threshold Covers All Logs Percent that a log is full before a call is triggered B Edit Gateway Port Devices The Edit Gateway Port Devices button at the bottom of the screen is used to Enable up to 8 devices that are connected the gateway and are to be monitored When the user clicks the Edit Gateway Port Devices button the following screen is displayed A g jateway Devices to be Moni Click on the Box next to the Device to be monitored jateway Devices to be Moni A Device Address will appear next to the Enabled Device Enable Device Device Number Device Address Change the Device Address if needed to any address qd except 1 The Number 1 is always reserved for the Primary Device Cl
376. quest for Address 01 Function Code 03 read holding registers Start at Register O for 2 registers Response 01 03 00 00 00 07 01 03 04 xx xx xx xx Transaction 259 7 Bytes long Modbus RTU Response for Address 01 Function Code 03 4 Bytes long data It will not support multiple Modbus requests and responses in a single Modbus TCP packet For INP10 and INP100 Options all requests with Modbus Address 01 will transmit to the meter itself All other requests with Modbus Addresses other than 01 will transmit to the RS 485 Gateway Port 6 6 5 Configuring WebAlarmO 1 The user must Enable this feature From the Device Profile click Communication Ports then click the Advanced Settings button The following tabbed screens will appear Click the Services tab On that screen click the SMTP Client box Click the Alarm Email tab ARE os ae The screen shown here allows you Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email to configure one Email Address panel A ji a Email S IP Add EN which will be stored in the meter A Email Server Port 25 for single user or administrative use Eight additional addresses can be programmed into the Polling Profile Email Monitor Email Address Return Reply Address Email Subject Text XML File see WebXML F Email Server requires authentication The alarm format for the ON lt Administrative Address is always Passwd 7 Long Format to insure tha
377. r E The pull down menu lists all the scripts that have been created and are currently in use with the number the Scheduler assigns to it If you currently have no scripts a screen will appear that shows New Script 1 in the window fP is not a valid character for a script name Create New Open Delete Script Current Scripts E To create a new script click New The Set Up Script screen will appear see section 15 5 After the new script is created Scheduler will add it to the pull down menu E To edit an existing script use the pull down menu to select a script Click on the script name Click Open The Set Up Script screen will appear see section 15 5 Make desired changes To delete an existing script use the pull down menu to select a script Click on the script name Click Delete A Warning window will appear which asks Are you sure you want to delete this script Click Yes or No E To exit either screen and return to the main screen click Close E To generate a multiple page Script Report select a script from the pull down menu and click the Report button An example of a Script Report appears in the next section G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 5 15 4 Script Report EIG Script Report New script 1 New script 1 ElG Script Report General Settings Name Index 1 Connection Type Direct Single COM Port Number of Retries 2 Log Convertion Starts when script
378. r 0 to 400ms available in 10ms increments for the download port of the Futura e Polling Port From the scroll list on the right select a delay for the polling port which is an option for the Futura Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 11 5 12 Random Access EIG Futura Device Setup OO Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Relay Logic Control Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Programming Block MSB 7 6 5 Byte Number Current Setting o lo lo z New Setting foz foz foz Byte Description z Hex Value Change Decimal Value For advanced setup only Using this feature without EIG s permission is prohibited ETE E O E TT E E e Random Access is not required for normal operation and is designed to be used ONLY with the direction and supervision of an EIG engineer or technician Inappropriate use of this feature which makes otherwise inaccessible areas of the programming block available may disable communications or render a meter inoperable 5 13 Relay Logic Control EIG Futura Device Setup Alarm Limits THD Inst or Avg Limits KYZ Pulse Output Response Delay General Alarm Limits Voltage Alarm Limits Current Alarm Limits Power Random Access Historical Log Profile Waveform Log Profile Relay Delay Sec Computer Logic Hy
379. r Number The graph will illustrate your selections by shading the Out of Limit bands The area of the graph not covered by shading is within Normal Operational Range Method 1 Quadrants Q1 Lag Q2 Lag Q3 Lead Q4 Lead 5 To display a graph of Method 2 Quadrants Q1 Lag Q2 Lead Q3 Lag Q4 Lead go to the Programming Labels screen section 4 19 of the Device Profile In the lower drop down menu click on Method 2 Then return to the Limits screen Click on any PF setting in the Limit 1 or Limit 2 column Device Profile Power Factor Limiti a 0 000 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 19 Note This meter is a real four quadrant meter Therefore limits can be set for capacitive and inductive PF when generating or consuming power 5 When all settings are complete click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor You may Reset Logs after updating the device See section 4 26 4 11 ElectroLogic Relay Settings HM To edit a Device Profile s ElectroLogic Relay settings 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the ElectroLogic Relay line e The following screen appears This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings Digital Output Module 1 Relay 1 7 Feeder 1 c B Limit 1
380. r quality monitoring Onboard data logging for trending power usage and quality Disturbance analysis Futura Series Power quality monitoring High accuracy AC metering Onboard data logging Onboard fault and voltage recording DM Series Three phase multifunction monitoring Wattage VAR and amperage Modbus Modbus Plus DNP 3 0 and Ethernet protocols Analog retransmit signals 0 1 and 4 20mA Single Function Meters AC voltage and amperage DC voltage and amperage AC wattage Single phase monitoring with maximum and minimum demands Transducer readouts Portable Analyzers MW Power quality analysis E Energy analysis G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 III Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 Table of Contents Introduction to Nexus Communicator e XI Chapter 1 Installing Nexus Communicator 1 1 System Requirements 2 aga a ae a aiki ea a a a 1 1 1 2 Installing Nexus Communicator Software o oa a a a a 1 1 1 3 Nexus Communicator Basic Screen Elements 0a u a 1 1 FA Help ea a Gade e A AAA ee ee ga A E A 1 6 1 5 Feature Comparison for Nexus Models a 2 2 a a 1 7 Chapter 2 Connecting to the Nexus Monitor ZASOVEIVICW aa n ae A Sais te aay A A e a 2 1 2 2 RS 232 RS 485 and Network Connections 2 2 2 3 RS 232 and RS 485 Modem Connections 0 2 2 4 2 4 RS 485 Internal Modem Option Connection 2 a e
381. rameters lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt lt DEVICE_x gt lt item DEV_POLL_ALARM DEV_ALARM_OPTIONS gt lt item gt lt DEVICE_x gt lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt 7 Common Problem If you entered a name for the SMTP Server instead of an IP Address make sure your DNS Server is working and you have either set a DSP IP inside the meter or your DNS can supply a DNS IP Otherwise if it cannot resolve the name to an IP translation no email will be sent 8 Stored Emails User can access the stored_emails htm page from any internet browser The last 10 emails sent will be stored in the RAM on a FIFO basis First In First Out and will be displayed in descending order The page will be cleared after a complete system restart 6 7 FTP Server A built in FTP Server is available for INP100 It has a 3 user Limit three users can connect to the FTP Server simultaneously The FTP Server logon User Name and Password are stored in the INP100 card not in the meter s programmable settings The Initial FTP Server User Name and Password are eignet and inp100 The FTP Server s quota is 4Meg RAM To change the Initial User Name and Password switch to INP100 s boot mode and change the Initial Settings See section 6 9 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 25 To copy a file into the FTP Server simply copy the file and paste it into the Server If there is a file with the same file name in th
382. rd is placed inside the Nexus Port 2 becomes a gateway The gateway enables a highspeed interface between the Network LAN and other Modbus based IED Intelligent Electronic Device equipment Modbus TCP is an industry proven open protocol that can be easily integrated with any other software or hardware WebAlarm Real Time Email alerts are sent via the Internet to up to 9 recipients simultaneously for any combination of event notifications You decide what message is sent and to whom Email format can be Short Format or Long Format Short Format is for cellphones with text messaging service Long Format provides detailed alarm conditions for any devices with full email support computers PDAs cellphones 6 3 Hardware Connection The Nexus 1250 1252 1262 and 1272 Monitors with the 10 100BaseT Ethernet Option INP100 have all the components of the standard Nexus Monitors PLUS the capability of connection to a network through an Ethernet LAN or the Internet via Modbus TCP HTTP SMTP FTP and or DHCP Monitors with the 10BaseT Option INP10 connect via Modbus TCP ONLY INP100 can auto detect the cable type and works with either straight or crossover cable INP10 does not have that capability Example A direct connection between a PC and INP100 can use a straight or a crossover cable But for an INP10 connection you must use a crossover cable Nexus 1250 1252 RJ 45 Connection Nexus with 10 100BaseT Option to Multiple PCs The
383. re Please Enter the Level 2 Password in the field below 2 Enter the Level 2 password and click OK Protection Status Full Access Password Protection Disabled 3 The password function is now disabled The status bar at the bottom of your screen will now read PW Disabled Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 12 4 12 5 Logging On and Off E When passwords are enabled you may Log On using either password level to gain access to protected areas The two minute timer described in section 12 1 will still run Log Off to end your password session and renew password protection immediately rather than wait for the two minute timer to expire 1 Enable Passwords 2 Select Tools Passwords Log On inter Password iz 3 Enter a Level 1 or Level 2 password Click OK 4 To Log Off select Tool Passwords Log Off The status screen returns to remind you that password protection is still enabled Protection Status Full Protection Password Protection Enabled 5 Click OK G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 12 5 12 6 Changing Passwords 1 If you are going to use Passwords it is a good idea to change them from time to time From the Tools menu select Passwords Change Change Nexus Password To Change a Password Fill In The Following Fields 2 Enter the password you would like to change in the Current Password field You may enter either the Level 1 or the
384. re all I O parameters directly from a computer not through a Nexus Monitor Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 2 11 3 Using Multiple I O Modules Each type of I O module is shipped with a factory set address see section 11 5 If you plan to use more than one I O module of the same type such as three KYZ modules you must change the address of each module individually before connecting the group to the Nexus Monitor See section 11 6 for how to change a module s address and baud rate Each I O module in a group must have its own unique address Each module must be set to operate at the same baud rate as the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or Port 4 Port 4 ONLY for Nexus 1262 1272 57600 is recommended If you do not know an I O module s address or baud rate use the Query I O function detailed in section 11 14 This function works only on Port 4 To connect multiple I Os together attach the male RS 485 port of one module to the female RS 485 port of another Secure by tightening built in fasteners Attach mounting brackets to the outside modules Use the steps below section 11 4 to determine if you must use a separate power source for example EIG PSIO to supply added power to the group To connect a group of I Os to the Nexus Monitor connect an RS 485 cable to the group s available female RS 485 port Connect the other end of the cable to the Nexus 1250 1252 Monitor s Port 3 or 4 Port 4 ONLY for
385. re using seconds Cold Load Pickup joo Cumulative Demand Type Rolling Window 9 Block Window Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 15 On this screen the user sets the Cold Load Pickup Delay in minutes This value is the delay from the time control power is restored to the time when the user wants to resume demand accumulation e Cold Load Pickup Delay can be 1 to 60 minutes or Disabled e Minimum time control power must be off before using Cold Load Pickup Value is set from 0 to 255 seconds 2 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button to send the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 3 9 Programming Transformer Loss Compensation 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 3 2 click on the button beside Transformer Loss Compensation or double click on the Transformer Loss Compensation line The following submenu appears Enabled Both Fe and Cu LWEFE 0 000 E coe LVFE 0 000 LWCU 0 000 LYCU 0 000 de Apply Subtract from 2 This screen displays the current values for the Nexus Monitor s Transformer Loss Compensation e LWFE Percent Loss of Watts due to Iron e LNFE Percent Loss of Vars due to Iron e LWCU Percent Loss of Watts due to Copper e LNVCU Percent Loss of Vars due to Copper 3 Consult this manual s Appendix B for an o
386. rease or decrease at High or Low End Command sent successfully NOTE Once you have finished calibrating the port be sure to save the settings E Auto Program WARNING Before you use this function please contact EIG for more information From the list box select 10 channels 1 or 20mA to recalibrate the Futura to factory values E Volt Setting Back Module Match this setting to the label on the DSP power module connected to the Futura From the list box select 75V Suffix L 120V Suffix 120 or 300V Suffix G E Editing and Saving Calibration Settings e Undo All If you have made changes to this screen but have not yet sent the changes to the Futura by clicking Save click Undo All to revert to the previously saved settings e Save Click Save to update the Futura with the new settings and sdjustments Once you receive the message Command sent successfully click Exit e Exit Click Exit to leave the Output Calibration screen When you are prompted to save any changes before you exit click OK If you neglected to save the new settings click Cancel When you re back in the EIG Device Programmer screen click Save Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 23 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 24 Chapter 6 Total Web Solutions 6 1 Overview The 10 100BaseT Ethernet Option INP 100 for Electro Industries GaugeTech s Nexus 1250 1252 1262 and 1272 Monitors a fu
387. resent 30 to 60 of your total energy cost Managing your load profile is the key to reducing your costs reducing your peak demand without changing your total usage lowers your costs The optimal load profile would be flat with minimum demand at constant usage But a flat load profile is not possible in industrial and commercial environments because of the variation and number of loads in the system However there are steps you can take to control those variations and ultimately reduce costs The steps are listed below Collect historical and real time energy data Use graphical tools to calculate and analyze the data Control loads and shift demands Calculate savings and results The Energy Billing Module presented in this chapter gives you a tool to use with the Nexus 1250 1252 1262 and 1272 Meters to collect the data and analyze it With a few clicks you can collect historical and real time power usage data so that you can make changes necessary to reduce costs Energy Billing Module Electro Industrics bauge lech nergy data available from 5 14 2002 to 6 12 2002 Select Date Range Select Parameters Start Date erent Load Database End Date Refresh Graph Demand Graph Profile by Day Plot Area KAH Usage by Day l OSVOAIDOZ sOO OBFIAFENOE OID OBHISYEOOE OMO OBAEAFEGNE OMh OSPERIZONZO 00 DEMOBVEMOZO 0D ORFOHROOE HOD WEMIEARONE MON DEPIENEOOZ 000 05 Date Time
388. rieval 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Note For meter designations you can use any character allowed by Windows Operating System for a File Name since that meter designation will be used as the File Name In English versions the following characters will not work 1 lt gt l For meters used internationally by multilingual users it is recommended that you use ONLY alphanumeric characters allowed by your Operating System 3 20 DNP Custom Class Map E The DNP Custom Class Map is a useful tool for prioritizing the readings in your system and the frequency of the readings The DNP Custom Classes Map also keeps your system free from thousands of unwanted readings For a list of available readings see Appendix E 1 From the Device Profile screen section 3 2 click on the button beside DNP Custom Classes Map or double click on the DNP Custom Classes Map line If your meter supports DNP Level 1 1250 this screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 33 Device Profile DNP Class Map AE Second Readings y Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Class Point s Obj Class Point s Obj Class Point s Obj Class Point s 0bj None 30 3430 None 30 32 30 None 30 32 30 None 30 32 30 None 3230 None 33 30 None 33
389. rieves a log from an EIG device and it does not have a predefined name it will use the device name assigned here as the file name for the retrieved log If you have a name already designated in the Nexus the device name shown here will not be used Note The Futura Device will use the name shown here Add a Nexus Device Type in a unique Device Name Under Device Information type in a unique Address G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 9 To select a protocol use the pull down menu Select Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII or Modbus TCP El Protocol To select a Type of device use the pull down menu Click your selection Add Level 1 Password and or Level 2 Password if desired Not required Note The device you choose will determine what data is required for this screen When you add a device passwords are not required Also Data Switch Strings will probably not be necesssary Data Switch Strings tell EIG Communicator how to connect to and disconnect when a data switch is present It already knows how to connect to a single device E Add a Data Switch Substation Multiplexor or Multiple Devices 2 Note For Help with hardware connections for the Substation Multiplexor please refer to EJG s SM1 16 Substation Multiplexor User Manual Edit Script Device Script Connection type Direct Single COM Por Connection type for this device COM Port y eli Name Device Information PLO Modbus ASCII Password
390. rint a copy of the profile by clicking on the Report button The Report screen will appear vice Profile Report Page 1 of 18 all gt Zoom Whole Page Print Pages 1 to p8 Save Done Page Arrows Select a page to view Zoom Adjust the Viewing Magnification Print Pages Adjust the Range of Pages to be printed at 100 Print Print selected pages This screen sends you to Print Setup screen where you will select printer properties paper and orientation Click OK to Print Save Save these selections for future use Done Exit the screen and return to the Device Profile screen Note If you change the Com settings for the Nexus you will not be able to communicate with the Nexus You will have to sign off and sign on again with the new settings 4 3 Programming the CT and PT Ratios and System Hookup 1 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the CT PT Ratios and System Hookup line The following submenu appears CT PT Ratios and System Hookup e oe IA B C 5 00 5 00 YA B C 120 00 120 00 Prey Hookup Form 95 ve 3 CTs 3PTs Configured tor Aye Operational Frequency Range 20 65 Hz 4 3 e This screen displays the current Device Profile s settings for CT PT ratios and the meter form used for hookup The values shown are for example only 2 Double cli
391. rm mode In Normal Mode waveforms will be captured for an exceeded limit only until either The limit is no longer exceeded The number of captures specified in the waveform capture number have been made In Extended Mode waveforms will be captured for an exceeded limit until the number of captures specified in the waveform capture number have been made 5 16 Real Time Poll e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Real Time Poll button A menu of screens allows the user to select one of the following polling screens Instantaneous Polling Poll Max and Min Readings Poll Power Readings Poll Harmonics Poll Internal Inputs Poll Limit Status The individual screens are readings that result from the settings in the Device Profile which were discussed in the earlier sections of this chapter The screens are very similar to the Nexus 1250 1252 and 1262 1272 screens Occasionally the Futura screens will have slightly fewer readings For directions on how to utilize the data on the screens see sections 6 3 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 and 6 11 of this manual Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 18 5 17 Tools e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools A menu of the following tools will appear Edit Current Device Profile covered in earlier sections of this chapter Set Futura Time Retrieve Futura Time Reset El Device Information Retrieve Device Status Low Le
392. s GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 5 3 3 a One Amp Current Input Addendum Modification Number M10 0 E For special circumstances the Nexus can be ordered to operate with one amp current transformers This will give the Nexus Power Monitor a range of 0 1 amps with an additional over range of 1 amp The following lists the method used to program the CT Ratios in the Nexus to reflect the hardware change Standard 5 amp Input One wind around the internal Nexus toroid Modified 1 amp Input Five winds around the internal Nexus toroid In order to maintain maximum accuracy with one 1 amp current inputs the wire is wound around the internal toroids five 5 times instead of the usual one time This effectively multiplies the current input by five 5 times to maintain maximum resolution E Configuring CT Ratios with Modification Number M10 0 Because the Nexus Communicator sees the one 1 amp input as five 5 amps it is necessary to configure the CT secondary to five 5 amps Example Normal One Amp CT Ratio 1000 1 Nexus M10 0 One Amp CT Ratio 1000 5 The CT Ratio screen below shows the correct input for the typical one amp user Device Profile CT and PT Ratios CT Ratio _ p PT Ratio IN 5 00 Hookup _ _ Voltage 300 Volt Option Only Operational Frequency Range 350Hz to 500HZ x Note Even though the software is configured from 1000 5 it is actual
393. s displayed Click on the Box next to the Device to be monitored A Device Address will appear next to the Enabled Device Change the Device Address if needed to any address except 1 The Number 1 is always reserved for the Primary Device Click OK to return to the Modem Programming screen Gateway Devices to be Device Enable Device Number Device Address a oa a 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen Click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus 1262 1272 Meter Then Reset Logs G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 10 4 6 Time Settings E To edit a Device Profile s time settings 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button or double click on the Time Settings line The following submenu appears Time Settings 1 au Time Zone 2D 5 0 ee DST Enabled True Using Auto DST Suns DST Start Auto A DST End Auto En Line Synchronization Disabled e This screen displays the current Device Profile s time settings e DST Daylight Savings Time 2 Double click on a programmable settings Time Zone etc the Time Settings screen appears Device Profile Time Settings Zone Descriptor E8 Daylight Sayings Information Auto DST hd Line Synchronization Enable ves gt Frequency jeo z 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements
394. s format and can be viewed in the device Log Viewer M This is the main screen for the Scheduler This one screen gives you an overview of the program by displaying the current active scripts and the current status and it provides the links to all the programming features in the sections at the bottom of the screen EIG Scheduler al Active scripts Scheduler is running Run Stop Schedule ewscript1 Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM ewscript3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 9 7 2001 3 06 25 PM ewscript4 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 9 5 2001 3 15 58 PM 9 4 2001 3 15 59 PM New script5 Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM New script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM New script 8 ekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 51 53 PM 9 9 2001 3 51 53 PM New script 6 ily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 25 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM New script ily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM New script 8 ily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 PM New script ily Time 4 00 22 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 22 PM 9 4 2001 4 00 27 PM Current status 9 4 2001 4 23 39 PM Log Converter Manager started 9 4 2001 4 23 40 PM Log Converter Manager stopped SCRIPT STATUS G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 1 E There are two supporting programs Communicator software program and Log Converter program
395. sabled until you enter this selection If the script connection type is not set the EIG Communicator program will treat it as an empty script E From the pull down menu select the Number of Retries the number of times the software will try to connect from 0 to 5 In some situations connecting lines are shared by other programs or telephones The retries enable the software to try to connect more than once over a period of a few seconds If the retries fail the log will automatically note the date time and script name for which the connection was not completed The script will fail Setup Script Script Name Connection Type Please select your connection type Number of Retries M Star Loy Converter after ihis scrigtis finished Sonoet Consecion Progertigs Diseased Comm Port COMI P E Connection Type Direct Single COM Port Using the pull down menus enter the following selections Comm Port Select from Com 1 to Com 99 See note below Baud Rate Select 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 Flow Control Select None or Hardware Data Bits Select 7 or 8 Parity Select None Even or Odd G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 15 7 E Connection Type Remote Dial Up Two additional screens will appear Enter the following selections Phone Number Type in Phone Number Setup String Type in Data Strings if needed E New Connection Type Ethernet E To add edit or delete devices
396. sated Energy Q Hours Watt 0000000000198097 Wat _ 0000000000000024 VAR 0000000000008396 VAR 0000000000000031 YAO 00000000001 98305 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 8 7 7 Poll Harmonics E To view harmonics data for the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Harmonics from the Real Time Polling menu The Harmonics screen appears ax Nexus Harmonics THD KFactor Volts A Frequency 3 42 14 41k 60 074 Hz Polling 1272_1P144_a017 A Angle e Angle Megnitude Anatced 1 MI 00 MOI 2 DEEE F omn 867 SEO q 21 70 032063 oo o E To change the presentation format click on the Values Spectrum or Waveform buttons The screen above is in Values mode E To change the channel use the pull down menu beneath the Spectrum radio button Select from Volts A B C or Current I A B C E Use the scroll bar at the right side of the screen to access all the values The Nexus Monitor polls harmonics to the 127th order e Click Print to send the data to a printer e Click Copy to send the contents of the screen to the clipboard e Click OK to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 7 9 7 8 Poll Internal Inputs E To view internal input data for the currently connected Nexus Monitor device select Poll Internal Inputs from the Real Time Polling menu The Internal Inputs screen appears 12345 67 8 1
397. screen When connected the Boot Version window lists data about the Network board NOTE A blinking red bar at the bottom of the window and a pinging sound will remind the user that the meter is now in Boot Mode and the meter is not available to other users via the Internet 6 Click on Retrieve Settings to retrieve the network settings used to download Flash Files for updat ing the network option board via TFTP The Initial Settings appear in the settings windows 7 In the text boxes provided enter the name of the Runtime Update File and or Boot Update File Check with your Network Administrator and make any changes necessary to the network settings Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 45 NOTE These changes facilitate file transfers while in Boot Mode there is no permanent change Click on Write Settings to send the updated settings to the Nexus A screen will ask Are you sure you want to Update the Flash File Settings Click Yes to update The sub window will display Write Completed 8 Start up a TFTP server on your computer Set the default file path for the TFTP server to the location of the Runtime Boot Flash file location TFTP server software is available from EIG 9 To update Runtime Boot click on Update Runtime or Update Boot Click Yes to verify that you would like to update the Runtime Boot firmware After the update is completed the message Update Com
398. screen appears Retrevying Programmable Settings trom Device Reading Programmable Settings CODEC TTT rrr Time Remaining Reading Block EEE 2 A dialogue box appears to confirm that the profile was retrieved successfully Click OK The Device Profile screen appears Device Profile Z ALA AAA ElectroLogic Relay Control Trending Setup Trending Log Time Intervals FQ Thresholds Waveform Recording Pulse Accumulations Digital Inputs External Devices External Display Options pu o t w DNF Custom Classes Map Internal KEYZ Settings Accumulations Rollover Custom Modbus Map Flicker Settings 3 This screen contains all the programmable settings currently stored in the connected Nexus Monitor Configure each of the programmable settings by clicking on the icon and then double clicking on the selected parameter See sections 3 3 3 24 for details on editing each setting G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 2 4 After you have finished configuring any or all of the programmable settings use the BUTTONS at the bottom of the screen to execute the following tasks Implement the changes by clicking on the Update Device button This sends the new edited Device Profile to the Nexus Monitor YOU MUST UPDATE THE NEXUS DEVICE PROFILE FOR ANY OF THE PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS TO TAKE EFFECT A Warning will appear asking you if you want to Save Con
399. server s directory as above such as C Inetpub ftproot nexus_meters feeder_12345 info INP100 will not locate that file and no files will be downloaded from that directory to INP100 Electro Industries GaugeTech Dock E107 7 06 1 24 6 10 6 6 C ustomizing Sc reens Advanced Network Card Settings Computer Name DNS Auto TFTP Download Alarm Email FTP Client Services DHCP GE Protocol EGD 6 6 1 Configuring WebExplorer Ieuan All polled data is stored in an XML file Y Modbus TCP Server Allows Software to poll Madbus Registers of this Nexus over the Network R x R gt M Modbus TCP Client Allows this Nexus to retrieve data from other Modbus TCP Slaves poll_data xml Each polled item is located in its F GE EGD Dota Por Server 4 34 4 ha Web Server Allows Web browsers access to Nexus Data through Web Pages DEVICE_x section as it 1S programmed m the Y SMTP Client Allows the generation of email by this Nexus poll_profile xml file The standard data format for M FTP Server F FTP Client Allows this Nexus to access supportfiles on a server each device is M HTTP Modbus RTU Server lt DEV_NAME gt lt DEV_TYPE gt up to 64 lt items gt each with its D_UID D_LABEL and D_VALUE This XML file can be viewed directly in your Cancel browser To display it on a customized web page you must set up your browser to run Java Script Configuring XML is detailed in section 6 6 2 NOTE Auto Refresh Rate is set in the
400. ses Losses will be added to or subtracted from depending on whether add or subtract is selected the Received Power flow For example if losses are set to Add to and received power equals 2000 kW and losses are equal to 20kW then the total metered value with loss compensation would be 2020 kW for these same settings if the meter measured 2000 kW of delivered power the total metered value with loss compensation would be 1980 kW Since transformer loss compensation is the more common loss compensation method the meter has been designed for this application Line loss compensation is calculated in the meter using the same terms but the percent values are calculated by a different methodology as described in a subsequent section below Nexus Transformer Loss Compensation e Performs calculations on each phase of the meter for every measurement taken Unbalanced loads are accurately handled e Calculates numerically eliminating the environmental affects that cause inaccuracies in electromechanical compensators Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 1 24 B 2 e Performs Bi directional Loss Compensation e Requires no additional wiring the compensation occurs internally e Imposes no additional electrical burden when performing Loss Compensation H Loss Compensation is applied to 1 second per phase Watt VAR readings and because of that affects all subsequent readings based on 1 second per phase Watt VAR readings This method resu
401. sponse to observed transient conditions The counter has a range of 0 65 536 Filling of Log Memory When any one log reaches or exceeds the user set download level the modem will call to report a log fill condition and perform an automated download of all stored data Cycling of Control Power 1270 Only If control power voltage is low the modem will initiate a callback Modem Password Failure When the Password Limit is reached the modem will initiate a callback with no delay because there is no opportunity for the condition to reset If the phone line is available the modem will attempt a reporting call If the phone line is unavailable the modem will continue polling Failure of Communication with Nexus If Nexus fails to respond in the allotted time to the modem the modem will initiate a callback with no delay because there is no opportunity for the condition to reset If the phone line is available the modem will attempt a reporting call If the phone line is unavailable the modem will continue polling Event Problem Settings Retrieve For those events that trigger log retrieval six of the screens have pulldown menus to select logs to be retrieved Reset All Logs after Retrieval Check those sections that apply NOTE In order to use the Reset Function you must select All Logs from the pull down menu next to the word Retrieve Generate Email Send an email message to designated recipient Call Pager Call designate
402. steresis Logic Type Reset Control Control Disabled Positive Disabled Positive za Disabled Positive A A rr ir Tere Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 12 E Use the Relay Logic Control Settings screen to set or change the characteristics of relays Each of the Futura s three relays 1 2 and 3 can be programmed individually Delay in seconds Set Delay before setting energizing the relay when the linked limit is exceeded Reset Delay before resetting de energizing the relay when the linked limit is no longer being exceeded Computer Control Use this Yes No toggle to enable or disable the control of relays through the software Logic Control Use the AND OR toggle for logic control AND For the relay to set all limits linked to this relay must be exceeded OR For the relay to set at least one limit linked to relay must be exceeded Hysteresis This Enabled Disabled toggle uses two limits to determine whether the relay will be turned on or off When hysteresis is enabled and two limits are set the relay will not be turned on until the value of the parameter exceeds the higher limit The relay will not be turned off until the value of the parameter falls below the lower limit Logic Type This is a Negative Positive toggle Positive Relay Reset Position Continuity between the common and N C Normally Closed pins Relay Set Position Continuity between the common and N
403. swer from the pull down menu Set the Baud Rate to 57600 or to match your system baud rate e Dial Out Profile Click the Dial Out Profile button and the following screen appears Details on programming this screen and on the Modem Dial In Dial Out Function are in Chapter 9 of this manual Note Any changes you make here may adversely affect communications For example if you change the baud rate of the port connected to a computer be sure to make the same change to the computer port s baud rate If you change a port s address be sure to update the address settings of any device that communicates with the port The baud rate of the port used by the Nexus External Display should always be set to 9600 and the address set to 1 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 10 Modem Programming Primary phone number settings Number Connection type Computer z Communications settings Activity timeout limit Call delay timer limit S LET E Playback Call failure reset limit e Hours Share the L Minu Humber Rety delay HN Retry limit Secondary phone number settings __ Attempl Connection type Computer Modem settings Rings to answer eo Rings Identification Password Enable password Violation timit Violation lockout time Dial out on the following conditions Bi Limits status change i CBEMA Power quality event gf Cycling of control power H High speed input ch
404. synchronizing output and select a Relay and Pulse Width for the output e Thresholds Numbers programmed into these windows will effect the accumulation of data I Squared T Data won t accumulate until current reaches programmed level V Squared T Data will stop accumulating when voltage falls below programmed level e Energy Pulses and Accumulation in the Interval Select an interval such as 60 minutes 4 When all changes are entered click OK to return to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button to send the new profile to the Nexus Monitor 4 8 Programming Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand 1 From the Device Profile screen see section 4 2 click on the button beside Cold Load Pickup Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand or double click on the ime aner Gantai posetis minutes Cold Load Pickup and Cumulative Demand line Minimum time control power The following screen appears must be off before using 255 W seconds Cold Load Pickup On this screen the user sets the Cold Load Pickup Delay in minutes This value is the delay from the time control power is restored to the time when the user wants to resume demand accumulation Cumulative Demand Type Rolling Window 9 Block Window Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 14 e Cold Load Pickup Delay can be 1 to 60 minutes or Disabled e Minimum time control power
405. t ically to take into account previous entries and data sizes This is the Start Number for the first register to use in polling E Format From the pull down menu select a type of Format for a value such as Floating Integer etc E Data Size From the pull down menu select the Number of Bytes you want to represent the Data Point E Unit If the polled value is viewed as an integer the Unit field tells you where to place the decimal point Example If you select 01 a polling value 1234 would be interpreted as 12 34 Example If you select 100 a polling value 1234 would be interpreted as 123400 MH Pri Sec The meter normally computes values in secondary units Where applicable you may select primary or secondary If Primary is selected the value is multiplied by the appropriate CT and or PT values E Sign Abs Where appropriate you may have the option of having the data point computed as a signed or absolute value E Byte Order For most of the Data Points the user can select the polling order of the number of bytes selected by the Data Size field Example For a four byte Data Point the bytes can be arranged in any order for polling purposes E Display Modulo Offset Depending on the Data Point selected you may select one or more additional options with the appropriate subselections Display For certain Data Points interpretation and display options are offered Example For An Angle values you can represent and display as
406. t 50Hz Multiplier Mean Programming of short and long observation periods Filter Output Recording Instantaneous Flicker in Perceptibility Units Pinst Output Interface Output and Data Display Pst Max Min Pst Plt Max Min Plt Figure 16 1 Simulation of Eye Brain Response 16 3 Setup Initially the user must set up several parameters to properly configure Flicker Using Nexus Communicator from the Icon Menu select Edit Device Profile From the Device Profile select Flicker Settings The following screen will appear licker Settings Short term test time PST Minutes Long term test time PLT la gt Minutes Frequency G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 3 e Select a Pst time range from 1 to 10 minutes The standard measurement period is nominally 10 minutes e Select a Plt time range from 1 to 240 minutes The standard measurement is nominally 12 Pst periods 120 minutes Plt time must always be equal to or great than and a multiple of Pst time This is reflected in the selections available to the user e Select the frequency of operation 50 Hz is the approved frequency according to Flicker standards A 60 Hz implementation is available and can be selected This implementation is the proposed 60 Hz standard that is still in the approval process Remember the voltage is normalized For 50 Hz the normalized voltage is 230 V and for 60 Hz the normalized voltage is 120 V Press OK when you
407. t State has Line Number 16 and Point Number 0 in the DNP Object Mapping Write those numbers into the Object 1 Binary Input window of the Nexus Communicator When the Line and Point Numbers are written the software fills in the description on the screen Repeat for each desired Binary Input Point Update the device The Nexus meter will scan those points every second Object 2 Any DNP Static Point can be configured to create a DNP Event Points Class Assignments on the Object 2 screen are used to configure Binary Input Change Event Points In order to create Event Data Object 2 Points must be assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Each point can have a different Class Assignment The Clear All Button clears all assigned items on all the tabs The Clear Button clears only the items on the current tab view 17 3 Analog Input Object 30 A Nexus meter can use up to 64 Analog Input points Values available for Analog Input use can be found in the Nexus DNP Object Mapping Only Class O is used when polling Analog Input Object 30 Data Class 1 2 or 3 is used when polling Analog Change Event Object 32 Data Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 2 DNP Custom Mapping Object 10 Binary Output Object 20 Binary Counter a Object 1 Binary Input y Object 30 Analog Input Global Values DNP Settings DNP Map Desc ticn Deadband Class Assignments EE Points Line Point P 0 Obj
408. t T 9 To add additional locations click on the Add Button To Sort locations use the pull down menu to select a sort method A Z Z A Newest Oldest or Oldest Newest Click Sort By To remove locations select and click Remove 10 Click once on the location to which you would like to connect your computer You may only connect to one location at a time To change to a different location you must first disconnect from the current location by clicking on the Disconnect button or by selecting Disconnect from the Connection menu 11 Click Connect The computer begins dialing Modbus Status Sending Data String 12 When Nexus Communicator has located the Nexus Monitor s at the location the Device Status screen appears confirming the connection see section 2 8 for details The Computer Status Bar at the bottom of the screen confirms the computer s connection parameters E Ifthe connection failed check that all cables are secure that the RS 232 cable is connected to the correct Com Port on the computer that the computer and the Nexus device s is set at 9600 baud using Modbus ASCII G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 7 2 4 RS 485 Internal Modem Option Connection E INTERNAL MODEM OPTION CONNECTION REQUIRES MODBUS ASCII PROTOCOL The Nexus Monitor offers an Internal Modem Option which eliminates all the modem hardware and cable that used to be required for a modem connection A modem connection is now
409. t current screen 2 Click the index entry you want and then click Display Glossary Displays a glossary of technical terms 300 Volt Option 300 Volt WARNING Search for Help on Index Find Tabs E Electro Industries Web Site Link to Web Site Baud Rate Locator Billing Dates Calendar Profile E About Nexus Communicator Screen displays software ia GER version number and Microsoft systems information It is CBEMA Profile similar to the Start Up screen in section 1 3 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 1 6 1 5 Feature Comparison for Nexus Models M The Nexus Monitor is available in a number of models each with an array of features The Table below shows each model with the possible features unique to that model Nexus Monitor Models with Features Nexus 1272 Limit Full Scales Yes Yes Waveform Full Scales Transformer Loss Compensation Yes Trending Setup for Historical Logs PQ 8 Waveform Thresholds Pulse Accumulations Program External I O Modules ves ves ves ves ves ves Programmable Onboard Display A Test Mode MEA DNP Level 1 Custom Class Map Yes DNP Level 2 Custom Class Map Yes Internal KYZ Output Option MOE Custom Modbus Map Yes Yes Network Card Runtime Update Yes Yes INP100 Total Web Solutions Yes Yes INP2 Modem with Dial Out Option Yes Yes View Logs Yes Yes Flicker Yes Energy Billing Module Yes Y
410. t enable it in the Nexus Monitor s Device Profile see Chapter 3 1250 1252 or 4 1262 1272 and enter the associated dates or use Auto DST which sets Daylight Savings Time automatically for the United States only If GPS Time IRIG B is connected you must set the appropriate time zone Date and time settings except year are overridden by GPS Time Note An IRIG B signal generating device connected to the GPS satellite system will synchronize Nexus Monitors located at different geographic locations See the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for installation instructions Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 1 10 2 Creating a TOU Calendar Profile MH The TOU calendar profile sets the parameters for TOU data accumulation You may store up to twenty calendars in the Nexus Monitor and an unlimited amount on your computer To create a new calendar follow the steps below To edit an existing calendar see section 10 3 1 From the Time of Use menu select Calendar Settings The following screen appears Select Calendar New Year Selection 2003 zf New Calendar 2 From the pull down menu choose the year for which you would like to create a TOU usage structure 3 Click on New Calendar The following screen appears Edit Calendar New CURRENT YEAR 2003 f TOU Registers SELF READ Season Start Monthly Bill Date DAILY SETUP TOU Schedules Calendar Assignments Update Nexus Save to Fi
411. t enter more than one calendar for the same year ie do not store two calendars for 2004 If this occurs Nexus will use the first calendar entered G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 3 Update a TOU Calendar Profile 1 From the Time of Use menu select Calendar Settings The following screen appears Select Calendar New Year Selection 2003 zf New Calendar 2 Click Edit Calendar The following screen appears Load Calendar Load From Nexus Load Fror File Cancel e To edit a calendar saved on the computer s hard drive click Load From File Nexus Communicator will ask you to locate the calendar After the calendar has loaded see section 10 2 for details on programming the calendar e To edit one of the calendars stored in the Nexus Monitor click Load from Nexus The following screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 10 10 Nexus Time of Use Please Select a Calendar to Retrieve from Nexus Calendar 1 2000 Calendar 2 2001 Calendar 3 2002 Calendar 4 2003 Calendar 5 0000 Calendar 6 0000 s Calendar 7 0000 Calendar 8 0000 Calendar 9 0000 Calendar 10 0000 se Calendar 11 0000 se Calendar 12 0000 se Calendar 13 0000 se Calendar 14 0000 e Calendar 15 0000 o Calendar 16 200 se Calendar 17 0000 Calendar 18 0000 Calendar 19 0000 Calendar 20 0000 Retrieve Cancel G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 Sele
412. t its location information The Location Device Editor screen appears displaying the Nexus Monitor s communication settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 13 Connection Manager Location Device Editor Device Properties Address Name Device 1 Description Device 1 Protocol Modbus RTU Device Type NEXUS e Inthe Device Address field enter the unique address assigned to the Nexus Monitor s communication port in Step 1 e Inthe Name and Description fields enter a name and brief description for the device that will differentiate it from others at the location e Inthe Protocol field enter the protocol the Nexus Monitor will be using Modbus RTU for direct connections Modbus ASCII for modem connections see sections 2 2 2 3 and 2 4 for details All protocols across the bus must be the same e Leave the Device Type field set at Nexus e Click on the Close button when the information is complete 8 Repeat this process for all the Nexus Monitors that are on the bus making sure each device has a unique address To remove devices select and click Remove Click on the close button when you have finished adding or removing devices The first Connection Manager screen returns Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 14 Nexus Lonnection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse j 0003 Test Location 0004 Multiplexor 0005 New Location 00
413. t the alarm detail will be transmitted OK Cancel Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 22 2 Enter the following values on this screen to configure the Administrative Address Email Server IP Address Name IP Address Name 10 0 0 250 or mail abccorp com Email Server Port Port 25 is the Default Email Monitor Email Address the Primary Email Address to be notified of an event Return Reply Address Administrative Email Address Email Subject Text Typical Message might be Limits Exceeded If your email server SMTP server requires authentication before sending out the email you must enable the checkbox and supply the correct user name and password in the configuration screen or the device will not be able to send out emails This feature is implemented according to ESMTP Specification and supports 64 bit encryption for the user name and password 3 Click OK or Cancel 4 Configure more Email Recipients Edit the poll_profile xml file saved in FTP Server see FTP Server From EMAIL_1 to EMAIL_ 8 enter the email address within the double quotes From FORMAT_1 to FORMAT 8 enter the format name as either short or long within the double quotes A section of a poll_profile xml file is shown below without values entered lt EIG_POLL_DATA gt lt EIG_SYSTEM gt lt item EMAIL_1 FORMAT_1 EMAIL_2 FORMAT_2 EMAIL_3 FORMAT_3 EMAIL_4 FORI IAT _4 EMAIL_5 FORM
414. t the meter is connected to your network and is operating properly NOTE This screen is not supported by meters with the INP10 Option 2 Connect using Communicator to the Nexus over the serial port and close the Device Status window 3 Select from the menu bar Tools Network Card Settings The following screen appears Network Card RunTime Update Connect MM Communicate through Nexus Boot Version Copyright 2002 Electro Industries GaugeT ech EIG All Rights Reserved INF 100 ENG 10 100 Base T Network Option Runtime Firmware v0 1 Build 26 Checksum 0x8 48 Length OxCF93C Boot Firmware v1 0 Build 40 Checksum 0x923D Length 028424 Flash Memon Size 2MB SDRAM Size 32MB Flash File Update Settings y Run Time File Update Settings Fixed Server i 00 099 Base ii 6 Client foon BaudRate 115200 Gateway Jo 0 0 0 File type Record Net Mask 255 255 255 0 Mac Address D001 58FFFFE3 Runtime File Firmware Update Yia the Web Username and Password Boot File Current New Username I l Retrieve Settings Write Settings Password Mi rr Update Run time Update Boot Change Password ie command completed 4 Make sure there is a check mark in the checkbox at the top of the window for Communicate through Nexus If there is not a check click on the box 5 Click Connect at the top left of the window Progress is shown in a sub window at the bottom of the
415. t to the same Baud Rate up to 115200 as the Internal Network Option Nexus set in section 3 5 1250 1252 or 4 5 1262 1272 NOTE A computer talks to the Internal Network Option Nexus via Modbus TCP This Nexus receives data in Modbus TCP incoming message format and communicates with other devices via Modbus RTU They do not have to be Internal Network Option units 8 If additional devices are required in the Device Address field enter the address assigned to the additional Nexus unit Again each unit MUST have a unique address other than 1 see section 2 5 1 is reserved as the address of the Nexus connected to the network e Inthe Name field enter a name for the device that will differentiate it from any others at that location e IN THE PROTOCOL FIELD SELECT MODBUS TCP e Leave the Device Type field set to Nexus e Click on the Close button when all information is entered 9 If you are connecting to multiple Nexus units at this location repeat the above process for all Nexus units Each Nexus device MUST have a unique address To remove devices select and click Remove Click on the close button when you have finished adding or removing devices The first Connection Manager screen returns G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 18 Nexus Connection Manager List of Locations Connected to Location 0001 Substation 1 0002 Warehouse 0003 Test Location 0004 Multiplexor 0005 New Loc
416. tem Components 2 2 20 0 20000220004 6 3 Hardware Connection 2 a a o a a 6 4 Software Connection e 6 5 Setting Up the 10 100BaseT Connection ao a a a a a a e 6 5 12 DHGP Setup a A ea ES OLE SERVICES oa AA A Re ee ae a ee es 6 5 3 Computer Name DNS 0 0 2 00220 00 6 5 4 Auto TFTP Download 2 2 en 6 5 5 WebAlarm Email 2 e e 6 30 PER Client sato ae ee a aad eh le gl oe Gee ede eae eae a 6 6 Customizing Screens 2 o 6 6 1 Configuring WebExplorer 2 2 2 6 6 2 Configuring WebXML e 6 6 3 Configuring WebReacher 2 200084 6 6 4 Configuring WebMod e 6 6 5 Configuring WebAlarm ee 0 FEP Seryer a e jor os el SO es Ee a A a a a a 6 8 Update Network Card Firmware from a Browser In Runtime Mode ONLY 6 9 Update Network Card Firmware from Nexus Communicator 6 10 Total Web Solutions WebXML Flow Chart 6 11 WebExplorer Flow Chart 2 2 2 o 6 12 WebAlarm Flow Chart e o eo Chapter 7 Real Time Polling YEN OVERVIEW Cie A A LANA AG 27 POASOLS dn oe stash soak a ds Ge BL ee OE eG a se Gt ke Pe Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 VII 7 3 Instantaneous Polling s s enie e moe o ot a e 74 DASPOIAT y AAA oa da tan A ANO A a denen AIM de 7 5 7 5 Poll Max and Min
417. ter Same as selecting Logs Retrieve Log s from Device See Chapter 8 Polling Displays instantaneous polling data from the currently connected Nexus Monitor Same as selecting Real Time Poll Instantaneous Polling See Chapter 7 Energy Displays Power and Energy readings from the currently connected Nexus monitor THD Displays 128 Magnitude and Angle readings for Volts and Current values Spectrum presents selected Magnitude in bar graph Waveform combines Magnitudes and Angles in a graph Phasors Displays three phase phasor diagram and data from the currently connected Nexus Monitor Same as Real Time Poll Phasors See Chapter 7 Log Status Displays logging statistics for the currently connected Nexus Monitor Same as selecting Logs Statistics See Chapter 8 Device Status Displays list of the currently connected Nexus Monitor s Same as selecting Tools Device Status See Chapter 2 Exit Terminates the Nexus Communicator program Same as selecting File Exit 1 3 E Computer Status Bar When using Serial Port or Modem Connection to the Nexus Monitor Connection Status Communication Port Communication Port s Baud Rate Connected COM 1 115200 Addr 1 Device 1 Modbus ATU PW Disabled SS Disabled 7 12 2001 Nexus Device Address i Nexus Device Name Communication Protocol in use Protection Status Computer Date and Time Settings e Connection Status displays either Connected Disconnect
418. the 10 100BaseT Option consists of configuring the web connection and the Advanced Network Card Screens so that you can access the data you need from the Web Once the initial configuration is set you will not need software unless you want to make changes to the configuration With the Basic Setup you will be able to access the Default Screens page 6 1 that display a variety of Real Time Readings You may wish to customize your screens See details in section 6 6 In order for the Web to access the data from a meter the meter must have an IP Address An IP Address is a number typically written as four numbers separated by periods i e 107 3 2 54 which uniquely identifies a computer that uses the Internet An IP Address can be assigned by using a DHCP Server or it can be entered manually For your information here is a brief explanation of DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol was created by IETF Internet Engineering Task Force to enable individual computers on an IP network to extract their configurations from a server the DHCP Server or servers that have no exact information about the individual computers until they request the information The DHCP Server leases the IP Address to the DHCP Client for a period of time from 15 minutes to a year More information can be found in the Internet RFCs Request for Comments regarding available servers and technical details NOTE In DHCP Mode if a NACK message is received
419. the reference level This simulates the behavior of a lamp e Block 3 is composed of a cascade of two filters and a measuring range selector In this implementation a log classifier covers the full scale in use so the gain selection is automatic and not shown here The first filter eliminates the DC component and the double mains frequency components of the demodulated output The configuration consists of a 05 Hz Low High Pass filter and a 6 Pole Butterworth Low Pass filter located at 35 Hz The second filter is a weighting filter that simulates the response of the human visual system to sinusoidal voltage fluctuations of a coiled filament gas filled lamp 60 W 230 V The filter implementation of this function is as specified in IEC 61000 4 15 e Block 4 is composed of a squaring multiplier and a Low Pass filter The Human Flicker Sensation via lamp eye and brain is simulated by the combined non linear response of Blocks 2 3 and 4 e Block 5 performs an online statistical cumulative probability analysis of the flicker level Block 5 allows direct calculation of the evaluation parameters Pst and Plt E Flicker Evaluation occurs in the following forms Instantaneous Short Term or Long Term Each form is detailed below Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 16 1 e Instantaneous Flicker Evaluation An output of 1 00 from Block 4 corresponds to the Reference Human Flicker Perceptibility Threshold for 50 of the population
420. the screen e Inthe Com Port field enter the computer s communication port that is connected to the computer s modem the originate modem e Inthe Baud Rate field enter a baud rate for the computer s modem that will match the baud rate of the remote modem and the Nexus Monitor port e Inthe Flow Control field select the originate modem s configuration e Leave the Data Bits field at 8 for Modbus ASCII Other protocols may require a different setting e Leave the Parity field at None for Modbus ASCII Other protocols may require a different setting e Click the Use Modem box e Enter the phone number of the remote modem e Enter a setup string in the Setup String field if the originate modem has been used for another program and needs to be reset e Use the Data Switch section to send any Data Switch Strings to the remote modem The typical Data Switch String from Nexus to the Substation Multiplexor to a PC PTnn G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 5 Check with the manual of the device you are using to create the Data Switch String appropriate for the device Typical characters used at Electro Industries include pause one second gt To To To escape sequence or switch to command mode PTnn command number 01 16 Enter lt CR gt ASCII character 13 6 Click on the Add button in the Devices at Location section to add Nexus Monitors to this location 7 Select the new device and
421. tility Stand Alone The following screen appears Jevice Locator StartAddress 9 EndAddress Start Baud Rate 9600 Bl End Baud Rate 115200 gt Device Type Baud Rate Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 24 7 Set the Address and baud rate ranges for the search Nexus Communicator will begin at the start address and baud rate searching every address up to and including the End Address then it will begin the same address search at the next baud rate in the range NOTE If you include ALL BAUD RATES the Device Locator will take about 12 hours to complete the search If you know the baud rate of the device Nexus monitors are normally 115200 1 O s are 57600 just look in that baud rate The search will take minutes instead of hours 8 Click Start The Device Locator begins searching for devices within the specified baud rate and address range Device Locator Start Address End Address 247 Start Baud Rate s200 zf End Baud Rate 15200 zf Searching for a device at Address 11 115200 Device Type 115200 9 The Device Locator will continue to search for devices until it reaches the end of the specified criteria or until you click Stop Write down the address and baud rate Click Exit to return to the main Nexus Communicator screen Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 25 11 18 Stand Alone Programmer E The Stand Alone programmer allows you to configure all parameters
422. tion New Location 2 Select the New Location listing in the Locations Field Your selection will be highlighted 3 Click the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears displaying the computer s communication settings 4 Enter a Location Name in the field at the top of the screen if desired Description Device 1 Click on the Network button The screen will vice 2 Device 2 Device 3 change to the following a G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 v1 24 6 4 5 Enter a Computer S IP Address in Zonnection Manager Location Editor Location Name the Host field In the Network Port field enter 502 assigned port for Modbus TCP To add or remove devices from the network click Add or Remove If you are adding a device click Edit to change the device Name Address Devices Al Location and or Description A Description 1 Device 1 Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 Bl Device 4 Device 4 The following screen will appear Ethernet Gateway Port 2 of the Internal Network Option Nexus is used to add multiple additional units Additional Nexus units must be configured to speak Address Modbus RTU and set to the same Baud Rate Name Device up to 115200 as the Internal Network e Option Nexus Connection Manager Location Device Editor Device Properties Protocol P gt i NOTE A computer talks to the Internal Device Type Network Option Nex
423. tion listing in the Locations Field 5 Click on the Edit button The Location Editor screen appears displaying the computer s communications settings G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 2 8 Zonnection Manager Location Editor E Location Name viocem Card 2 Serial Port Network COMe2 hd 57600 Devices At Location Remove Description 1 Device 1 Device 1 2 Device 2 Device 2 3 Device 3 Device 3 4 Device 4 Device 4 e Enter a Location Name in the field at the top of the screen e Inthe Com Port field enter the computer s communication port that is connected to the computer s modem the originate modem e Inthe Baud Rate field enter 57600 recommended baud rate for internal modem connections NOTE For modems prior to V 90 use a lower baud rate For example 38400 for a 33 6k modem 19200 for a 14 4k modem e Inthe Flow Control field select the originate modem s configuration e Leave the Data Bits field at 8 for Modbus ASCII Other protocols may require a different setting e Leave the Parity field at None for Modbus ASCII Other protocols may require a different setting e Click the Use Modem box e Enter the phone number for the location of the Internal Modem Option Nexus e Enter a setup string in the Setup String field if required For U S Robotics modems the data switch string is amp F1 Or check with the manual of the device you are using to create the Data Sw
424. tion Label so that the file is saved loaded or updated to the intended device M This chapter also covers e Resetting Max Min Demand Hour Counters Logs Time of Use Internal Input section 4 26 e Setting and Retrieving Nexus Time section 4 27 e Test Pulse section 4 28 and Options section 4 30 Note Actual programming screens may vary depending on the options ordered with your meter e Note The settings shown are for the Nexus 1262 1272 which have replaced the Nexus 1260 1270 and support DNP Level 2 For a Feature Comparison of Nexus models refer to section 1 5 For details on DNP Level 2 see Chapter 17 of this manual or refer to DNP V3 00 Protocol Assigments for Nexus 1252 1262 amp 1272 Rev 1 8 The External Devices section of the Device Profile is covered in Chapter 11 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 1 4 2 Retrieving and Sending Device Profiles 1 Click on the Edit Profile button or select Tools Edit Current Device Profile Nexus Communicator retrieves the programmable settings from the currently connected Nexus Monitor The following screen appears Retrieving Programmable Settings from Device Reading Programmable Settings Time Remaining Reading Block 25 of 69 2 A dialogue box appears to confirm that the profile was retrieved successfully Click OK The Device Profile screen appears Device Profile ElectroLogic Relay Control Trending Setup A Trending Lo
425. tion The scale High Value refers to the high end of the module the scale Low Value refers to the low end of the module For example if you have a 4 20mA module the scale High Value determines what 20mA equals The scale Low Value determines what 4mA equals See note below on How to Set Scale Values e To change the I O s Transmit Delay you must use the Stand Alone Programmer section 11 17 9 When you have entered the scale settings click Update Nexus Communicator will send the new scale settings to the module and then reset it 10 Be sure to send the updated Device Profile to the Nexus Monitor after you have finished configuring all I Os Click on the Update Device button lt 4 Note on How to Set Scale Values Enter values for volts current and power in secondary All other values should be set in primary 11 10 G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 11 9 Configuring the Analog Input Module The Anaolog Input Module can measure any type of reading once it is converted to an electrical signal within limits of the I O Module Below is an example of a reading and its conversion to a value CONVERSION TO VALUE READING SIGNAL VALUE Following are the steps to configure the Analog Input Module 1 Be sure each module has a unique address and is connected to the Nexus Monitor s port 3 or 4 at the same baud rate as the port 57600 recommended see section 11 6 2 Retrieve the External Devi
426. tivities for the same script will be appended to the same log file Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Script Logs Log_yyyy_mm Html New format Log_yyyy_mm Txt Old format Log Converter generated log It records the activity of the Log Converter program The yyyy and mm in the file name are for the year and month when the Log Converter runs Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Log Viewer Converter Activity Logs Nexus_Script_Schedule Template Template database file for Nexus Script amp Scheduler program and Nexus Communicator program in Access 97 format Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Nexus_Script_Schedule DB Run time database file for Nexus Script amp Scheduler program and Nexus Communicator program Generated by Nexus Script amp Scheduler program it holds the scripts and scheduler information G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 A 1 10 11 12 13 Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator Scripts NexusScriptDL Files Template Template database file for Nexus Communicator and Nexus Script amp Scheduler program in Access 97 format Location Drive C Program Files Electro Industries Nexus Communicator NexusScriptDLFiles DB Run time database for the Nexus Communicator and Nexus Script amp Scheduler program Generated by Nexus Communicator
427. to the Nexus Monitor s RS 232 port 1250 1252 Port 1 1262 1272 Optical Port Set 1250 1252 selector switch See Chapter 6 of the Nexus 1262 1272 Installation and Operation Manual for details on the special Optical Port connection RS 485 Insert the opposite end of the cable into the RS 232 port of an RS 232 RS 485 converter such as EIG s Unicom 2500 see the Nexus Installation and Operation Manuals for details Use an RS 485 cable to connect the converter to any port on the Nexus 1250 1252 If you use Port 1 set the selector switch to RS 485 For Nexus 1262 1272 use Port 1 or Port 4 2 Click the Connect button on the tool bar or select Connect Quick Connect The screen on the left below appears If you click the Network button the screen changes to the right example Connect 3 Enter settings for Serial Port Connection Y Serial Port Network In the Device Address field enter the address Mewes Arase E S of the Nexus device s port to which the computer is connected Nexus units are Baud Rate z programmed for your applications Some Nexus 1250 1252 units are shipped Port programmed with the following pre set Protocol Modbus RTU 7 addresses and baud rates Port 1 Address 1 57600 baud first time ore Me A neh connection leave Address set at 1 Port 2 Address 1 57600 baud fixed Optical Port on Nexus 1262 1272 Port 3 Address 1 9600 baud 1250 1252 Only for External Display or I O Modules
428. to the Nexus Monitor Then Reset Logs Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 4 4 3 a One Amp Current Input Addendum Modification Number M10 0 E For special circumstances the Nexus can be ordered to operate with one amp current transformers This will give the Nexus Power Monitor a range of O 1 amps with an additional over range of 1 amp The following lists the method used to program the CT Ratios in the Nexus to reflect the hardware change Standard 5 amp Input One wind around the internal Nexus toroid Modified 1 amp Input Five winds around the internal Nexus toroid In order to maintain maximum accuracy with one 1 amp current inputs the wire is wound around the internal toroids five 5 times instead of the usual one time This effectively multiplies the current input by five 5 times to maintain maximum resolution E Configuring CT Ratios with Modification Number M10 0 Because the Nexus Communicator sees the one 1 amp input as five 5 amps it is necessary to configure the CT secondary to five 5 amps Example Normal One Amp CT Ratio 1000 1 Nexus M10 0 One Amp CT Ratio 1000 5 The CT Ratio screen below shows the correct input for the typical one amp user Wevice Frome LI and PI Katos CT Ratio _ PT Ratio Form 95 Operational Frequency Range 350Hz to 500HZ bd Note Even though the software is configured from 100
429. tput 2 KYZ Output 3 Not Assigned y Not Assigned Not Assigned Mappings Te Te e Use this screen to set or change the KYZ output settings of a Futura that has been equipped with the optional KYZ Module and has been set for KYZ Once you have connected to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools EIG Programmer and click the KYZ Output tab You can then set the pulse scale and map the function for each channel Save changes by clicking Save Click Exit to return to the main screen NOTE The Futura will not be programmed with these settings until you update the programming to it by clicking Update Updating can be done after all settings on all tabs are complete Futura will remember all the changes E Pulse Scale The Pulse Scale represents the magnitude of each transition of the KYZ relay Select the number of hours each KYZ pulse will represent for the three pulse outputs One KYZ Pulse for every enter number kilowatt hour kV AR hour or kVA hour Example Scaling One KYZ pulse for every 20 kilowatt hours KYZ Output 1 Mapped to Kilowatt hour KYZ Output 2 Mapped to Kilowatt hour KYZ Output 3 Mapped to kVA hour If over the course of an hour kilowatt hours increased by 400 kilowatt hours increased by 20 and kVA hours increased by 1200 during that hour Output 1 would have pulsed 20 times 400 20 Output 2 would have pulsed once 20 20 and Output 3 would have pulsed 60 times 1200 20 NO
430. tro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 13 1 13 2 Flash Upgrading the Nexus Unit 1 Contact EIG to receive the most recent Nexus firmware upgrade Be sure your version of Nexus Communicator is compatible with the firmware upgrade you want to perform You can download the latest software version through the internet site at www electroind com Click on the Free Downloads button 2 Copy the new firmware upgrade files to a directory on your computer The Nexus Comm firmware upgrade is divided into two files The DSP upgrade is a single file The Nexus Unit button will upgrade all three files Nexus Comm and Nexus DSP at the same time Generally when you perform an update update all firmware at the same time 3 Be sure to read the text file accompanying the firmware files for important information such as the checksum code Write down the Checksum Code If you are flashing Nexus Comm Only or Nexus DSP Only you will need it later in the Flash upgrade process Flash upgrading will fail 1f an incorrect checksum code is entered If you are flashing using Nexus Unit the checksum will be entered automatically Note The checksum code consists only of the digits 0 9 and the letters A F The checksum will never contain the letters O or 1 which are often confused for zeros and ones 4 Connect to the Nexus Monitor From the Tools Menu select Flash Me The following screen appears If you have not upgraded your softwar
431. umber up to 50 characters called for automated callout Retry Delay The number of minutes 1 1000 between retries Retry Limit The user set limit for retry attempts 0 1000 Connection Type Fixed on Computer el Secondary Phone Number Settings Number The second phone number up to 50 characters for automated callout Retry Delay The number of minutes 1 1000 between retries Retry Limit The user set limit for retry attempts 0 1000 Connection Type Fixed on Computer The modem will retry the Primary Number according to the Retry Limit set The modem will then dial the Secondary Number for the programmed number of retries set in the Retry Limit G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 4 Communication Settings Activity Timeout Limit User set value that is the number of minutes of inactivity no communication activity that is allowed on an open modem connection before the modem will terminate the connection 1 30 minutes Call Delay Timer Limit User set variable that defines the number of seconds the modem will wait before processing a callback event 0 240 seconds Applies to calls caused by Limit or Input Status conditions Callback Type Two types of callback Playback Modem waits 500ms after connection and will playback the Modem ID string displayed if programmed and reason for the call Standard When performing a callback and connection is established the modem waits to be queried from the
432. umber of Registers Register Number Description and Channel The software also keeps a total of Registers Used in the lower right corner Click OK to Update the Nexus pai RE omge o paletan 2222 oonan Pa e oroo 4 1 Firmuare Variation String 1 Firmuare Variation String Firmuare Variation String Oooe5 000 FE aa Ooos3 0004d 0 Next enter the Modbus Register Number and Data Type 412289 Fl for example into your SCADA software If you have difficulty entering the Register Number update your software The Data Type is found in the Type column see above of the Modbus Register Map which can be downloaded from our website electroind com in the Free Downloads section Firmuare Variation String 4 You are now ready to easily access the data you use most often through your SCADA software 3 36 E With the Custom Modbus Map for Nexus 1252 you can select up to 256 Registers or the equivalent of 2K whichever is lower to provide the functionality you want from your Nexus In addition you can customize selected values for Format Type Scaling Byte Order Data Size etc Data entry is straightforward Each type of data is described below Note that not all selections will appear on the screen at the same time You have to scroll the screen from right to left to reach some of the functions Certain entries such as Format Data Size etc have different allowable selections depending on the data point used
433. unicator File Connection Real Time Pall CONNECT HGF ot Tools 140 Devices Time of Use Li Edit Current Device Profile Edit LED Programmab Set Nexus Time Retrieve Nexus Time Nexus Display Programmable Settings Reset Nexus Information Display Modes Power and Energy Display Miscellaneous Meter Display Mode Names I Screen Assignments View Mode 2 123 Enter Mode Label and Description for each mode Label Line 1 Description View Mode 1 TTT T Whats up Line 2 Description Office Doc View Mode 3 vz lis rol Update Display Retrieve from Display Cancel Save Load Help Nexus Display Programmable Settings Display Modes Power and Energy Display Miscellaneous Meter Display Mode Names creen Assignments ABC Mode Screens 123 Mode Screens XYZ Mode Screens kWh Delivered kwh Received KVARh Delivered KYAFIh Received KVAR kwh Delivered and Received Volts A Harmonics Phasor Diagram Phase to Neutral Voltage Phase to Phase Voltage Cumulative Demand KWAR Power Factor Frequency Aggregator 1 Aggregator 2 Aggregator 3 Aggregator 4 kwh Delivered kwh Received KYABh 03 Q4 kv h Kwh Delivered and Received kWARh 01 Q2 KYABh 03 Q4 kwAh 01 04 kvAh 92 93 Fooling W Demand Delivered Roling W Demand Received Block W Demand Delivered Block W Demand Received kw Demand Last Reset Phase to Ne
434. ure e If you select 256 a Capture Only pop up screen will ask you to select Volts A B C or I A B C e Ifyou select 512 a Capture Only pop up screen will ask you to select one of the individual channels Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 27 As you increase the number of samples you will record more detailed information The graph below illustrates the Effects of Sampling Rate Effects of Sampling Rate Samples Samples Cycles Time per Channels per per Approx ian Channel Capture App FEAR 1024 64 1 Second Ce r e ter ce re sens Co r O f ie f E Ce r 8 ter 8 E e e O Ese a ss e f Sona Note on Waveform Event Captures A screen of data is one capture If you set Total Captures to 3 and you are recording at 16 samples per cycle you will record 16 Samples 3 x 64 192 cycles of recorded waveforms 128 Samples 3 X 8 24 cycles of recorded waveforms With the 2 meg module you have a total of 64 total captures With the 4 meg module you have a total of 96 captures You can partition the memory in any fashion required for the specific application There is no limitation on the amount of cycles that can be recorded per event 5 To choose the total amount of captures click on the Total Captures pull down menu Select from 0 to 96 captures The higher the number the more information you will be stringing together 6 When all changes are entered c
435. urn to the main Device Profile screen For these changes to take effect you must click on the Update Device button This sends the new profile to the Nexus Monitor Reset Logs see section 3 25 Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 25 3 14 Programming the Power Quality and Waveform Recording Thresholds MH The Power Quality PQ and Waveform Thresholds setting determines at what point the Nexus Monitor will execute a waveform capture and or record a power quality event See Chapter 8 for how to view logs E PO and waveform thresholds are given as a percentage of the Full Scales of FS Set the Full Scales in the Limits and Waveform Full Scales section of the Device Profile section 3 4 Full Scales are based on the CT and PT ratios set in the CT PT Ratios and System Hookup section 3 3 E Before programming the PQ and Waveform Thresholds set the CT and PT ratios Then set the Limits and Waveform Full Scales e Note on Sampling Rate A higher sampling rate allows for transients to be monitored Generally users will set the monitor to 128 samples per cycle for this purpose Lower sampling rates have advantages because they allow you to record more cycles of information per event screen Low sampling rates are better for long duration events like motor starts or distribution faults The Nexus enables users to tailor the recording for both these applications For more information on Sampling Rate see the graph o
436. us via Modbus TCP This Nexus receives data in Modbus TCP incoming message format and communicates with other devices via Modbus RTU They do not have to be Internal Network Option units 6 If additional devices are required in the Device Address field enter the address assigned to the additional Nexus unit Again each unit MUST have a unique address other than 1 1 is reserved as the address of the Nexus connected to the network In the Name field enter a name for the device that is different from any others at that location e In the Protocol field select Modbus TCP Leave the Device Type field set to Nexus Click on the Close button when all information is entered 7 If you are connecting to multiple Nexus units at this location repeat the above process for all Nexus units Each Nexus device MUST have a unique address To remove devices select and click Remove Click on the close button when you have finished adding or removing devices The first Connection Manager screen returns G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 6 5 8 Click once on the location to which lexus Connection Manager ES 4 List of Locations cC ted to Locati you would like to connect your A la el computer You may only connect 2 to one location at a time To change 0006 New Location to a different location you must 0007 Modem Card 0008 INF2 first disconnect from the current 0009 New Location 0010 N
437. ust be entered through the keypad before it will be possible to use the keypad to reset maximum minimum and hour readings This password will not effect software resets e Open Delta If you are using an open delta connection between the meter and the PTs and CTs check Yes to disable the phase to neutral readings on the Futura display For more information see the Futura Installation and Operation Manual Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 3 e Detect Phase Reversal If a phase reversal is detected the Limit 1 LM1 light on the Futura s optional display will blink If you select Yes you can then use the Current Set Points screen to link the occurrence of a phase reversal to the tripping of a relay output e Input Flip This will change the contact sensing status from N O normally open to N C normally closed SETTING YES NO E Device Firmware Each power monitor has two types of firmware e COMM The version of the connected power monitor s communications firmware CPU1000 V4 0 250 for example e DSP The version of the connected power monitor s digital signal processing firmware CPU 196 V2 8 for example E Full Scales The Futura uses a scaling factor to convert secondary mesurements to primary readings To set full scales you must know the PT and CT ratios relative to the full scale secondary values of 120V or 75V or 300V and 5A For a table of full scale settings for ty
438. ustries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 21 15 16 Status EIG Scheduler Active scripts Scheduler stopped Run Stop Script Name Frequency Next Run Time Last Run Time New script Weekly Day of week Sunday Time 3 04 33 PM 9 9 2001 3 04 33 PM New script3 Weekly Day of week Friday Time 3 06 25 PM 9 7 2001 3 06 25 PM New script4 Daily Time 3 15 58 PM 9 5 2001 3 15 58 PM 9 4 2001 3 15 59 PM New script5 Monthly by date Date 1 Time 3 50 53 PM 10 1 2001 3 50 53 PM New script Daily Time 4 22 59 PM 9 5 2001 4 22 59 PM 9 4 2001 4 23 09 PM New script Weekly Day of week Wednesday Time 9 00 00 AM 9 12 2001 9 00 00 AM 9 5 2001 10 47 20 AM New script6 Daily Time 4 00 25 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 25PM 9 4 2001 4 01 14 PM New script Daily Time 4 15 26 PM 9 5 2001 4 15 26 PM 9 4 2001 4 15 29 PM New script8 Daily Time 4 00 46 PM 9 5 2001 4 00 46 PM 9 4 2001 4 01 59 PM 9 5 2001 12 22 50 PM Scheduler is running 9 5 2001 12 22 52 PM Scheduler stopped SCRIPT SCHEDULER STATUS Clear status The Current Status window on the Scheduler screen displays entries in the Nexus Scheduler Log It shows the date time in minutes and seconds and the status or action performed The Nexus Scheduler Log records all the activities for the Nexus Script amp Scheduler program To view the entire Scheduler Log click the View Log button The following screen will appear A Nexus Scheduler Hun 1ime dtatus Log MIcrosort
439. ut 2 Shorted 6 10 2003 9 58 55 510 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 58 54 650 PM IMP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6 10 2003 9 58 54 550 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 50 53 080 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 6 10 2003 93 56 53 620 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 6 10 2003 9 50 53 590 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 Shorted 610 2003 9 50 53 560 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 1 Open 640 2003 9 50 52 630 PM INP100 Unit 96 HS Int Input Input 2 ae r E To view the Status Change Log From the EIG Log Viewer you must select a Meter Database File and set a Time Range Then click the Status Change Log button or View Data Status Change Inputs The above screen will appear e Usually if a record being displayed in the grid box has a start date time and an end date time the state being displayed is out of normal state e Ifa record does not show the start time date or the end date time this means that at the time of the log conversion by the Log Converter it could not find the start or end record This situation can be caused by log roll over and or other interruptions Without a start or end record this will not be a complete record and no duration will be calculated NOTE Module Index 0 refers to HSI Internal Meter Inputs Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 8
440. utes js Seconds Rolling Averaging Sub Interval Window 4 WH lo Hours ps Minutes p Seconds Rolling Sub Intervals Rolling Average x Interval Window ae Minutas Block Window Sync E Use Sync Pulse HS Input hi gt M Generate End of Interval Pulse Relay ja Pulse Width jeas ms Primary Current and Voltage Thresholds Energy Pulses and Accumulations in the Interval 4 4 nena jo minutes G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 13 3 Make changes to this screen according to the requirements of your application e Following is a brief description of each window and its function e Thermal Averaging Time Interval Window allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a precise thermal window of demand data e Block Averaging Time Interval Window allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a precise block window of demand data e Rolling Sliding Window allows you to set hours minutes and seconds for a sliding window which will give you a precise rolling view of demand data e Rolling Sliding Window Number allows you to set the number of rolling windows you would like to string together e Predictive Rolling Window Average Nexus gives you a precise 100 accurate prediction of your demands e Block Window Syne synchronizes the Nexus Monitor with pulses from a High Speed Input connected to another meter Click the Generate End of Interval Pulse to produce a
441. utral Voltage Phase Current Phase to Phase Voltage Phase Curent Volts A Harmonics Volts B Harmonics Volts C Harmonics 1A Harmonics 1B Harmonics 1C Harmonics Aggregator 1 Demand Agoregator 2 Demand Aggregator 3 Demand Agoregator 4 Demand Cumulative Demand kw Demand Last Reset Phasor Diagram Update Display Betieve trom Display Cancel Save Load Help G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 4 38 E Power and Energy Display Set Scale A aiti iit Display Modes Power and Energy Display Miscellaneous Digits and Decimal Point Previews appear at the bottom of the screen Primary Energy _ p Primary Power Scale Number of Digits to Display Settings on this screen control the display me of energy related numbers Care should Number of Digits to Display Decimal Point Location be given to match the values on the display 8 x 3 gt Decimal Point Location with those in historical logs These settings z E apply to VA hours watt hours VAR A eae ee hours and VAR hours quadrants in Pi E A APN the meter Update Display Retievefrom Display Cancel Save Load Help Scale factor is the user programmable setting that determines what quantity is used in the energy type registers Scale Factor applies to primary Values ONLY Secondary values are always in units Scale Factor takes precedence over a
442. vel Access Futura Analog Output Programmer Each of these Tools will be described in the following sections with the exception of Edit Current Device Profile which was described in detail in sections 5 1 to 5 15 of this chapter 5 18 Set Futura Time e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools and click Set Futura Time Set Futura Un Board Llock Month Day Year Date e Hour Minute Second Time Md Use PC Time e Set the Month Day Year Hour Minute and Second or click Use PC Time e Click Send to send the new settings to the Futura or click Cancel Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 5 19 5 19 Retrieve Futura Time e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools and click Retrieve Futura Time The following screen will appear Click OK to return to the main screen To adjust Futura Time see section 5 18 Current Device Time Date Time ig 41 36 ml Polling Device 1 5 20 Reset El Device Information e After connecting to the Futura device on the menu bar select Tools and click Reset El Device Information The following screen will appear Reset El Device Parameters O M W Reset Max and Min Readings M Reset Hour Readings E Reset Historical Log E Reset Event I O Log E Reset Waveform Log e Select the parameters that you want to reset Click OK A screen will appear that confirms the reset Click OK to return to the
443. vent Problem whether that Event has been acknowledged and the Time of the Acknowledgement Fe Nexus Alarm Server 03 16 51 42 NEXUS_A001440 High Speed Input Changed Nat Acknowledged 03 16 49 22 NEXUS_A 001440 High Speed Input Changed Acknowledged 06 24 2003 12 05 32 AM Start Up To Start the Nexus Alarm Server screen click Start Programs Electro Industries Nexus Alarm Server icon Tool Bar File Select one of the following Export Excel Compatible Values file Print Print the contents of the box of events Exit Exit the program Options Items Insert to Top of the list of events Append to Bottom of the list of events Alarm Enable or Disable Audio or Visual Audio Can replace with another 2 second sound file with the same name alarm wav in the directory where Nexus Communicator is installed Visual Text box display Test Generate a Test Message Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 9 11 Action Silence Alarm Turn Noisemaker and or Alarm Message off not mute Acknowledge Item Red to Green color change Acknowledge All Red to Green color change Remove All Erase All Alarms E Icons Print Click to select Setup Options Voice Microsoft Speech Properties if installed Windows XP includes Speech Properties For Windows 98 Millenium and 2000 Speech Properties can be installed Alarm Silencer To stop audio and or visual alarm until next entry arrives Acknowle
444. verview of Transformer Loss Compensation 4 If you have a Standard Unit double click on any loss value LWFE etc this screen appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 16 5 Click on TLC Calculator to find the values to enter into the Percent Loss windows The Calculator button will launch an Excel Spreadsheet which will do the calculations for you once the required data is entered A copy of the Excel Spreadsheet is in Appendix B Jevice Profile Transformer Loss Compensation Percent Loss of Watts Warning Communicator will automatically launch the Excel Spreadsheet as part of its software Due to Iron package But for the TLC Button to work Due to Copper you must have the Excel program in your system If you do not have Excel software or if the Percent Loss of VARS spreadsheet file is not in the Communicator directory a Warning will be displayed instead Duetodron of the worksheet You can do your own Due to Copper calculations using the hardcopy Transformer Loss Compensation Worksheet in Appendix B Add to Watts and Subtractfrom VAR 6 Enter the percent Loss of Watts and Vars for copper and iron in the appropriate fields Enable or Disable Transformer Loss Compensation with the top pull down menu TLC Calculator 7 Click Disable Or to Enable click one of the following Fe only Cu only or Both Fe and Cu 8 With the second pull down menu select from the following Add to Watts
445. vice Format lt CR gt lt CR gt PT02 lt CR gt lt CR gt PT01 lt CR gt lt CR gt Actual string Il 7 PTO2l PTOLI c Disconnect string Format Actual string Note For further Help with setting data switch strings please refer to EIG s SM1 16 Substation Multiplexor User Manual E Click OK or Cancel to return to the Devices for Scripts screen G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 15 11 15 8 Editing a Script Device Devices for Script Direct Single COM Port Device ID Device Address Device Type Device Name Connection Protocol x Device_1 COM Port Modbus ASCI Device_2 COM Port Modbus ASCI Device_3 COM Port Modbus ASCI Device_4 COM Pot Modbus ASC Device_5 COM Port Modbus ASC Device_6 COM Port Modbus ASC Device_ COM Port Modbus ASC Device_8 COM Pot Modbus ASCI Device_9 COM Pot Modbu Device_10 COM Pot Modbus ASCI Device_11 COM Port Modbus ASC Device_12 COM Port Modbus ASCI MW Select a device that you would like to edit by clicking on it The Edit Script Device screen will appear If you click Edit before you select a device a window will appear that reminds you to Please select a device Edit Script Device Script Connection type Direct Single COM Port Connection type for this device Dain iene Device Information Modbus ASCII bd Data Switch Strings 4 PTO2 E Using the windows available select or d
446. wing the Waveform Log 0 0 0 20002 200 4 8 17 8 11 Viewing Waveform Graphs 2 2 o 8 18 8 11 1 Interharmonic Analysis 2 2 2 e 8 25 8 12 Viewing the Power Quality Log 8 28 8 13 Viewing the Power Quality Graph 2 2 a 8 28 8 14 Database Stat s 4 2 5 4 a ae ee eee ee de oe 8 30 8 197 AIREPOMS ARA a Ra eR a 8 31 167 PODIE Converter pon mieie ARA ae A a S 8 32 8 17 Status Change Log Inputs 2 2 e 8 33 8 18 Control Output Log Relays e 8 34 Chapter 9 Mod 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 8 G Electro In em Dial In Dial Out Function ONCE Wes e a O O A A das Beer Bae 9 1 Setting the Dial In Connection 2 2 2 o 9 1 Setting the Dial Out Connection o oa a a e e 9 3 Modem Dial Out Programming 2 a en 9 4 DialsIn Settm gs ane ac cat A eb E R a E a AAA acy 9 7 A AAA Helin ha asia A 9 9 Modem Monitor a a 9 10 Nexus Alarm Server a E e aa a A A aSa a a a A 9 11 dustries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 VIII Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Chapter 14 Nexus Time of Use 10 General Procedures ii a O A A 10 1 10 2 Creating a TOU Calendar Profile 0 a u 10 2 10 3 Update a TOU Calendar Profile a 10 10 10 4 Viewing TOU Accumulated Data a 10
447. xt Static Data The Scaling setting for a point also applies to the Delta value If Delta is 5 and Scaling is 2 this indicates a 500 count change in the internal representation Object 23 Frozen Analog Event Object 23 will be created if Object 23 is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Line Point Description Double click on the box under Description A window will appear Choose a type of data and a channel and click OK The corresponding numbers for the selected data and channel will appear in the Line and Point columns Line and Point Numbers for a Binary Input value can also be found in the DNP Object Mapping Chapter 7 of this manual For example 7 Cycle High Speed Input Delta and Current State has Line Number 16 and Point Number 0 in the DNP Object Mapping Write those numbers into the Object 1 Binary Input window of the Nexus Communicator When the Line and Point Numbers are written the software fills in the description on the screen Repeat for each desired Binary Input Point Update the device The Nexus meter will scan those points every second Hectro Industries GaugeTec DOC E107 7 07 v1 24 17 6 Object 2 Any DNP Static Point can be configured to create a DNP Event Points Class Assignments on the Object 2 screen are used to configure Binary Input Change Event Points In order to create Event Data Object 2 Points must be assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Each point can have a different Class Assignment The Clear
448. xus Retrieved Logs C PROGRAM FILES ELECTRO INDUSTRIES NEXUS COMMUNICATOR Communicator uses to store any copied Device Profiles CAPROGRAM FILES ELECTRO INDUSTRIES NEXUS COMMUNICATOR exported or retrieved data Scripts E PROGRAM FILES ELECTRO INDUSTRIES NESUS COMMUNICATOR Polled Data E PROGRAM FILESVELECTRO INDUSTRIESANEXUS COMMUNICATOR Exported Data C PROGRAM FILESSELECTRO INDUSTRIESANEXUS COMMUNICATOR Script Logs C PROGRAM FILESSELECTAO INDUSTRIESANEXUS COMMUNICATOR Connection DB E PROGRAM FILES ELECTRO INDUSTRIES NESUS COMMUNICATOR Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous Data Scan Mode Select Normal Scan Rate or create Custom Scan Rate between 0 65535 E Normal Scan Rate qq e TT mittiseconds scans per millisecond Valid Scan Rate Range 0 65535ms Scan Rate of 0 will perform one scan only Due to the time it takes to transmit and receive data scan values less than 200 ms will make no difference G Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 43 Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Made Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous Tech Mode Disabled Enter Password to Enable Tech Mode a upuons a Paths Data Scan Mode Tech Mode Settings Log Retrieval Energy Biling Module Miscellaneous PF Disable backup of retrieved log file F While retrieving a log from the
449. xus Monitor Note There is no External Display Option icon for the Nexus 1262 1272 External displays can be used with the meter but not set through the Device Profile 3 19 Programming Labels E Labels are user defined names for the Nexus Monitor the Auxiliary Voltage terminal and the I N Measured terminal Note It is important to label the Nexus Monitor under Meter Designation with a Unique Name because that label will become the name of the file for any logs retrieved from that Monitor Duplicate Meter Designations interfere with retrieved log databases See Ch 8 for details on logs 1 From the Device Profile screen section 3 2 click on the button beside Labels or double click on the Labels line The following submenu appears Electro Industries GaugeTech Doc E107 7 07 V1 24 3 32 Labels ps Meter Designation Feeder tada MAS Ja IN Measured see Power Direction Quadrant 4 Delwered and Quadrant z 3 bad Power Factor Display Method 1 O2 Lag 03 Lead 04 Lead 2 Double click on any of the designation names the following screen appears Device Profile Labels Label Name User Defined Label Meter Designation INP100 Unit 1 96 PAU N Measured MAD ad Cuadrantl 4 Delivered and Quadrant 2 3 Received e EEN Method 2 01 Lag 02 Lead 03 Lag 04 Lead bd 3 Enter the labels in the appropriate fields Meter Designation must be set for Partial Log Ret

Nexus Communicator 2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents